Cemo Catalogue 2017-2018.pdf

Catalogue 2017/2018 valid as of 01.05.2017

Your CEMO contact CEMO – Your partner for innovative ideas

CEMO is a leading company in the area of professional tank and container systems. Our products are used in industrial companies, municipalities, construction firms, agricultural enterprises, the haulage sector, motor vehicle workshops as well as in sanitation and heating applications. Sales take place through a comprehensive network of dealers. Our general focus on the basic need for “safe storage” motivates to constantly come up with new ideas and solutions that make it easier for you to handle hazardous substances and other media. At the same time, we make an important contribution to environmental protection with our high safety standards. It is with this in mind that we are delighted to be able to present you with the new CEMO main catalogue, which contains our current product range. Happy reading!

Your CEMO Management Team

Andreas Brukner

Dr. Tilman Schultz

Eberhard Manz

CEMO Export

Mr. Antonio Samarzija Area Sales Manager phone +49 7151 9636-28 mobile +49 172 7045617

Mr. Karsten Pflieger Area Sales Manager phone +49 7151 9636-30 mobile +49 172 7447970

Mr. Daniel Bubeck Area Sales Manager phone +49 7151 9636-40 mobile +49 173 2762221

Mrs. Maiju Laamanen Area Sales Manager phone +49 7151 9636-47

Export United Kingdom, Scandinavia, East /South-East Europe

Export Belgium, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Austria, Iceland, Australia, USA

Export Switzerland, South Europe, Near East and Middle East, Latin America

Export Scandinavia, East Europe

Mrs. Edeltraud Auchter phone +49 7151 9636-29

Mrs. Renate Traub phone +49 7151 9636-72

Mrs. Nora Offenhäuser phone +49 7151 9636-53

Mrs. Anja Hoiß phone +49 7151 9636-36

Order processing Export

Order processing Export

Order processing Export

Order processing Export

United Kingdom and Ireland Mr. Geoff Miller Country Manager Head Office: phone +49 7151 96360 mobile +44 7989 020299 e-mail: [email protected]

Our new products for 2017

see page

•9  80 L polyethylene, single-walled (diesel tank) • COMBI 850/100  L polyethylene, single-walled (diesel / AdBlue® tank) •m  odel Basic or Premium

17

90

• compact filling systems for AdBlue® • complete pump set CENTRI SP 30 with power pack • Bluetroll Mobile with transport trolley for drums

Bluefill PRO

68 - 79

Tank systems for AdBlue® (DEF) stationary and mobile

80 - 97

101 - 105

Diesel pumps and hose reel

106 - 115

•T  rolley Car PRO 60 L • Bluetroll Car PRO 200 L • lithium iron phosphate battery with charger

see page

162-167

model FWF 90 F-SAFE:

• s uitable für storage of lithium batteries, made from noncombustible material (A2) • the fire prevention function also works in the event of a fire inside the cabinet

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association.

NATIONAL TECHNICAL APPROVAL DIBt Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik, Berlin

Approval no. Z-38.5-289

115

Lubricant pumps electric and pneumatic

118 - 121

Chemical pumps

122 - 125

Environmental protection

126 - 177

Sumps and filling stations made of GRP, PE and steel

128 - 143

IBC bunds and ground protection systems

144 - 148

Drum and hazardous material racks, environmental cabinets and safety containers

149 - 161

Secure cabinets F-SAFE, fire safety containers F-SAFE

162 - 167

Oil suction units, suction units for fuel

168 - 169

Collection stations, drum depots, safety storage containers

170 - 173

Filling funnels, collection trays, Cemsorb binders

174 - 177

Transport and storage containers

178 - 213

Tanks, GRP and PE

182 - 193

PE beverage tanks

189

Mobile irrigation systems

194 - 197

Storage tanks PE

198 - 199

Rectangular containers

200 - 205

Transport containers CEMbox

206 - 209

Vehicle storage box, general purpose box GRP and steel, logistics box, Go-box

210 - 212

Boot cleaner, GRP rinsing trays

Approval

111 112 - 113

213

Winter service / Spreaders

214 - 228

GRP Grit container, grit container loading frame

216 - 221

GRP Snow shovel

222

Snow plough, corrosion resistent PP shovels

223

Rotary spreaders with PE funnel and composite frame

224

Rotary spreaders with PE funnel, Drop spreader with PE funnel Rotary spreaders with drawbar Mounted spreader with steel and PE funnel

Terms of sale and delivery, index Product group (PG): P  lease note the different resale terms for the individual product groups. The relevant product group is indicated on every catalogue page.

Winterservice / Spreaders

F-SAFE safety cabinets and fire prevention container

110

Transport and storage containers

96

•m  obile refilling of passenger vehicles with AdBlue®

98 - 125

Diesel dispensing pumps and CUBE pumps

Hand pumps for diesel, lubricants and petrol

see page

see page

•m  obile device for the simple filling of screenwash and radiator antifreeze, water or liquid de-icing products • opptimal for the workshop or the fleet •c  rank pump, submersible pump CENTRI SP 30 with battery or electric pump with battery

102

Tank systems for lubricants, stationary and mobile

Submersible pump for diesel, AdBlue® and water

Car PRO for AdBlue®

97, 197, 226

see page

59 - 67

Filter for diesel and petrol

• mobile car fuelling system AdBlue® for the workshop • chassis for 200 L and 60 L drums • with automatic shut-off

see page

 ewly revised version n of the tank data management system for SelfService MC, FM, MC Box and CUBE MC

35 - 58

Tank systems for petrol, stationary and mobile

Pumps

93

see page

Caddy for screenwash and radiator antifreeze, Aqua-Caddy and Spray-Caddy

Software SelfService Management 2018

10 - 34

Tank systems for diesel, mobile

Environmental protection

• new: complete station 1,000 and 1,500 litre • metre with access control and tank data management system “CMO 10” for up to 250 users

Tank systems for diesel, stationary, and fuel dispensing areas

MC-Box-System, access control and tank data management

Cematic Blue pump systems, Bluetroll Mobile and drum pump ECO 1 for AdBlue®

8 - 97

Pumps

• complete, time-saving and simple solutions for the combined filling of diesel and AdBlue® on site • with powerful electric pumps • DT-Mobile PRO COMBI with second inner tank for AdBlue® made from polyethylene

50-54

44

see page

Filling stations, tank systems

DT-Mobile PRO and DT-Mobile PRO COMBI

see page

CUBE Diesel tank Outdoor Premium Plus

page

Filling stations, tank systems

DT-Mobile Easy 980 l and DT-Mobile Easy COMBI 850/100 l

NEW

225 226 - 227 228

229 - 231 AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association.

7

Tank systems for diesel

Tank systems for diesel

Technical specifications subject to change.

8

Technical specifications subject to change.

9

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Stationary tank systems for diesel

(page 10 - 34)

Stationary tank systems for diesel Statutory requirements for diesel filling stations for own consumption

CUBE-Tank • 1500 - 7500 l • HDPE single-wall tank with integrated bund • installation in buildings and outside • fully assembled • does not require a bund, even in water-protected areas

UNI-Tank • 400 - 4500 l • HDPE single-wall tank with integrated galvanised sheet steel bund • indoor installation • does not require a bund, even in water-protected areas page 18 - 20

page 10 - 17

GT-Tank • 1000 - 10000 l • single-wall, GRP safety tank • installation in buildings and outside without bund (outside of waterprotected areas) • single tank or battery system page 21 - 24

DWT-Tank • 1300 - 11750 l • double-wall, GRP safety tank • in- and outdoor installation • does not require a bund even in water-protected areas • single tank or battery system • with optical leakage detection page 25 - 28

PE/GRP tank station • 5000 l • fully assembled • pump 70 l/min • with GRP collection tray • in- and outdoor installation page 29

Steel tank • 4000 - 30000 l • above ground tank system, steel double-wall page 30 - 31

Underground safety tank • 3000 - 10000 l • double-wall underground safety tank, GRP coated • for underground diesel or heating-oil storage • with height adjustable, traversible dome shaft

Dispensing areas • outdoor • compact and basic, indoor • modular/expandable, indoor

on request

page 32 - 34

The filling station for personal consumption is intended for fueling a company's own vehicles. It is operated by the operator or persons the operator employs. It consists of a fuel dispensing area and an above-ground storage container. A summary of the conditions to be met is provided below: The requirements for filling stations for diesel fuel for own consumption have until now been defined on a country-specific basis, in most cases by the respective laws regarding hydraulic systems VAwS. They hardly differ in most points. Due to federalism reform, the state laws regulating hydraulic systems (VAwS) are to be devolved by federal law during the course of 2017. One ordinance will then regulate how water-hazardous substances (AwSV) are dealt with shall apply across all federal states. TRwS 781 (vehicle fuelling stations) is also regarded as the generally acknowledged technical regulation. A

7. A syphon lock on the pump is required. 8. N  o requirement for specialist assistance up to 10,000 l installation size (exceptions: Bavaria, Bremen, Hamburg and Lower Saxony). 9. F  ire protection regulations (distances, ventilation, design of walls and doors, etc.) must be met.

B

2. F  or a diesel consumption up to 100,000 l per year: a) no separator is needed if the fuel dispensing area is roofed. b) simplified design of the subsurface, e.g. CEMO fuel dispensing area 3. K  eep binding agents and fire extinguishers ready.

Fuel dispensing area

Obligations of the operator:

1. S  ize of the fuel dispensing area: effective range of the nozzle, i.e. minimum hose length plus 1 m, limitable by walls or positively guided filler hose, e.g. compact fuel dispensing area.

1. R  egister filling stations with more than 1,000 I with the water authorities below. 2. O  btain construction approval for filling stations with more than 5,000 l. Please note that the requirements in the individual federal states may differ from those specified here. We will be happy to advise you for this purpose.

Storage facility

1. S  torage containers with test mark or National Technical Approval, singlewalled GRP containers up to 2,000 l without collection tray, but on a subsurface that is impervious to fluid with a 1 cm upstand ( e.g. R1 sealing surface elements), also pertains to tank batteries up to 10,000 l; other double-walled containers or in a collection tray. 2. F  or installation in the open air, the storage tank must be approved for this purpose. This requirement is met by CEMO CUBE tanks, CEMO GRP tanks and double-walled steel tanks (cf. approval); PE tanks in sheet steel jackets only indoors. 3. C  ollision protection, for example: guard rails, large stones, high threshold or spray protection walls around the compact fuel dispensing area.

Building wall or other wall higher than 1 m

CEMO filling station 2,000 l

Oil binding agent, bucket, shovel

Fire extinguisher

 >– 5 m

Effective range of the nozzle hose length + 1 m

Impact protection

 >– 10 m

Flat fuel dispensing area without drain

Example: Filling station for own consumption up to 2,000 l, without roof, without separator Projection  > – 0.6* H

4. A  n automatic discharge valve is required. The exception for electric pumps with simple shut-of valves on tanks up to 1,000 l only still applies in a few federal states.

H

5. F  irmly connected filling connections to tanker couplings (for tanks up to 1,000 l filling with automatically closing delivery nozzle is permissible). 6. A  pproved overfill protection (except for tanks up to 1,000 l and filling as per 5.).

 >– 5 m Roof for fuel dispensing areas

Technical specifications subject to change.

10

Technical specifications subject to change.

11

Tank systems for diesel

CEMO CUBE – a new generation. Redefining the Standard3. Most fuel stations available today have been adapted from oil storage tanks and often give the appearance of being cobbled together as best as possible. Perhaps now is the time to redesign from scratch and produce a purpose designed fuel station more closely suited to today’s user. CEMO present the latest in security, function and design in the CUBE. We have introduced features with benefits, not compromises and jigs. The first dispensing station to be designed as a dispensing station with everything in its place, easily accessible and straightforward to use. It’s impressive – a great concept. Take a look and see if you agree. Video CUBE Tank

accessible Integrated nozzle holder keeps things in place.

open on all sides

robust, lockable lid

An open lid gives you unimpeded access to all components from three sides.

Lockable lid secured by toggle latches. Opens upwards on supporting gas struts to allow access from three sides and plenty of light to see what you’re doing.

always tidy The automatic hose reel helps you keep 8 m of hose in order.

ergonomic All equipment is positioned so that it is easy to see and access at an optimum level over the bund.

double protection Integral 110 % bund gives added environmental protection.

Independently tested Ü-mark shows compliance with German building standards that insist on a minimum 25-year service life, full load bearing capacity and 30 minutes fire resistance. CE-mark shows compliance with BS EN 13341:2005 & A1:2011 standard for above-ground polyethylene oil tanks.

transport friendly Integral forklift pockets assist with loading and installation. Optimal dimensions based around Europallet measurements for ease of transport and delivery to site. Technical specifications subject to change.

12

designed-in stability Two systems ensure stability – moulded hexagonal matrix for integral polymer strength, supported by twin steel bands at the points of greatest load. Reduces movement and increases service life.

Technical specifications subject to change.

13

Tank systems for diesel

CUBE-Dieseltank [PG 4]

CUBE-Diesel filling station [PG 4]

Dispensing station for Diesel, Basic and Premium with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-510 • comprising integral sump • optical bund alarm • tanker coupling • electronic overfill sensor • vent • analogue contents gauge • suction hose • 230 V electric pump 56 l/min (72 l/min on 2500 l versions) • 4 m delivery hose • automatic nozzle with integral nozzle holder • approved for outdoor installation with hinged lid (outdoor model) • fully assembled

CUBE-Diesel filling station, 5,000 l Outdoor Premium CUBE-Dieseltank 2,500 l Outdoor Premium Filling the CUBE-Tank systems is this easy CUBE-Dieseltank 1,000 l Outdoor

Delivery line with connection to first tank and switching valves included in scope of delivery of the expansion unit.

Erweiterungstank expansion unit II II

CUBE-Dieseltank CUBE-Dieseltank

Erweiterungstank expansion unit I I

2500 l

2500 l

2500 l

CUBE-Dieseltank 2,500 l Indoor Basic

CUBE-Dieseltank 1,500 l Outdoor

CUBE-Dieseltank Designation

Capacity l

External Dimensions cm (w x d x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order No.

1500

120 x 115 x 174

165

10292*

2500

120 x 180 x 174

220

10293***

1000

120 x 80 x 180

150

10294*

1500

120 x 115 x 180

180

10295*

2500

120 x 180 x 180

235

10296***

CUBE-Tank Outdoor Premium, for diesel incl. hinged lid, K33 analogue flow meter, cartridge filter with water separator, hose reel with 8 m hose

1000

120 x 80 x 180

170

10297*

1500

120 x 115 x 180

200

10298*

2500

120 x 180 x 180

255

10299***

CUBE-Tank Extension I Indoor, for diesel comprises Indoor Basic package: with connection kit to first tank; excluding pump, hose, nozzle

1500

120 x 115 x 174

155

10776

2500

120 x 180 x 174

210

10512

CUBE-Tank Extension I Outdoor, for diesel same as Extension I Indoor, incl. hinged lid

1500 2500 1500 2500 1500 2500

120 120 120 120 120 120

170 225 155 210 170 225

10774 10300 10777 10544 10775 10545

CUBE-Tank Indoor Basic, for diesel

CUBE-Tank Outdoor Basic, for diesel incl. hinged lid

CUBE-Tank Extension II Indoor: same as Extension I Indoor,

only with connection to Excention II

CUBE-Tank Extension II Outdoor: same as Extension II Indoor, incl. hinged lid

x x x x x x

115 180 115 180 115 180

x x x x x x

180 180 174 174 180 180

CUBE-Diesel filling station 7,500 l with expansion unit I and II

CUBE-Diesel filling stations 5,000 l and 7,500 l Designation

CUBE-Diesel filling station Indoor Basic (10293) and CUBE expansion unit I Indoor (10512) CUBE-Diesel filling station CUBE-Diesel filling station Outdoor Premium (10299) 5,000 l Outdoor Premium and CUBE expansion unit I Outdoor (10300) CUBE-Diesel filling station Indoor Basic (10293), CUBE-Diesel filling station CUBE expansion unit I Indoor (10512) 7,500 l Indoor Basic and CUBE expansion unit II Indoor (10544) CUBE-Diesel filling station Outdoor Premium (10299), CUBE-Diesel filling station CUBE expansion unit I Outdoor (10300) 7,500 l Outdoor Premium and CUBEexpansion unit II Outdoor (10545) CUBE-Diesel filling station 5,000 l Indoor Basic

Accessories see page 16.

* with electric pump 56 l/min *** w  ith electric pump 72 l/min (pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.) Technical specifications subject to change.

14

consisting of

Delivery rate l/min *

External Dimensions cm (w x d x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order No.

72

250 x 180 x 174

430

10525

72

250 x 180 x 180

480

10379

72

380 x 180 x 174

640

10546

72

380 x 180 x 180

705

10547

*P  ump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.

Technical specifications subject to change.

15

Stationary tank systems for diesel

CUBE-Dieseltank [PG 4]

CUBE-Dieseltank 2,500 l Outdoor Premium Plus with tank data management system “CMO 10” [PG 4]

Accessories for CUBE-Dieseltank Designation

Order No.

 

Hose reel with 8 m hose DN 19

10375

K33 meter, 3-digit tank display

10376

Filter with water separator

10377

K33 meter, complete with filter and water separator

10662

Meter with access control and "CMO 10" tank data management system for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key

10745

Data transfer set with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader for wireless data transfer to PC, incl. PC software

10746

Key set with 5 user keys

10747

LED instrument lighting with motion sensor and battery

10378

Hinged lid, orange, complete with supporting gas struts and mounting accessories

10324

Dispensing station Outdoor Premium Plus with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-510 • comprising integral sump • optical bund alarm • tanker coupling • electronic overfill sensor • vent • analogue contents gauge • suction hose • electric pump 230 V / 72 l/min * • meter with access control and "CMO 10" tank data management system for up to 250 users • incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key • hose reel with 8 m hose • automatic nozzle with integral nozzle holder • approved for outdoor installation with hinged lid (outdoor model) • fully assembled

Meter with access control and "CMO 10" tank data management system for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key

Accessory package for placement lengthwise

CUBE-Dieseltank 2,500 l Outdoor Premium Plus Designation

Capacity l

CUBE-Dieseltank Outdoor Premium Plus

Order no.

1000

120 x 80 x 180

170

10780

1500

120 x 115 x 180

200

10778

2500

120 x 180 x 180

255

10736

Best.-Nr. 10666

Technical specifications subject to change.

16

Weight approx. kg

*P  ump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.

Accessory for CUBE-Diesel filling stations 5,000 l Bezeichnung Accessory package for placement lengthwise in connection of two CUBE-Dieseltanks 2,500 l with expansion unit I (see page 14) resp. CUBE-Diesel filling stations 5.000 l (see page 15)

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Technical specifications subject to change.

17

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Diesel filling stations with UNI -Tanks [PG 4]

Diesel filling stations with UNI -Tanks [PG 4]

• Single tank • from HDPE with integral galvanised sheet steel bund and base pallet • standard accessories: level gauge, visual leakage detector, integral carrying handles • no pump • for storage of diesel, biodiesel, without a bund, even in water-protected areas* • approved for installation indoors • can be filled with delivery nozzle (except Uni-Tank 1,500 l) • low overall height (up to 1,000 l), thus no step tread is necessary

Basic package 1,000 l, comprising: • UNI-Tank 1,000 l (order no. 7380) • electric pump 230 V, approx. 30 l/min effective (order no. 8639) • 4 m connecting cable • 6 m hose, may be sectioned into suction and screw delivery hose • suction filter • automatic delivery nozzle Accessory: • K 24 digital flow meter (8644) see page 110

UNI-Tank 1,500 l with electric pump 50 l/min see page 19

Basic package Premium 1,000 l, comprising: • diesel tank UNI 1,000 l (order no. 7380) • electric pump 230 V, self-priming, approx. 50 l/min (order no. 7768) • pump bracket (order no. 7631) • automatic delivery nozzle • 4 m connecting cable • suction hose with foot valve • nozzle holder • hose clamp (order no. 10252) Accessory: • K 33 flow meter (order no. 7779 and 7984) see page 108 • Electric flow meter FMT II/50 (order no. 7574) see page 20

age k c a p Basic ium Prem

Basic e packag

Diesel tank system with UNI-Tank 1,000 l resp. 1,500 l Tank system, completely configuration comprising: • UNI-Tank 1,000 l (7380) resp. 1500 l (7881), 1, 2 or 3 tanks • filling connection with tanker coupling (7390) • limiting value transmitter (1437), • removal and ventilation line • electric pump 50 l/min • without assembly • electric pump 230 V self-priming with automatic delivery nozzle, delivery nozzle holder, meter, 4 m filling hose and ventilation • other lengths for filling hose optional, see page 108 • individual filling of the tanks via fixed tanker connection, removal and ventilation via common lines

erall low ov height UNI-Tank 1000 l

Diesel filling station with 2 UNI-Tanks 1,500 l (order no. 8822)

Basic packages UNI-Tank Designation Basic package 1000 l Basic package Premium 1000 l

Diesel tanks systems with UNI-Tank 1,000 l resp. 1,500 l

UNI-Tank

Capacity l

Single tank as described above Capacity l 400 750 1000 1500

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 73 x 70 x 117 98 x 77 x 142 128 x 77 x 142 163 X 77 X 185

* National installation laws and conditions are to be observed.

Approval no. Z-40.21-365 Z-40.21-288 Z-40.21-288 Z-40.21-432

Weight approx. kg 50 66 89 151

Order no. 7979 7379 7380 7881

Accessories see pages 20. Technical specifications subject to change.

18

Order no. 8683 10239

1000 2000 3000 Capacity l 1500 3000 4500

Number of UNI- Tank 1,000 l

Delivery rate l/min

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

1 2 3

50 50 50

166 x 77 x 159 166 x 157 x 159 166 x 237 x 159

114 206 298

10224 10225 10226

Number of UNI- Tank 1,500 l

Delivery rate l/min

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

1 2 3

50 50 50

201 x 77 x 202 201 x 157 x 202 201 x 237 x 202

176 330 484

8821 8822 8823

Technical specifications subject to change.

19

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Accessories for UNI /MULTI-Tanks [PG 4]

Diesel filling stations with GT-Tanks

Pumps and accessories specially designed for UNI- and MULTI-tank

Durable GT-tanks with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.11-190

Accessories for UNI- and MULTI-Tank Designation

Outdo o Indoo r r

Order no.

Hand pump, flow rate 25 l/min suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank up to 1,000 l

1452

Electric pump 12 V, approx. 30 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable with terminals, 6 m hose, delivery nozzle Electric pump 230 V, approx. 35 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, delivery nozzle Electric pump 12 V, approx. 25 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable with terminals, 6 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle Electric pump 230 V, approx. 30 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle

8640 8638 8641 8639

K 24 digital flow meter can be calibrated, measuring range 10-120 l/min, 5-digit display, 6-digit total delivery display, inlet 1" external thread, outlet 1" internal thread, with 1" steel coupling

8644

Filling hose for electric pump CENTRI Additional DN19 hose, priced per metre (the standard hose is still included in the package)

7213

Electric pump approx. 50 l/min suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 l and 1,000 l 230 V (self-priming), with foot valve, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose, pump console

7573

outdoor installation possible lockable pump hood

r 25 yea antee! r a u g tank

tanker coupling and limiting value transmitter GRP safety tank approved for use without bund* transparent tank wall for easy filling level monitoring also approved for biodiesel (Second biodiesel not required) 100% corrosion-resistant

Electric flow meter FMT 3/50 for electric pumps 50 l/min, display can be rotated in 90° steps

Extension hose DN 19 *** (with 2 x 1" thread) for electric pump approx. 50 l/min

7574

2m 4m

7071 7072

Fixed tanker coupling suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 l, 1,000 l and 1,500 l with tanker coupling, ventilation pipe and limit indicator

7857

Pump console suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 l and ,1,000 l for mounting Cematic pumps

7631

Electric pump, approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming) with flow meter, suction line, automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m filling hose, mounted on the console and can be hung on the side of the UNI-/MULTI tank

8162

Tank heater type TH 370, 230 V, dia. 44 mm for electric heating of EL grade heating oil and diesel fuel power 0.22 kW, self-regulating, prevents separation of paraffins at low temperatures

8126

Hose bracket suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank 750 l, 1000 l and 1500 l

10252

Ultrasonic level gauge, suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank, all sizes

10275

tank feet for greater stability

Comfort package 2,000 l consisting of: • diesel tank GT 2,000 l with dome dia. 145 mm and volume scale (order no. 1450) • accessory package for indoor installation or under canopy with dome-lid, ventilation cap, limit indicator, filling connection, nozzle holder, without hood (order no. 7068) • electric pump approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming), with foot valve, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose (order no. 7069) • mechanical meter K 33 for electric pump 50 l/min (order no. 7070) Designation Comfort package GRP 2,000 l

rt Comfo e packag GRP s: g n i v a s 12 % Order no. 7798

*M  ost German federal states have, at the time of printing, confirmed that this regulation is valid indefinitely. We will be happy to advise you.

*** For further hose lengths, see page 108. Technical specifications subject to change.

20

expandable up to 10,000 l as a battery system

Technical specifications subject to change.

21

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Diesel filling stations with GT tanks [PG 4]

Diesel filling stations with GT tanks [PG 4]

GT complete station Single tank system with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.11-190 • completely equipped with GRP safety tank • volume scale • pump • accessory package (dome lid, ventilation cap, filling connection, limiting value transmitter) • without mounting/installation

Pumps and accessories designed for GT tanks

• approved for installation indoors and outdoors without bund*, but only on a subsurface that is impervious to fluid with a 1 cm upstand ( e.g. R1 sealing surface elements, see page 23) • for water-protected areas, see doublewall tanks pages 12-17 and 25-28 • TÜV (German Technical Inspection Authority) inspection needed only once, prior to start of operation

Designation

Single tank system 50 l/min

Electric pump 230 V (self-priming), flow rate 50 l/min, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose for installation indoors or under canopy, without pump cover (consists of GRP safety tank with accessories 7068 and 7069) Capacity l 1,000 1,500 2,000

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) without pump hood 116 x 73 x 195 166 x 73 x 195 216 x 73 x 195

Weight approx. kg 80 100 120

Order no. 7060 7061 7062

with lockable pump hood (consists of GRP safety tank with accessories 7067 and 7069) Capacity l 1,000 1,500 2,000

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) pump hood opened 116 x 73 x 212 166 x 73 x 212 216 x 73 x 212

Bunds for water-protected areas with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.11-190 • approved for the CEMO-safety tank • for upgrading of existing systems in water-protected areas • manufactured from glass-fibre reinforced plastic GRP • top gripping edge • steel band around the middle of the bund

Weight approx. kg 87 107 127

Order no. 7063 7064 7065

R1 sealing surface elements available as accessories (see page 23)

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 116 x 73 x 161 166 x 73 x 161 216 x 73 x 161

with dome dia. 145 mm and volume scale

Weight approx. kg 60 80 100

Order no. 1448 1449 1450

Weight approx. kg 47 55 69

Order no.

Bunds for water-protected areas [PG 6] Suitable for single tanks 1,000 l 1,500 l 2,000 l

Capacity approx. l 1160 1520 2030

Ext. dimensions cm top (l x w x h) 158 x 87 x 105 203 x 87 x 105 268 x 87 x 105

Int. dimensions cm bottom (l x w x h) 145 x 74 x 104 190 x 74 x 104 255 x 74 x 104

5125 5126 5127

Technical specifications subject to change.

22

8714 8712 8713

Accessory package for installation indoors or under canopy (for a single tank), comprising: dome lid, limit indicator, filling connection, ventilation cap, installation instructions suitable for hand pump, order no. 1452

7066

Accessory package for outdoor installation (for a single tank), comprising: pump hood with nozzle holder bracket, sash fastener lock, dome lid, level gauge, filling connection, ventilation cap, installation instructions suitable for electric pump 50 l/min order no. 7069

7067

Accessory package for installation indoors or under canopy (for a single tank), comprising: dome lid, ventilation cap, limit indicator filling connection, nozzle holder, without hood, installation instructions suitable for electric pump 50 l/min order no. 7069

7068

Hand pump, flow rate 25 l/min (does not fit under the pump hood)

1452

Electric pump approx. 50 l/min 230 V (self-priming), with foot valve, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose

7069

Mechanical flow K33 meter for electric pump 50 l/min

7070

Electric flow meter FMT 3/50 for electric pumps 50 l/min, display can be rotated in 90° steps

7574

Extension hose DN 19 (with 2 x 1" thread) for electric pump approx. 50 l/min Further hose lengths see page 108.

Diesel tank without accessories Capacity l 1,000 1,500 2,000

Order no. R1 sealing surface element for 1 x GT 1,000 l (1 pcs.) Dimensions per element cm (l x w): 124 x 78 R1 sealing surface element for GT 1,500 l Package unit 3 pcs. (3 pcs. per GT 1,500) Dimensions per element cm (l x w): 56 x 78 R1 sealing surface element for GT 2,000 l Package unit 4 pcs. (4 pcs. per GT 2,000) Dimensions per element cm (l x w): 56 x 78

2m

7071

4m

7072

Dome lid steel with two thread tubes 2", sloping, for filling and ventilation, 2 threaded sleeves 2" and 1", straight, filling connection and ventilation cap.

1451

Limit indicator

1437

Upgrade package pump hood

7326

Tank heater type TH 370, 230 V, dia. 44 mm for electric heating of EL grade heating oil and diesel fuel · power: 0.22 kW · self regulating · prevents separation of paraffin at low temperatures

8126

Mechanical level gauge, for retrofitting. No free screwed socket on tank required. Simple assembly; no gluing required.

10717

Technical specifications subject to change.

23

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Diesel battery systems with GT tanks

Diesel filling stations with DWT-tanks

[PG 4]

Long lifetime DWT-tanks Tank approval no.: Z-40.11-280 Battery tank system installed in a row with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.11-190 Tank system, complete configuration consisting of: • GRP safety tank with fill level • accessory package (dome lid, filling fitting, connection elbow with tanker coupling, ventilation cap, suction line 1 ¼", limit indicator) • electric pump approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming) • mech. flow meter • automatic nozzle • 4 m filling hose • pump fitting on the front side of the first tank • without mounting/installation • approved for installation indoors or under cover without bund*, but only on a subsurface that is impervious to fluid with a 1 cm upstand (e.g. R1 sealing surface elements, see page 23) • for water-protected areas, see doublewall tanks pages 12-17 and 25-28 • TÜV (German Technical Inspection Authority) inspection only once, prior to commissioning

2 tanks 3 tanks 4 tanks 5 tanks

Outdo o Indoo r r

tanker coupling

Dou thus n ble-wall – o appro bund need ed ved fo r wa protec ted are teras!

outdoor installation possible limit indicator GRP safety tank double-wall

r 25 yea tee! n a r a u tank g

even in water-protected areas, no bund is required expandable up to 11,750 l as a battery

Total Overall dimensions Tank 1000 l Tank 1500 l Tank 2000 l capacity l cm (l x w x h) 1448 1449 1450 2,000 148 x 149 x 196 2 3,000 198 x 149 x 196 2 -

Basic unit Expansion unit 10107 7095 1 1 1 1

Pump 7354 1 1

4,000

248 x 149 x 196

-

-

2

1

1

1

3,000 4,500

148 x 226 x 196 198 x 226 x 196

3 -

3

-

1 1

2 2

1 1

6,000

248 x 226 x 196

-

-

3

1

2

1

4,000 6,000 8,000 5,000 7,500 10,000

148 198 248 148 198 248

4 5 -

4 5 -

4 5

1 1 1 1 1 1

3 3 3 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 1 1

x x x x x x

302 302 302 379 379 379

x x x x x x

196 196 196 196 196 196

translucent tank wall for easy filling level monitoring 100 % corrosion-resistant also approved for biodiesel (RME) o re now als T-tanks a W D r! O to a M ic All CE leak ind without a approved

or Outdo age ck a P y t e Saf : 9 % s g n i v sa 26 ge

see pa

Visual leak detector

Accessories for diesel battery systems Designation

No leak detector is necessary for installation, even in water-protected areas. The tanks are already equipped with an optical leak detector* which is integrated into the tank wall and requires no maintenance. (Conforms to safety class 3 as per EN 13160) • integral optical leak detector • leak indicator optional, but not required (retrofitting possible, conforming to safety class 1)

Order no. Electric pump for battery systems approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming), mechanical flow meter, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose, installed within a protective housing

7354

2m 4m

Extension hose DN 19 (with 2 x 1" connection) Filling and suction fitting 1¼" for battery systems (max. allowed flow rate: 50 l/min): C-B3 base unit for 1st tank comprising: filling fitting, connection elbow with tanker coupling, suction pipe 1¼", ventilation cap, limit indicator, installation instructions, pressure relief valve. C-B3 expansion unit for 2nd to 5th tanks comprising: Dome lid, filling and ventilation pipe, suction line 1¼", installation instructions. Accessory package for battery systems R 1¼" in collection tray

7071 7072

* protected by patents

Electronic leak detector CEMO DWT-tanks, double-walled, with electronic leak indicator. • leak indicator monitors inner and outer walls (safety class 1) • with the use of a leak indicator, no wall separations are necessary

10107 7095

The leak indicator can be used for all tank sizes.

7342

* Most German federal states have, at the time of printing, confirmed that this regulation is valid indefinitely. We will be happy to advise you. Technical specifications subject to change.

24

Technical specifications subject to change.

25

Stationary tank systems for diesel

DWT complete stations Single tank system with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.11-280 • complete configuration with GRP safety tank • pump • accessory package (dome lid, ventilation cap, filling connection, limit indicator) • without installation • approved for installation indoors and outdoors without a bund • TÜV inspection only once, prior to commissioning

Outdoor Safety Package DWT 2,350 l DWT-tank double-walled with optical leak detector. No leak detector is necessary for installation outdoors, even in waterprotected areas! Comprising: • diesel tank DWT 2,350 l (order no. 7375) • accessory package for installation outdoors (order no. 7355) • electric pump approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming) • mech. flow meter c • automatic nozzle • 4 m filling hose Electric pump 50 l/min, in protective housing • fitted in protective housing (order no. 7354)

a

b

Electric pump 50 l/min (meter available as an accessory)

Accessories for DWT diesel filling stations

[PG 4]

Pumps and accessories specially adapted for DWT diesel filling stations for all tank sizes Designation

d

Electric pump 50 l/min with pump hood (meter available as an accessory)

DWT-tank without accessories

a Electric pump 230 V (self-priming), pump capacity approx. 50 l/min, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose, flow meter K 24 see accessories, page 27 approved for installation indoors or under cover (consisting of GRP safety tank with accessories 7117 and 8949) Dimensions cm (l x w x h) without pump hood 150 x 74 x 194 200 x 86 x 194

Weight approx. kg 100 120

Order no. 7364 8632

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) pump hood opened 150 x 74 x 225 200 x 86 x 225

Weight approx. kg 107 125

Order no. 7366 8948

Accessory package for installation indoors or under cover (for a single tank), comprising: dome lid, ventilation cap, limit-indicator, filling connection, suction hose with foot valve, installation instructions suitable for electric pump 50 l/min in protection housing, order no. 7354

7355

Electric pump approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming), mechanical flow meter, automatic delivery nozzle, with design approval, 4 m filling hose, fitted in the protective housing

7354

Extension hose DN 19 (with 2 x 1" thread) for electric pump approx. 50 l/min

2m

7071

for further hose lengths, see page 108

4m

7072

Dome lid (steel) with two thread tubes 2", sloping, for filling and ventilation, 2 threaded sleeves 2" and 1", straight, tanker coupling and ventilation cap

1451

Vacuum leakage detection device VL 320-420

7351

Accessory package for single tank leak detector

7352

Signal horn leakage detection device when it is installed in the protective box

5269

7730 7731 8126

Mechanical fill level measuring device, for retrofitting. No free screwed socket on tank required. Simple assembly; no gluing required.

b a lso approved for installation outdoors with pump hood (consisting of GRP safety tank with accessories 7348 and 8949) Capacity l 1,300 2,000

Order no.

Floor support, ribbed to enable ventilation of the support surface for DWT 1,300 and 1,500 l for DWT 2,000 and 2,350 l Tank heater type TH 370, 230 V, dia. 44 mm for electric heating of EL grade heating oil and diesel fuel · power: 0.22 kW · self regulating · prevents separation of paraffin at low temperatures

Single tank system 50 l/min

Capacity l 1,300 2,000

[PG 4]

e

f

g

10717

h

i

j

Single tank system 50 l/min

b Electric pump 230 V (self-priming) in protective housing, pump flow rate approx. 50 l/min, mech. flow meter, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose approved for installation indoors and outdoors (consisting of GRP safety tank with accessories 7354 and 7355) Capacity l 1,300 1,500 2,000

cO  utdoor

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) without pump hood 182 x 74 x 188 182 x 74 x 211 232 x 86 x 188

Order no. 7368 7369 8634

Weight approx. kg 140

Order no. 8635

Weight approx. kg 80 90 100 110

Order no. 7372 7373 7374 7375

Safety Package DWT 2,350 l

Designation Outdoor Safety Package 2,350 l

dD  WT-tank Capacity l 1,300 1,500 2,000 2,350

Weight approx. kg 110 120 130

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 232 x 86 x 211

without accessories

with integral optical leakage detection

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 150 x 74 x 156 150 x 74 x 180 200 x 86 x 156 200 x 86 x 180

Technical specifications subject to change.

26

only for tank sizes 1,300 l / 2,000 l Designation e Accessory package for installation indoors or under cover (for a single tank), comprising: dome lid, limit indicator, filling connection, ventilation cap, installation instructions suitable for hand pump, order no. 1452 f Accessory package for installation indoors or under cover (for a single tank), comprising: dome lid, ventilation cap, limit indicator, filling connection, nozzle holder, without hood, installation instructions suitable for electric pump 50 l/min order no. 7349 g Accessory package for installation outdoors (for a single tank), comprising: pump hood with bracket, dome lid, limit indicator, filling connection, ventilation cap, installation instructions suitable for electric pump 50 l/min order no. 7349 h Hand pump, flow rate 25 l/min (does not fit under the pump cover) i Electric pump Cematic 55, 230 V, approx. 50 l/min applicable for DWT all sizes, approved for installation indoors or under cover. Suction hose 1.9 m with foot valve, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose DN 19 j K 24 electric flow meter, applicable to order no. 8948 and 8949, complete with installation set and 90° elbow pipe

Order no. 8520 7117

7348 1452 8949 8950

Technical specifications subject to change.

27

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Diesel battery systems with DWT tanks Battery tank system installed parallel with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.11-280 Tank system, complete configuration comprising: • GRP safety tank, double-wall (from glass fibre-reinforced plastic) with level indicator • accessory package (dome lid, filling fitting, connection elbow with tanker coupling, ventilation cap, suction line 1 ¼", limit indicator) • electric pump approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming) • mechanical flow meter • automatic nozzle • 4 m filling hose • pump mounted on the front side of the first tank • without installation • approved for installation indoors or under cover without a bund • TÜV inspection only once, prior to commissioning

2 tanks

3 tanks

PE/GRP complete station 5,000 l

[PG 4] a

Safety Package DWT 4,700 l Comprising: • 2 Diesel tanks DWT 2,350 l (order no. 7375) • filling and suction armature with dome lid • filling and ventilation pipe • connection elbow with tanker coupling • suction line 1 ¼" • ventilation cap • limit indicator (order no. 7358 and 7359) • accessory package (order no. 7342) • electric pump approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming) • mechanical flow meter • automatic nozzle • 4 m filling hose • fitted in protective housing (order no. 7354)

age k c a P Safety : 10 % s saving

Total capacity l 2,600 3,000 4,000 4,700* 3,900 4,500 6,000

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 182 x 151 x 188 182 x 151 x 211 232 x 177 x 188 232 x 177 x 211 182 x 228 x 188 182 x 228 x 211 232 x 268 x 188

Tank 1300 l 7372 2 3 -

Tank 1500 l 7373 2 3 -

Tank 2000 l 7374 2 3

Tank 2350 l 7375 2 -

Basic unit 7358 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

7,050

232 x 268 x 211

-

-

-

3

1

Setup as a 4 and 5 tank battery is also possible

complete connection, assembled

"Outdoor Basic" Same specification as "Indoor Basic", also includes: • weatherproof GRP roof • leak detector

smooth, stable outer surfaces

Version with hose reel and tank station with tank data management and access authorisation on request.

Expansion Accessory unit package 7359 7342 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2

"Indoor Basic" with GRP bund (for 8708 and 8710) with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.12-471 • complete system with PE tank, 230 V pump 70 l/min • pump bracket • meter K 33 • nozzle holder • hose holder • filling hose 4 m • permanent tanker connector • fill gauge

Pump 7354 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2

More advantages: • can be erected without a crane using a fork-lift truck, front-end loader, excavator or similar

r 15 yea tee! n a r a u tank g

[PG 4]

lockable access flap space-saving rectangular design

long lifespan, because GRP is weatherproof and UV resistant

c Tank station Outdoor with roof

ideal safety – all fluid-carrying parts are located within the collection tray simple access to the control elements Interior view, flap opened

1

* offer „Safety Package“ see below (order no. 7793).

Safety Package DWT 4,700 l Designation Safety Package 4,700 l

Order no. 7793

Accessories for diesel battery systems Designation

Order no.

a Electric pump for battery systems approx. 50 l/min, 230 V (self-priming), mechanical flow meter, automatic nozzle with design approval, 4 m filling hose, fitted in protective housing 2 m, with 1" connection Extension hose ¾" 4 m, with 1" connection Filling and suction fitting 1 ¼" for battery systems (max. flow rate 50 l/min): C-B3 base unit DWT for 1st tank comprising: filling fitting, connection elbow with tanker coupling, suction line 1 ¼", ventilation cap, limit indicator, installation instructions. C-B3 expansion unit DWT for 2nd to 3rd tanks comprising: Dome lid, filling and ventilation pipe, suction line 1 ¼", installation instructions. Accessory package for battery systems R 1 ¼" with DWT 2000/2350 (860 mm wide)

7354 7071 7072 7358 7359 7342

Vacuum leakage detection device VL 320-420

7351

Basic package VL 320-420 for connecting two tanks to the vacuum leakage detection device Expansion package VL 320-420 for connecting an extra tank to the vacuum leakage detection device

7356 7357 Technical specifications subject to change.

28

b Tank station Indoor,

with roof and collection tray

a Tank station Indoor,

without roof and collection tray

Pump console with 230 V pump 70 l/min, meter K 33, nozzle holder, hose holder and filling hose 4 m

Diesel complete station and PE/GRP complete station Designation / Capacity l Dimensions cm (l x w x h) a Diesel complete station 5,000 l Indoor, without roof and collection tray 265 x 135 x 220 b PE/GRP complete station 5,000 l Indoor, without roof, with collection tray 8321 300 x 160 x 220 c PE/GRP complete station 5,000 l Outdoor, with roof 300 x 160 x 225

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

260

8897

425

8708

510

8710

PE banded tank and GRP bund Designation / Capacity l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

PE banded tank 5,000 l

239 x 135 x 198

240

8510

GRP bund 5,500 l

289 x 159 x 134

165

8321

Technical specifications subject to change.

29

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Steel tank diesel filling station Above ground tank system steel double-wall for outdoor installation, approved for the storage of diesel fuel and biodiesel Construction: • manufactured in accordance with DIN 6616/D or DIN 6624 • welded on saddle feet • painted externally with primer and top coats • ladder (5,000 l model no ladder due to low overall height) • dip stick • suction tube in dome lid • anti siphon device • leak detector with liquid control • limit indicator • completely assembled • factory test certificate

Steel tank diesel filling station

[PG 4]

Electric pump CUBE 70 K33 • self-priming • pump flow rate approx. 70l/min • flow meter with cumulative meter and single-use meter • 4 m filling hose, automatic nozzle • installed within a protective housing • Electric pump CUBE 70 MC50 • self-priming • pump flow rate approx. 70 l/min • electronic flow meter with 50 user codes • 4 m filling hose, automatic nozzle • installed within a protective housing

Options: • paint schemes according to customer specification possible (additional charge) The standard containers are primed and painted. We offer a 10-year warranty against rusting through. Steel tank with console and suction line for diesel dispensing pumps

Electric pump CUBE 70 K33 (Details / accessories see page 104)

[PG 4]

Electric pump CUBE 70 MC50 (Details / accessories see page 104)

Steel tank with electric pump CUBE 70 K33

Tank system as described on page 30, additionally equipped with pump system and suction line, with components fully mounted Capacity l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)* 270 x 165 x 225 475 x 130 x 190 420 x 175 x 225 550 x 175 x 225 810 x 175 x 225 698 x 215 x 266 1012 x 215 x 266

4,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000

Tank ø cm 160 125 160 160 160 200 200

DIN 6616/D 6624 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D

Weight approx. kg 1130 1280 1830 2230 3030 3830 5230

Order no. 7859 7860 7861 7862 8143 8144 8145

* with ventilation pipe

Steel tank with electric pump CUBE 70 MC50

Tank system as described on page 30, additionally equipped with pump system and suction line, with components fully mounted Capacity l

Steel tank without accessories Tank system as described above Capacity l 4,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)* 240 x 165 x 225 445 x 130 x 190 390 x 175 x 225 520 x 175 x 225 780 x 175 x 225 668 x 215 x 266 982 x 215 x 266

Tank ø cm 160 125 160 160 160 200 200

DIN 6616/D 6624 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D

Weight approx. kg 1100 1250 1800 2200 3000 3800 5200

Order no. 7580 7376 7377 7378 8140 8141 8142

Tank system as described above, additionally equipped with console and suction line for diesel dispensing pumps (see page 101), completely mounted. The diesel dispensing pumps must be ordered separately. 4,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)* 290 x 165 x 225 495 x 130 x 190 440 x 175 x 225 570 x 175 x 225 830 x 175 x 225 718 x 215 x 266 1032 x 215 x 266

Tank ø cm 160 125 160 160 160 200 200

Tank ø cm 160 125 160 160 160 200 200

DIN 6616/D 6624 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D

Weight approx. kg 1130 1280 1830 2230 3030 3830 5230

Order no. 7863 7864 7865 7866 8146 8147 8148

* with ventilation pipe

Accessories for dieseltank stations with steel tank Designation

Order no. Level measurement unit pneumatic, for retrofitting

7565

Level indicator OCIO for diesel, 230 V An innovative system for management of the liquid level in tanks at atmospheric pressure. Special features: continuous measurement, display of heights, volumes and refill percentages, minimum and maximum level alarms, high accuracy, simple installation, simple software configuration, PC connection possible

7795

* with ventilation pipe

Steel tank with console for diesel dispensing pumps Capacity l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)* 270 x 165 x 225 475 x 130 x 190 420 x 175 x 225 550 x 175 x 225 810 x 175 x 225 698 x 215 x 266 1012 x 215 x 266

4,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 15,000 20,000 30,000

DIN 6616/D 6624 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D 6616/D

Weight*** approx. kg 1130 1280 1830 2230 3030 3830 5230

Order no. 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 8597

Delivery / shipping costs for a one-off delivery: D  elivery ex works. When a delivery is made the customer must provide a crane or forklift for unloading. Be sure to take the weight of the tank into account.

Prices w/o dispensing pump but incl. installation * with ventilation pipe and console *** without dispensing pump Technical specifications subject to change.

30

Technical specifications subject to change.

31

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Fuel dispensing area for outdoor installation Fuel dispensing area for outdoor installation for approved and safe filling of your vehicles. Spilled fuel is contained and can be disposed of. Approval no.: Z-38.5-107 The tray must be anchored on a stable surface with the heavy duty anchors included in the scope of delivery.

Particular advantages are: • compact design • mobile, transportable • can be set up and used immediately • anti-slip surfaces • suitability assessment not required • painted tray, RAL 7036 • Lid in lightweight GRP for easy opening • weather-resistant GRP cover, thus suitable for outside installation

[PG 9]

• t he GRP cover also acts as a splash protection wall when opened • traversable edge sills on three sides • 2” pipe socket installed in the tray and thus suitable for use as a filling point when filling the storage tank from the road tanker using a filling hose protection system (ASS) • Tray, cover and accessories are supplied separately, no installation

Fuel dispensing areas

[PG 9]

Compact fuel dispensing area with general construction inspection approval no. Z-38.5-107 for approved and safe filling of your vehicles. Spilled fuel is contained and can be disposed of. Particular advantages are: • compact design • mobile and transportable • can be set up and used immediately • traversable, anti-slip surfaces • suitability assessment not required • up to 50 tons wheel load • limited operating range of the nozzle due to 1 m high splash protection wall (plug-in) • accessible from three sides Also see "Legal basics" on page 11.

Compact fuel dispensing area

Secure filling hose mounting with antikink device and length limiting.

Basic fuel dispensing area with general construction inspection approval no. Z-38.5-107 (without splash protection wall and collision protection) for approved and safe filling of your vehicles. Spilled fuel is contained and can be disposed of. • with two drive-over edge sills on the ends • no splash protection wall (must be fitted by the customer, e.g. sheet metal board height 1 m at the wall)

ASS coupling fitted (without accessories)

Outdoor fuel dispensing area Designation Outdoor fuel dispensing area

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) max. collection volume l Wheel load to. Weight approx. kg Order no. 500 x 250 x 26

280

50

690

Accessories for diesel tanks and fuel dispensing area for outdoor installation

Fuel dispensing areas

[PG 4]

Designation

Order no. ASS fitting complete with accessories According to TRwS 781 chapt. 6.2.2. If the CEMO fuel dispensing area (order no. 8075) is equipped with this fitting, the fuel dispensing area 8075 can also be used to fill the tank system according to TRwS 781 chapt. 4.2.2.3. Scope of delivery consists of: • ASS fitting G2" with automatic closure • filling station module for filler neck • wall fitting for conversion of an existing limit indicator to ASS version, product ID "Diesel" IP 68 • 0.9 m earth cable • 1.9 m connecting cable between filling station module and wall fitting for limit indicator

Designation Compact fuel dispensing area Compact fuel dispensing area Basic fuel dispensing area

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 400 x 200 x 100 500 x 250 x 100 500 x 250 x 5

max. collection volume l 200 275 275

Wheel load Weight approx. kg tons 50 490 50 730 50 570

Order no. 7827 8084 8124

8693

Technical specifications subject to change.

32

Basic fuel dispensing area

8075

Technical specifications subject to change.

33

Stationary tank systems for diesel

Fuel dispensing area

Mobile tank systems for diesel

[PG 9]

Modular fuel dispensing area with general construction inspection approval no. Z-38.5-107 for approved and safe filling of your vehicles. Spilled fuel is contained and can be disposed of. The 3 module types can be used to create large areas of any size by their simple interconnection.

mobile refueling systems

(page 35 - 58)

(bunded) generator tanks

Particular advantages are: • expandable • mobile and transportable • can be set up and used immediately • traversable, anti-slip surfaces • suitability assessment not required • up to 50 tons wheel load Diesel trolley • 60 and 100 litres • individual PE tank • approved for transport for immediate con­ sumption according to ADR 1.1.3.1 c) • with pump • with wheels, dia. 300  mm, air-filled, all-terrain • fully assembled see page 38 - 39

DT-Mobile Easy and DT-Mobile Easy COMBI • 125 - 980 litres • individual PE tank • approved for transport under ADR. Examination every 2 ½ years (see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) • approved for transport for immediate consumption according to ADR 1.1.3.1 c) • with pump • fully assembled

MULTI-Tank • 400 - 1,500 litres • HDPE single-wall tank with integrated galvanised sheet steel bund • indoor installation • does not require a bund, even in water-protected areas • approved for transport (without mounted pump) according to the ADR

CUBE-Tank-Mobile • 1,000 l - 1,500 litres • PE single-wall tank with integrated PE bund • with storage approval • approved for transport according to the ADR (1,000 l) • approved for storage outdoors • does not require a bund, even in water-protected areas

see page 40 - 47

see page 48

see page 49

simple interconnecting modules

heavy duty refueling systems

can be extended as required using standard elements

easy access to the fueling area

drive-over sill for connecting or driving over elements on their short sides

Modular fuel dispensing area Designation Module 1 Fuel dispensing Module 2 area Module 3

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 500 x 250 x 5.5

max. collection volume l 288

Wheel load tons 50

500 x 250 x 5.5

287

50

570

7705

500 x 250 x 5.5

299

50

570

7706

240 x 21 x 5.5

-

50

21

7794

Drive-over sill

Weight approx. Order no. kg 590 7704

The different modules Module 1

Module 2

Module 3 (wall adjoining)

l

w

l

l

w

w

see page 50 - 54

recommended driving direction Technical specifications subject to change.

34

DT-Mobile PRO und DT-Mobile PRO COMBI • 980 and 200 litres • mobile diesel filling station • with optional additional tank for AdBlue® • fully assembled • approved for transport, storage and installation both indoors and outdoors according to the ADR • double-wall: also approved for use in waterprotected areas without a bund

DT-Mobile • 400 - 980 litres • mobile diesel filling station • approved for transport and storage for installation both indoors and outdoors according to the ADR • DT-Mobile single-wall: in water-protected areas, a bund is to be provided when used as a storage container. • DT-Mobile double-wall: also approved for use in waterprotected areas without a bund see page 55 - 57

DT-Mobile horizontal (double-walled) • 980 - 3.000 litres • mobile diesel filling station • with secure storage box • stackable • approved for transport, storage and installation both indoors and outdoors according to the ADR • also approved for use in waterprotected areas without a bund see page 58

Technical specifications subject to change.

35

Mobile tank systems for diesel

– Checklist –

Mobile tank systems for diesel

Transport of diesel fuel according to the craftsman regulation

Important legal regulations for mobile tank systems Legal basics Mobile tank stations for diesel fuel and petrol are used in many plants/facilities. The legal basics are governed in the ADR (European Agreement Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road), the GGVSEB (German Regulation Concerning the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail) and the GGBefG (German Dangerous Goods Transportation Act). If the container is used as a fixed tank station, the filling station regulations for own consumption are applicable, see page 11.

U  se of mobile diesel or petrol tank systems/IBC According to the regulations on hazardous goods, mobile tank systems do not exist. They are so-called IBCs. The abbreviation IBC stands for Intermediate Bulk Container. IBCs are used in various sectors for transport and storage, including the transport and storage of hazardous goods. They are filled with fluid or pourable products, but are also used for loose bulk products. This includes, for example, fuels for fueling machines, chemicals, waste products, dusts, but also food products, cosmetics and pharmaceutical products. IBCs contain a volume of up to 3,000 litres.

 xemptions in combination with E the type of transport, sub-section 1.1.3.1 c) ADR – Craftsman regulation – If all exemption prerequisites according to 1.1.3.1 c) ADR are observed, complete exemption is granted in terms of hazardous- goods regulations. In other words, the hazardous-goods regulations are no longer applicable. This lifts a great burden from agricultural, forestry, landscaping and crafts operations, because they no longer have to use the provisions otherwise applicable to the transport of hazardous goods. These are: • use of design-tested packaging • non-observance of identification and tagging regulations • exemption from the obligation to carry fire-extinguishing equipment • exemption from the obligation to carry accompanying documentation (here: carriage document) In practical terms, this arrangement represents a significant easement, because deliveries for direct consumption up to max. 450 liters are exempted from the ADR regulations as per RSEB 1-5.1 (German Implementation Guideline for Regulation Concerning the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail). Transport for direct consumption means that up to 450 l can be driven to the machine, even in a car. This quantity must not be left there, but must be immediately filled into the consumers' tanks and consumed. Please also observe our checklist "Craftsman regulation", page 37.

Claim to the craftsman regulation [1.1.3.1 c) ADR] Test or examination From the viewpoint of hazardous-goods regulations, the mobile diesel filling stations are so called Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC). The manufacturer uses different names for these diesel tank systems in some cases, e.g. container or tank. However, these terms, which are known from hazardous-goods legislation, do not have anything to do with the actually applicable packaging definition under hazardous-goods legislation, i.e. Intermediate Bulk Containers / IBC. Unfortunately, tests and examinations are often not performed on the employed mobile tank systems by an inspection body approved by the German Federal Institute for Materials Testing (BAM) for Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC). Tests and examinations of this kind are specified by regulations and laws such as the ADR (Accord européen relatif au transport international des marchandises dangereuses par route), the GGVSEB and the GGBefG (Regulations for the Transport of Dangerous Goods). The test or examination intervals are between 2 ½ and 5 years – from the date of manufacture.

yes

no *)

Are the deliveries in question associated with the main activity? Quantities not exceeding 450 liters per package Do not exceed max. quantities according to the table 1.1.3.6 ADR – 1000-point rule – (Diesel fuel = 1000 litres net) Measures taken to prevent emergence of the content under normal transport conditions Load adequately secured Leak-tight and undamaged containment and enclosures of the packagings No adhesion of dangerous residues No transport for internal or external supply of the business Exception: transport for direct consumption according to RSEB 1-5.1 *) Exemption cannot be claimed Additional regulations to be observed: Instruction performed

Check the type plate of your mobile diesel tank system. If the last stamped test/examination was longer than 2½ years ago, you should have a test/examination performed by an authorised inspection body as soon as possible.

Example: DT-Mobile Easy 200 l for direct consumption

Example: DT-Mobile Easy 430 l for direct consumption Technical specifications subject to change.

36

Technical specifications subject to change.

37

Mobile tank systems for diesel

Diesel trolley

Diesel trolley [PG 4]

New idea – tried and tested CEMO quality. Mobile fuelling on site used to be a tricky topic. Apart from the question of transport, smaller quantities of fuel were quickly spilled, depending on whether tank connections, funnels or hoses were used. The new CEMO tank trolleys are a completely different story. They deliver up to 100 litres of diesel fuel or petrol on site in absolute safety and in accordance with regulations.

Diesel trolley 60 l and 100 l • suitable for use under ADR 1.1.3.1 c) for single site refuelling by a person in the course of their main business • polyethylene container with integral hand grip and carry handles • fill cap with integral breather valve • outlet connection with stop valve • Trolley 100 l: 300 mm diameter pneumatic tyres, air-filled, all-terrain Trolley 60 l: 240 mm diameter tyres • interior baffle • integral nozzle holder • Trolley 100 l: moulded recesses enabling strapping during transport

LiFePO4 battery Totally mobile and cable free, independent of vehicle batteries.

Integrated ventilation The integrated vent system means that fuel can be taken out continuously without the trolley needing to be opened.

Anti-kink protection + swivel joint + Shut-off valve The anti-kink protection and swivel joint provide the best possible protection for your delivery hose. The container can be completely closed with a shut-off valve for transport.

Nozzle holder Integrated delivery nozzle holder with lock.

Mounted pump: • hand pump 25 l/min with 3 m delivery hose and nozzle • self-priming electric pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, 25 l/min with 3 m delivery hose and 4 m fly leads

Diesel trolley 60 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30 and battery

Diesel and heating oil trolley 60 l and 100 l, same equipment as diesel trolley, except • delivery line with 3/8" quick-coupling • return line with 3/8" quick-coupling • without pump Accessories for digital flow meter K 24 for assembly between filling hose and automatic delivery nozzle for the version with electric pump, see page 114.

Diesel trolley 100 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30

Diesel and heating oil trolley 60 l with quick-coupling

Diesel trolley 100 l with hand pump

Level

Level

Level

100 %

70 %

50 %

Recesses for lashing straps Integrated guides for lashing straps (100 l) provide safety for transport in the vehicle.

30 °

30 °

30 °

Versions battery with charger

Hose holder Whether upright or horizontal – everything fits; no hose out of place.

5 kg (60 l) 20 kg (100 l)

2 kg (60 l) 6 kg (100 l)

neutral

Weight distribution to hand grip during movement trolley 60 l and trolley 100 l.

Diesel trolley, diesel and heating oil trolley Designation / Capacity

All-terrain wheels Large tyres for simple handling on terrain and over stairs. Technical specifications subject to change.

38

Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) trolley 60 l with hand pump and nozzle 90 x 52 x 37 trolley 60 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30 and automatic nozzle 90 x 52 x 37 trolley 60 l, with electric pump CENTRI SP 30, LiFePO4 battery, charger and automatic nozzle 90 x 52 x 37 trolley 100 l with hand pump and nozzle 100 x 59 x 43 trolley 100 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30 and automatic nozzle 100 x 59 x 43 trolley 100 l, with electric pump CENTRI SP 30, LiFePO4 battery, charger and automatic nozzle 100 x 59 x 43 and heating oil trolley 60 l with quick coupling 90 x 53 x 38 and heating oil trolley 100 l with quick coupling 100 x 59 x 43

Weight approx. kg 18 15 15 22 22 22 12 17

Order no. 10505 10506 10609 10160 10610 10611 10526 10527

Accessory: additional battery (10602), see page 78. Technical specifications subject to change.

39

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile Easy Innovative diesel filling stations offering a wealth of useful features.

Built-in hose brackets The built-in hose brackets keep things tidy until you next need to fill up.

Adjustable lid mount The adjustable lid mount allows it to be installed either on the left or the right for the best possible access.

Integrated ventilation with pressure relief

Video DT-Mobile Easy

The integrated ventilation system means that fuel can be taken out continuously without the container needing to be opened.

Delivery line can be shut off

Nozzle holder

The isolation valve enables the container to be sealed off completely, thus adding to safety during transportation.

The built-in holder secures the nozzle during transport.

Recesses for ratchet lashing strap Integral recesses (125 l, 200 l, 430 l) and eyes (460 l, 600 l, 850 l / 100 l and 980 l) to allow immobilisation with a ratchet lashing strap during transportation.

Built-in ergonomic carry handles The built-in carry handles enable the equipment to be handled easily during loading.

Folding crane eye and lashing eyes Integral forklift pockets The integral forklift slots make handling easier if the tank is full. Technical specifications subject to change.

40

The folding crane and lashing eyes (460 l, 600 l, 850 l / 100 l und 980 l) make it easier to secure the load in the prescribed manner, and serve at the same time as fastening eyes if the device is lifted by crane. Technical specifications subject to change.

41

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile Easy [PG 4]

DT-Mobile Easy [PG 4]

al

prov DR ap

with A DT-Mobile Easy with ADR approval Approved for transport under ADR. Examinations every 2½ years corres­ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b.** Fully assembled. Container: • single-walled 200 l, 460 l or 600 l polyethylene • with lid (200 l model) • crane eyes (460 l and 600 l model) • integral delivery nozzle holder • integral filling tube • integrated ventilation with pressure relief • integral forklift slots and handles • integral recesses (200 l) or loops (460 l and 600 l) for Ratchet tie-downs during transport Pre-assembled pump: • self-priming electric pump 12 V or 24 V DC, 25 or 40 l/min, with automatic or manual nozzle, 4 m filling hose and 4 m electrical cable • electric pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, 25 l/min, with automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose and 4 m electrical cable • hand pump 25 l/min, 2.7 m filling hose and manual nozzle ** T  ransport approval for all IBC plastics is limited to a life of 5 years. The 200 l model is therefore also approved for transport for direct consumption under ADR 1.1.3.1 c).

DT-Mobile Easy 460 l with electric pump, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

DT-Mobile Easy 600 l with electric pump, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

kage SP pac * 10735 s: 15 % saving

DT-Mobile Easy Approved for transport for immediate consumption according to ADR 1.1.3.1 c) Fully assembled. Container: • single-walled 125 l, 200 l or 430 l polyethylene • integral delivery nozzle holder • integral filling tube • integrated ventilation with pressure relief • integral forklift slots and handles • integral recesses (125 l, 200 l, 430 l) or loops (600 l) for Ratchet tie-downs during transport Pre-assembled pump: • self-priming electric pump 12 V or 24 V DC, 25 or 40 l/min, with automatic or manual nozzle, 4 m filling hose and 4 m electrical cable • electric pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, 25 l/min, with automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose and 4 m electrical cable • hand pump 25 l/min, 2.7 m filling hose and manual nozzle

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30 and automatic delivery nozzle

DT-Mobile Easy 430 l with electric pump, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

DT-Mobile Easy 125 l with hand pump

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l with electric pump, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

DT-Mobil Easy with hand pump and manual nozzle

DT-Mobile Easy with ADR approval

DT-Mobil Easy with electric pump and automatic nozzle

DT-Mobile Easy with quick coupling

DT-Mobile Easy according to ADR 1.1.3.1 c)

Designation/ Dimensions in Weight Capacity cm (l x w x h) approx. kg DT-Mobile Easy 200 l with hand pump, manual nozzle and hinged lid 80 x 62 x 61 26 DT-Mobile Easy 200 l w  ith electric pump CENTRI SP 30 12V, 25 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged 80 x 62 x 61 24 lid DT-Mobile Easy 200 l w  ith electric pump 12V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid 80 x 62 x 61 28

Order no. 10080

Designation/ Capacity DT-Mobile Easy 125 l with hand pump and manual nozzle

10735* 10083

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l w  ith electric pump 24V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

80 x 62 x 61

28

10112

DT-Mobile Easy 460 l w  ithout pump, with quick coupling for vehicles with integrated suction pump

116 x 80 x 81

42

10415

DT-Mobile Easy 460 l with electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

116 x 80 x 81

47

10416

DT-Mobile Easy 460 l with electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

116 x 80 x 81

47

10417

DT-Mobile Easy 460 l with electric pump 12V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 80 x 86

60

10418

DT-Mobile Easy 460 l with electric pump 24V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 80 x 86

60

10419

DT-Mobile Easy 600 l w  ithout pump, with quick coupling for vehicles with integrated suction pump

116 x 80 x 102

48

10084

DT-Mobile Easy 600 l with electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

116 x 80 x 102

53

10085

DT-Mobile Easy 600 l with electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

116 x 80 x 102

53

10086

DT-Mobile Easy 600 l w  ith electric pump 12V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 80 x 107

66

10087

DT-Mobile Easy 600 l w  ith electric pump 24V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 80 x 107

66

10088

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 80 x 60 x 45

Weight approx. kg 22

Order no. 8915

DT-Mobile Easy 125 l w  ith electric pump CENTRI SP 30 12 V, 25 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

80 x 60 x 45

20

10606

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l with hand pump and manual nozzle

80 x 60 x 59

23

8831

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l w  ith electric pump CENTRI SP 30 12 V, 25 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

80 x 60 x 59

21

10734*

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l w  ith electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

80 x 60 x 59

25

10218

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l w  ith electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

80 x 60 x 59

25

10004

DT-Mobile Easy 430 l w  ithout pump, with quick coupling for vehicles with integrated suction pump

116 x 76 x 73

40

8958

DT-Mobile Easy 430 l w  ith electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

116 x 76 x 73

45

10456

DT-Mobile Easy 430 l w  ith electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min and automatic delivery nozzle

116 x 76 x 73

45

8923

DT-Mobile Easy 430 l w  ith electric pump 12V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 76 x 78

58

10457

DT-Mobile Easy 430 l w  ith electric pump 24V, 40 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 76 x 78

58

8928

* Order no. 10735: SP package savings 15 %

* Order no. 10734: SP package, savings 13 % Technical specifications subject to change.

42

kage SP pac * 10734 3 % s: 1 saving

Technical specifications subject to change.

43

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile Easy 980 l and DT-Mobile Easy COMBI 850 / 100 l [PG 4] Approved for transport under ADR Examination every 2 ½ years according to ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b) and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).*** fully assembled Container: • 980 l polyethylene, single-walled (diesel tank) • 850/100 l polyethylene, single-walled (diesel/AdBlue® tank) • integral baffle • integral delivery nozzle holder • integral filling tube • integral ventilation and pressure relief • integral forklift pockets • integral handles • with crane eyes

• integral loops for securing the trolley with ratchet lashing strap during transport Basic versions: with powerful electric pump, 4 m filling hose DN25 (without hose reel, meter and filter) and automatic delivery nozzle Premium versions: with powerful electric pump, hose reel with 8 m hose DN25, meter, filter with water separator and automatic delivery nozzle

Accessories for DT-Mobile Easy [PG 4]

COMBI versions with additional tank for AdBlue®: with CENTRI SP30 electric pump, 5 m filling hose and automatic delivery nozzle Pump options: • Electric pump Bipump 12 V, 500 W, approx. 85 l/min* • Electric pump Cematic Duo 24/12 V, 420 W, approx. 70/35 l/min* • Electric pump Cematic 72, 230 V, 500 W, approx. 72 l/min* • Electric pump CENTRI SP30 12 V, 220 W, approx. 25 l/min*

DT-Mobile Easy 980 Basic

Accessories for DT-Mobile Easy Designation

Order no.

Lid for DT-Mobile Easy 125 l and 200 l (from year of construction 2011)

8963

Hinged lid lock for DT-Mobil Easy 125 l and 200 l, complete with two keys

10214

Lid for DT-Mobile Easy 430 l, 460 l, 600 l, 850/100 l and 980 l (can be hinged on right or left)

8833

Digital flow meter K 24 for electric pump 12 V and 24 V, 40 l/min for DT-Mobile Easy 200 l

8832

Digital flow meter K 24 for electric pump 12 V and 24 V, 40 l/min, for DT-Mobile Easy 430 l, 460 l and 600 l

8908

Meter K 33 for DT-Mobile Easy 850/100 l and 980 l

10905

Level indicator for DT-Mobile Easy 430 l and 460 l

8881

Level indicator for DT-Mobile Easy 600 l

10089

Level indicator for DT-Mobile Easy 850/100 l and 980 l

10830

Oil-resistent anti-slip mat for DT-Mobile Easy 125 l and 200 l, oil- and weather-resistant

10166

Oil-resistent anti-slip mat for DT-Mobile Easy 430 l, 460 l and 600 l, oil- and weather-resistant

10167

DT-Mobile Easy 980 Premium DT-Mobile Easy COMBI 850/100 Premium

DT-Mobile Easy 980 l without tank, with quick coupling 1 Designation

Capacity l

DT-Mobile 980, without pump, with quick coupling

980

DT-Mobile Easy 980 Basic DT-Mobile Easy 980 Premium

Capacity l

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

980 980

127 x 107 x 112 127 x 107 x 112

107 130

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 127 x 107 x 112

Weight approx. kg 95

Order no. 10817

Bipump 12 V Order no. 10818 10819

Electric pump design Cematic Duo 24/12 V Order no. 10822 10823

Cematic 230 V Order no. 10826 10827

Electric pump design Cematic Duo 24/12 V Order no. 10824

Cematic 230 V Order no. 10828

10825

10829

DT-Mobile Easy COMBI 850/100 l diesel / AdBlue® tank 2 Designation

DT-Mobile Easy COMBI 850/100 Basic DT-Mobile Easy COMBI 850/100 Premium

Capacity l

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

850/100

127 x 107 x 112

121

Bipump 12 V Order no. 10820

850/100

127 x 107 x 112

143

10821

* Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose. *** Please note that transport approval for all plastic IBCs is limited to a period of 5 years.

DIN 9680 socket, 3-pin, 6 - 24 V, max. 25 A, IP 54

10230

Adhesive label set for DT-Mobil Easy retrofitting

10261

CEMbox 400 l CEMbox 400 l with insert for securing the DT-Mobile Easy 200 l and a battery for operating the electric pump (battery not included in the scope of delivery). • suitable for all DT-Mobile Easy 125 l and 200 l • rain and anti-theft protection for the DT-Mobile Easy • storage space and fixing belts for battery • secondary protection against leaks

CEMbox 400 l with fixed insert 1 available from june 2017 2 available from october 2017

Technical specifications subject to change.

44

10229

for vehicles with integrated suction pump

DT-Mobile Easy 980 l diesel tank 1 Designation

DIN 9680 plug, 3-pin, 6 - 24 V, max. 25 A, IP 54

Designation CEMbox 400 l with fixed insert

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 120 x 79 x 75

Weight approx. kg 35

Order no. 10024

Technical specifications subject to change.

45

Mobile tank systems for diesel

Accessories for DT-Mobile Easy [PG 4] Extraction kit for DT-Mobile Easy Conversion kit to upgrade the DT-Mobile Easy with a 40 l/min. electric pump Cematic 3000. The pump can also suck diesel back out of the vehicle's tank and into the DT-Mobile Easy or another tank. • for use with the 200 l, 430 l, 460 l and 600 l sizes • transparent 3 m suction hose with special, manual-close foot valve and drip-free quick coupling for connecting to the pump's suction line • suction height approx. 1.5 m • features a separate shut-off valve

DT-Mobile Easy with LiFePO4 battery system [PG 4]

!

Stop fuel theft

DT-Mobile Easy with LiFePO4 battery system Designation

Extraction kit Designation Extraction kit for DT-Mobile Easy

Order no. 10204

Li-Power-Block battery systems

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

DT-Mobile Easy 125 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30, LiFePO4 battery, charger and automatic delivery nozzle

80 x 60 x 45

20

10732

DT-Mobile Easy 200 l with electric pump CENTRI SP 30, LiFePO4 battery, charger and automatic delivery nozzle

80 x 60 x 59

21

10733

Accessory for DT-Mobile Easy with LiFePO4 battery system Designation

Order no.

Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4), 13.2 V – 3.3 Ah as spare battery

10602

DT-Mobile Easy with Li-Ion-battery system [PG 4]

[PG 4]

suitable for pumps with 12 VDC supply voltage

Professional Li-ion-battery system for cable-free and independent mobile fuelling specifically for DT-Mobile Easy with electric pump 24 V (see page 42/43) • battery charging sufficient for a pumping capacity of up to 950 litres • battery replacement in seconds, secure mount thanks to slide pack • integrated electronics to protect cells and operator, prevents deep discharge, overheating and short-circuits • operating temperature range: - 20 °C to + 50 °C • very low self-discharge

Lithium iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4) • totally mobile, independent of vehicle batteries • 13.2 V nominal voltage • battery operating temperature range: -30 °C to + 80 °C • very low self-discharge, no environ­ mentally harmful heavy metals, no memory effect • high intrinsic safety and integrated protection circuit, electrical protection class IP 67 • terminal protection caps protect against accidental short circuit • easy to hang or carry due to rope handle • includes charger 100 - 240 VAC, output 14.4 V - 3 A

DT-Mobil Easy 600 l with Li-Ion-battery system and electric pump

DT-Mobil Easy with Li-Ion-battery system Designation

Li-Power-Block with rope loop for easy hanging and carrying

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

DT-Mobil Easy 430 l with electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min, Li-Ion-battery 3,0 Ah, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid

116 x 76 x 78

60

10323

DT-Mobil Easy 460 l with electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min, Li-Ion-battery 3,0 Ah, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid, with ADR approval

116 x 80 x 86

62

10414

DT-Mobil Easy 600 l with electric pump 24 V, 40 l/min, Li-Ion-battery 3,0 Ah, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid, with ADR approval

116 x 80 x 107

68

10320

Accessories for DT-Mobil Easy with Li-Ion-battery system

Li-Power-Block battery system Designation

Order no. Li-Power-Block 13.2 V - 3.3 Ah with charger Sufficient for a flow rate of approx. 300 – 380 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 66 min. Li-Power-Block 13.2 V - 5.5 Ah with charger Sufficient for a flow rate of approx. 500 – 630 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 110 min.

Designation

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

10749

Li-ion-battery 25.2 V/3.0 Ah with slide pack, as second battery for reserve

1.0

10283

10750

Charger L2830MS, 220 - 240 VAC, 3 A charging current, charge time approx. 1.5 h, temperature control and diagnostics function

0.6

10284

Technical specifications subject to change.

46

Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4) as second battery see accessroy

incl. charger

Technical specifications subject to change.

47

Mobile tank systems for diesel

MULTI-Tank

CUBE-Tank-Mobile [PG 4]

[PG 4]

Single tank • made of HDPE with integral galvanised sheet steel bund • with rigidly connected sheet steel pallet for handling with a forklift or pallet truck from any of the four sides • standard accessories: filling level indicator, optical leak detector, integral carrying handles • no pump • for storage of diesel, biodiesel without a bund, even in water-protected areas* • approved for installation indoors • can be filled with delivery nozzle (except MULTI-Tank 1500 l).

Particular advantages: • approved for transport according to the ADR, but without a fitted pump – examination after 2½ years (see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).*** • lower centre of gravity increases stability and improves handling/transport

CUBE-Tank-Mobile • with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-510 • with ADR approval* • comprising integral sump • optical bund alarm • filling connection with tanker coupling and limiting value transmitter • electronic overfill sensor • vent • delivery line with quick coupling set for flow and return lines adapted to mobile oil heaters and generators • approved for outdoor installation with hinged lid • robust base pallet for easy transport* • fully assembled

CUBE-Tank-Mobile 1,000 l with foot pallet and quick coupling

CUBE-Tank-Mobile 1,500 l with foot pallet and quick coupling

h collis

llet wit

a Base p

n

tectio ion pro

Flow

Return

robust, lockable lid Filling the CUBE-Tank systems is this easy

CUBE-Tank-Mobile

Opens upwards on supporting gas struts to allow access from three sides.

Designation

Capacity l 400

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Approval no. for storage and transport

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

73 x 74 x 117

Z-40.21-365 / D/BAM6403/31HA1

55

7536

750

98 x 80 x 146

Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11580/31HA1

82

7381

1000

128 x 80 x 147

Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11581/31 HA1

100

7382

1500

164 x 80 x 191

Z-40.21-432 / D/BAM6404/31HA1

165

7539

double protection Integral 110 % bund gives added environmental protection.

Capacity l

External Dimensions cm (w x d x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order No.

1000 1500

120 x 80 x 195 120 x 120 x 195

190 230

10700 10701

CUBE-Tank-Mobile with foot pallet and quick coupling

MULTI-Tank

Quick coupling set for flow and return lines adapted to mobile oil heaters and generators

Accessory for CUBE-Tank-Mobile Designation

Order No.

LED instrument lighting with motion sensor and battery

10378

Accessories see page 20. *S  ize 1,000 l with ADR transport approval, available in 1,500 l on request. Transport approval for all plastic IBCs is limited to a life of 5 years.

* National installation laws and conditions are to be observed. We will be happy to advise you. *** The transport approval for all plastic-IBC is limited to 5 years. Technical specifications subject to change.

48

Technical specifications subject to change.

49

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile PRO and DT-Mobile PRO COMBI [PG 4] Many operators want complete, time-saving and simple solutions for the combined filling of diesel and AdBlue® on site. Container handling should also be as simple and time-saving as possible. The combination canister (petrol and oil) for petrol-driven saws is an example. CEMO has now rigorously implemented the wishes of professionals with the DT-Mobil CUBE COMBI.

• with ADR transport approval • 980 l capacity, therefore below the exemption limit of 1,000 l according to ADR 1.1.3.6.3 • also ideally suited for biodiesel and diesel with increased biodiesel content • inner container with integrated functional elements such as powerful pumps, hose reel (with 1" hose), meter and filter with water separator, delivery nozzle holder, optionally with quick-couplings for tent heaters and power generators.

PRO

PRO ST

PRO ST COMBI

PRO PE

PRO PE COMBI PE

PE

Outer container generally in steel (ST)

ST

PE

ST

PE

The DT-Mobile PRO and DT-Mobile PRO COMBI systems

• versions with powerful 12 V, 24 V and 230 V electric pumps • DT-Mobil CUBE COMBI with second inner container in polyethylene, for AdBlue®, with CENTRI SP 30 electric pump • bund volume of 110 % • approved for use in water conservation areas

lockable Lid can be locked with bar lock to prevent theft.

optimal use of space

cubic shape, hence optimal use of space

hose grommet

easy to open

For the supply of generators and tent heaters.

high-quality coating Outer container in painted 3 mm steel sheet – high-quality coating.

Gas struts simplify opening and closing of the lid.

high stability Inner container in painted 3 mm steel sheet, alternatively in polyethylene, with integrated sloshing baffle.

tidies away nice and small All fittings are on the inside and thus protected. Inner container with integral functional elements, patent protected.

transport-friendly DT-Mobile PRO ST COMBI 980/200 Premium Plus, with pump Bipump

Galvanised forklift slots and stacking corners with crane eyes simplify transport and setup. Two tanks can be stacked one on top of the other.

optical level indicator

* National installation laws and conditions are to be observed. We will be happy to advise you. Technical specifications subject to change.

50

clear

double safety leak detector

Technical specifications subject to change.

51

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile PRO [PG 4] PE versions: • with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene*

DT-Mobile PRO COMBI [PG 4]

PE

ST

Pumps: • Electric pump Bipump 12 V, 500 W, approx. 85 l/min*** • Electric pump Cematic Duo 24/12 V, 420 W, approx. 70/35 l/min*** • Electric pump Cematic 72, 230 V, 500 W, approx. 72 l/min***

• meter with access control and tank data management system “CMO 10” for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key, modem for remote data transfer, GPS function • filter with water separator • automatic delivery nozzle

ST versions: • with inner tank for diesel made from painted 3 mm steel sheet • Approval for unlimited period of time

Pumps: • Electric pump Bipump 12 V, 500 W, approx. 85 l/min*** • Electric pump Cematic Duo 24/12 V, 420 W, approx. 70/35 l/min*** • Electric pump Cematic 72, 230 V, 500 W, approx. 72 l/min*** • Electric pump CENTRI SP30 12 V, 220 W, approx. 25 l/min***

PE versions: • with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene* ST versions: • with inner tank for diesel made from painted 3 mm steel sheet • Approval for unlimited period of time

Premium Plus versions: see DT-Mobile PRO

Premium versions: • powerful electric pump • hose reel with 8 m hose DN25 • K33 meter • filter with water separator • automatic delivery nozzle

Additional tank for AdBlue®: • made from polyethylene • electric pump CENTRI SP30 • 5 m filling hose • automatic delivery nozzle

DT-Mobile PRO ST 980, generator tank with four connections

DT-Mobile PRO ST COMBI 980/200 Premium Plus, with pump Bipump

Examination every 2 ½ years (see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).

Premium Plus versions: • powerful electric pump • hose reel with 8 m hose DN25 Examination every 2 ½ years (see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b).

Designation DT-Mobile PRO 980 PE generator tank with 2 connections with quick-coupling (1 x flow, 1 x return) DT-Mobile PRO 980 ST generator tank with 4 connections with quick-coupling (2 x flow, 2 x return)

Capacity l

Designation

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.

980

130 x 115 x 130

325

10785

980

130 x 115 x 130

470

10786

DT-Mobile PRO Diesel tank 1 Capacity l

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

980

130 x 115 x 130

980

Bipump 12 V Order no.

Pump options Cematic Duo 24/12 V Order no.

Cematic 72, 230 V Order no.

365

10787*

10797

10807

130 x 115 x 130

500

10788

10798

10808

980

130 x 115 x 130

385

10789

10799

10809

980

130 x 115 x 130

525

10790

10800

10810

980

130 x 115 x 130

525

10791

10801

10811

* See offer “PRO PE Basic Pack” on page 54 (Order no. 10787).

For accessories and tank replacement service, see page 53.

*** Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.

DT-Mobile PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Premium, with pump Cematic Duo Accessory limiting value transmitter

DT-Mobil PRO COMBI Diesel-/AdBlue®-Tank

DT-Mobile PRO PE 980 Basic, with pump Cematic Duo

DT-Mobile PRO ST 980 Premium with pump Cematic 72

DT-Mobile PRO generator tank 1

1 available from june 2017

DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Basic 2 DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI 980/200 Basic 1 DT-Mobil PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Premium 2 DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI 980/200 Premium 1 DT-Mobil PRO ST COMBI 980/200 Premium Plus 1

Capacity l 850/ 100 980/ 200 850/ 100 980/ 200 980/ 200

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Bipump 12 V Order no.

Pump options Cematic Duo 24/12 V Order no.

Cematic 72, 230 V Order no.

130 x 115 x 130

360

10792*

10802

10812

130 x 115 x 130

510

10793

10803

10813

130 x 115 x 130

380

10794

10804

10814

130 x 115 x 130

535

10795

10805

10815

130 x 115 x 130

535

10796

10806

10816

Accessories suitable for DT-Mobile PRO and DT-Mobile PRO COMBI Designation Meter K 33 for DT-Mobile PRO PE and PRO PE COMBI Meter K 33 for DT-Mobile PRO ST and PRO ST COMBI Limiting value transmitter for DT-Mobile PRO ST and PRO ST COMBI Adhesive label set for retrofitting (see page 57) Replacement of the inner tank of the PRO PE versions, incl. ADR test certificate Replacement of the inner tank of the PRO PE COMBI versions, incl. ADR test certificate *

Technical specifications subject to change.

Order no. 10905 10906 10213 10261

10874 10875

See offer “PRO PE COMBI Basic Pack” on page 54 (Order no. 10792).

*** Pump output in free flow. Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose. **** Please note that transport approval for all combination IBCs with plastic inner tanks for diesel is limited to a period of 5 years. After that, the inner tank must be replaced. We offer you this tank replacement service.

**** Please note that transport approval for all combination IBCs with plastic inner tanks for diesel is limited to a period of 5 years. After that, the inner tank must be replaced. We offer you this tank replacement service.

52

PE

ST

Premium versions: see DT-Mobile PRO Exception: Meter K 24 on model DT-Mobile PRO PE COMBI 850/100 Premium

Basic versions: • powerful electric pump • 4 m filling hose DN 25 (without hose reel, meter and filter) • automatic delivery nozzle

DT-Mobile PRO PE 980 Basic DT-Mobile PRO ST 980 Basic DT-Mobile PRO PE 980 Premium DT-Mobile PRO ST 980 Premium DT-Mobile PRO ST 980 Premium Plus

PE

Basic versions: see DT-Mobile PRO

Versions without pump (generator tank): • with connections with quick-coupling for tent heaters and power generators

Designation

PE

1 available from june 2017 2 available from october 2017

Technical specifications subject to change.

53

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile PRO PE and DT-Mobile PRO PE COMBI [PG 4]

Single tank system for mobile outdoor and indoor use indefinite approval period • approved according to ADR for transport • capacity 400, 600 or 980 litre, i. e. lower than the permitted limit of 1000 litres as per ADR chapter 1.1.3.6.3. • galvanised • with two crane eyes and forklift tubes • guard ring for pump system • dip stick • discharge line R 1", lockable • ventilation pipe R 1½", lockable • filling connection R 2", lockable • DT 980 with limit indicator • for orders of 5 or more, available in company colours

age k c a p c E Basi 0787 P O R P o. 1 Order n 150 E s saving

• 980 l capacity • with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene* • powerful electric pump • 4 m filling hose DN 25 (without hose reel, meter and filter) • automatic delivery nozzle • electric pump Bipump 12 V, 500 W, approx. 85 l/min***

DT-Mobile [PG 4]

Double-wall model: • also approved as a storage container according to DIN 6623 • approved for water-protected areas* • with leak detector PE

steel Sheet m 2x3m

Mobile e packag 2 % s: 1 saving

Pump cabinet model double-wall, hot galvanised

Single-wall model: • if used in water-protected areas, a bund is to be provided

Pump hood model double-wall, hot galvanised (see also Mobile package 980 l)

Examinations every 2½ years corres­ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 and ADR 6.5.4.4.2.

Order no. 10787 1 (For further details, see page 52)

Mobile package 980 l Designation

e packag

Additional tank for AdBlue®: • made from polyethylene • electric pump CENTRI SP30 • 5 m filling hose • automatic delivery nozzle

PE

Diesel tank system as described above Approval no.: D/BAM 6167/31A (400 l and 600 l), D/BAM 5454/31A (980 l) double sidedhot-galvanised model A

with lockable pump hood, completely mounted (except pump etc.)

B

with lockable pump cabinet, completely mounted (except pump etc.)

Capacity l 400 600 980 400 600 980

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 95 x 95 x 147 95 x 95 x 176 120 x 120 x 177 95 x 95 x 147 95 x 95 x 177 120 x 120 x 177

Weight approx. kg 146 171.5 179.5 160 185 193

Order no. 7316 7314 7233 7746 7747 7748

Weight approx. kg 216 258 305 229 271 318

Order no. 7577 7578 7386 7749 7750 7751

DT-MOBILE double-wall, hot galvanised

Diesel tank system as described above Approval no.: D/BAM 6599/31A (400 l and 600 l galvanised), D/BAM 6600/31A (980 l galvanised) double sidedhot-galvanised model

(For further details, see page 53)

* TIP Please note that transport approval for all combination IBCs with plastic inner tanks for diesel is limited to a period of 5 years. After that, the inner tank for diesel must be replaced. We offer you this tank replacement service including ADR test certificate for € 449 (see page 53). This saves you the testing by an expert after 5 years (costs approx. € 250). Technical specifications subject to change.

54

10287

PE

Order no. 10792 2

PE new

Order no.

DT-MOBILE single-wall, hot galvanised

• 850/100 l capacity • with inner tank for diesel made from polyethylene* • powerful electric pump • 4 m filling hose DN 25 (without hose reel, meter and filter) • automatic delivery nozzle • electric pump Bipump 12 V, 500 W, approx. 85 l/min***

PE old

savings: 12 %

DT-MOBIL 980 l double-wall, galvanised, with lockable pump hood (order no. 7386) with electric pump 12 V, 50 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle and 4 m filling hose (order no. 7981)

Basic I B M 92 E CO PRO P Order no. 107 180 E s g n i v sa

1 available from june 2017 2 available from october 2017

Mobile package

with lockable pump hood, A completely mounted (except pump etc.) with lockable pump cabinet, B completely mounted (except pump etc.)

Capacity l 400 600 980 400 600 980

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 96 x 96 x 150 96 x 96 x 177 121 x 121 x 181 96 x 96 x 150 96 x 96 x 177 121 x 121 x 181

* National installation laws and conditions are to be observed. We will be happy to advise you. Technical specifications subject to change.

55

Mobile tank systems for diesel

DT-Mobile [PG 4]

DT-Mobile [PG 4]

Single tank system for mobile outdoor and indoor use indefinite approval period • approved according to ADR for transport • capacity 980 litre, i. e. lower than the permitted limit of 1000 litres as per ADR chapter 1.1.3.6.3. • painted • with two crane eyes • forklift tubes • guard ring for pump system • dip stick • discharge line R 1", lockable • ventilation pipe R 1½", lockable • filling connection R 2", lockable • DT 980 with limit indicator

Accessories suitable for single- and double-walled mobile diesel systems

Mobilgee packags savin 2 % up to 1

Order no. Lockable pump hood (included in model B)

7219

Lockable pump cabinet with delivery nozzle holder

7763

Hand pump, 40 l/min, with elbow spout and 4 m filling hose

7253

Flow meter for hand pump

7579

Electric pump 12 V, 50 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose

7981

Electric pump 24 V, 70 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose (can also be operated at 12 V, in which case

Single-wall model: • if used in water-protected areas, a bund is to be provided • galvanised or painted (for orders of 5 or more, available in company colours)

7982

the pump delivery rate is 35 l/min.) Reliably self-priming only for operation with 24 V.

Pump hood model double-wall, painted (see also Mobile package 980 l)

Examinations every 2½ years corres­ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 and ADR 6.5.4.4.2.

Mobile package 980 l

Designation

steel Sheet m 2x3m

Double-wall model: • also approved as a storage container according to DIN 6623 • approved for water-protected areas* • galvanised or painted (for orders of 5 or more, available in company colours) • with leak detector

[PG 4]

Mobile package

savings up to 12 %

Designation DT-Mobile 980 l single-wall, painted, with lockable pump hood (order no. 8587) and electric pump 12 V, 50 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose (order no. 7981) DT-Mobile 980 l double-wall, painted, with lockable pump hood (order no. 7384) and electric pump 12 V, 50 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose (order no. 7981)

DT-MOBILE single-wall, painted Diesel tank system as described above Approval no.: D/BAM 5454/31A (980 l)

painted model*** without pump hood, A completely mounted (except pump etc.) with lockable pump hood, B completely mounted (except pump etc.)

DT-MOBILE double-wall, painted

Diesel tank system as described above Approval no.: D/BAM 6600/31A (980 l painted)

Order no. 7216 7858

oils for vegetable also suitable l and biodiese Capacity l

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

980

120 x 120 x 126

175

8586

980

120 x 120 x 177

179.5

8587

oils for vegetable also suitable l se and biodie

painted model*** Capacity l without pump hood, A 980 completely mounted (except pump etc.) with lockable pump hood, B 980 completely mounted (except pump etc.) *** For orders of 5 or more, available in company colours.

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

122 x 122 x 141

300

7383

122 x 122 x 177

305

7384

Complete installation of the DT-Mobile with pump

8379

Electric pump 230 V, 50 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose

7222

Electric pump 230 V, 80 l/min, with truck automatic nozzle and 6 m filling hose DN 25

10689

Flow meter for electric pump

7753

Extension hose DN 19 for electric pump approx. 50 l/min

2 m, with 1" connection

7071

4 m, with 1" connection

7072

Viscomat 90 complete with meter K33, for lubricants and vegetable oils suitable for DT-Mobile without pump hood (order no. 7315, 7313, 7215, 7575, 7576, 7385, 8586, 7383) lubricants and with lockable pump cabinet vegetable oil (order no. 7746, 7747, 7748, 7749, 7750, 7751), 230 V, filler hose 4 m, hand discharge valve (designation of the Viscomat 90, see page 118.)

8695

Splash guard insert for DT-Mobile delivery nozzle filling A splash guard insert was developed to simplify the filling of mobile diesel tank systems using delivery nozzles. This splash guard insert is simply inserted into the filler neck. It serves as a sealing element between the filler neck of the DT-Mobile and the outlet nozzle of the delivery nozzle. After filling, the splash guard insert can remain in the filler neck.

8272

Battery cable, 2.3 m, with 3-pin European standard socket

8194

Ratchet tie-down 35 mm x 3 m, 2-piece with hooks

8834

Adhesive label set for DT-Mobil and KS-Mobil retrofitting

10261

For further hose lengths, see page 108.

* National installation laws and conditions are to be observed. We will be happy to advise you. Technical specifications subject to change.

56

Technical specifications subject to change.

57

Tank systems for petrol

Tank systems for petrol

DT-Mobile, horizontal [PG 4] Single tank system for mobile outdoor and indoor use with general construction inspection approval no. PA-06-W 187 indefinite approval period • approved according to ADR for transport • size 980 l approved as storage tank according to DIN 6624-2 • also ideally suited for biodiesel and diesel with increased biodiesel content • approved for water-protected areas • double-wall • painted (for orders of 5 or more, available in company colours) • two crane eyes • forklift tubes • dip stick • limit indicator • leak detector

for Also suitable ls vegetable oi l and biodiese

Robust cabinet: • lockable, tamper-resistant • protection against pump system damage • 2 x stacking of the system when full (Size 980 l), tested to 4 x safety (6t) • discharge line R 1", lockable • ventilation pipe R 1½", lockable • filling connection R 2", lockable

EXTRE M ROBU ELY ST

steel Sheet m 2x3m

DT-Mobile double-wall, horizontal Designation  DT-Mobile DT-Mobile DT-Mobile DT-Mobile

Examinations every 2½ years according to ADR 6.5.4.4.1 and ADR 6.5.4.4.2.

3.000 l 3,000

980 l

Capacity l

980 l double-wall, horizontal 2000 l double-wall, horizontal * 2500 l double-wall, horizontal * 3000 l double-wall, horizontal *

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

980 2,000 2,500 3,000

136 190 240 170

x x x x

105 130 130 165

x x x x

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

450 650 750 780

7765 8837 8838 8839

160 185 185 220

* built to order

Accessories suitable for DT-Mobile double-wall, horizontal Designation

Order no. Hand pump, 40 l/min, with outlet manifold and 4 m filling hose

7843

Meter for hand pump

7579

Electric pump 12 V, 50 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose

7981

Electric pump 24 V, 70 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose

7982

(can also be operated at 12 V, in which case the pump delivery rate is 35 l/min.) Reliably self-priming only for operation with 24 V!

Electric pump 230 V, 50 l/min, with automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose Electric pump 230 V, 80 l/min, with truck automatic nozzle and 6 m filling hose DN 25 Meter for electric pump

7753

Viscomat 90 complete with K33 meter (see page 118), suitable for DT-Mobil horizontal (order no. 7765), 230 V, delivery flow rate 50 l/min, filling hose 4 m, getable oil lubricants / ve manual dispensing nozzle

8694

Further accessories see page 57. Technical specifications subject to change.

58

Technical specifications subject to change.

59

Tank systems for petrol

Tank systems for petrol

Tanks systems for petrol

(page 60 - 67)

Important legal conditions for handling petrol The requirements for handling petrol are comparable to those of diesel fuel, but are somewhat stricter. The more stringent requirements are due to the usually higher water hazard class in accordance with the German Water Management Act and to the lower flash point (highly flammable as defined by the German Hazardous Substances Ordinance (GefStoffV)) of petrol. The more stringent requirements are described below.

Canisters • 5 l to 25 l • model with explosionproof filling • model double canister • model with manual hand pump see page 64

explosion-suppressing insert (patent protected), hence no explosive atmosphere inside the container

flashback arrester

KS-Mobile Easy • 120 l + 190 l • mobile tank system for petrol • approved for transport according to ADR • electrically conductive highly cross-linked polyethylene • patented flame suppressant filling

Fuel trolley • 60 l + 95 l see page 65 • mobile tank system for petrol • suitable for use under ADR 1.1.3.1 c) for single site refuelling by a person in the course of their main business • container constructed from high density electrically conductive polyethylene to eliminate static • flashback arrester • large tyres, all-terrain

Technical Regulations for Hazardous Substances (TRGS) 510 Storage in homes

no

Storage in basements

10 l

Storage in retail areas

Up to 200 m² - 60 l 200 m² to 500 m² - 200 l Up to 300 l in F30 cabinet, up to 500 l in F90 cabinet

Storage in work areas

Active storage – distance of 10 m from building; Risk assessment passive storage up to 200 l l – distance of 3 m; passive reqired due to risk storage up to <1000 l – distance of 5 m from building of explosion

The following regulations must be observed when transporting petrol (see page 40). They go above and beyond the scope of requirements for transporting diesel fuel. • Maximum quantity as defined in table 1.1.3.6 ADR (1000 point rule) is 333 l. For quantities greater than this, a dange­ rous goods driving licence is generally required and the German Craftsman Regulation in accordance with ADR 1.1.3.1 c) no longer applies. • Mobile fuel filling stations with ADR approval require this for packaging groups II and III.

see page 62 - 63

The Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health (BetrSichV) is the German implementation of European Directive 95/63/EC and regulates the provision of equipment by the employer. This also includes the risk assessment of the equipment, which in turn includes the assessment of the risk of explosion in accordance with TRBS 2152 Part 1. If the formation of hazardous, explosive atmospheres cannot be prevented with certainty, the employer is to assess the following: 1. the probability and duration of the occurrence of a hazardous, explosive atmosphere,

Technical specifications subject to change.

60

General duty of care under Section 5 and Duty of Care Principle Section 62 20 l in small garages up to 100 m², not permitted in larger garages

Transferring and filling petrol

Airfield tank systems on request

Risk assessment reqired due to risk of explosion

Up to 5 l without cabinet, up to 20 l in steel cabinet, up to 300 l in F30 cabinet, up to 500 l in F90 cabinet

Transporting petrol

KS-Mobile • 400 l - 980 l • mobile tank system for petrol • approved for transport according to ADR, also in water-protected areas • approved as a storage tank according to DIN 6623 • explosion shock proof construction

Germany (Garagenverordnung) are given here. These regulations clearly define the permissible storage quantities, storage site requirements, and the risk assessments required by the employer. This information has been clearly organised in the following table. For storage tanks with a capacity of 200 l or more, a restraining device is required if the tanks do not have a double-walled design.

Ordinance on InWater Regulations on Garages dustrial Safety and Management (Garagenverordnung) Health (BetrSichV) Act (WHG)

Over 500 m² - 300 l

Storage outdoors

explosion pressure resistant

see page 64

There are many laws and regulations that must be complied with when storing petrol. Excerpts from the German Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health (Betriebs­sicher­ heitsverordnung (BetrSichV)), the German Water Management Act (Wasser­haus­ halts­gesetz (WHG)), the German Technical Regulations for Hazardous Substances (Technische Regel Gefahrstoffe (TRGS)) and the regulations related to garages in

Storage in garages

see page 65

KS-Mobile • 90 l + 200 l • mobile tank system for petrol • approved for transport under ADR • explosion shock proof construction

Storing petrol

2. the probability of the existence or creation and the coming into effect of ignition sources, including electrostatic discharges, and 3. the extent of the effects to be expected from explosions. The assessment must refer to the specific local and operating conditions. Note: More than 10 litres of contiguous explosive atmosphere in enclosed spaces must be viewed as a hazardous explosive atmosphere, regardless of the size of the space. What does this mean for you in your day-to-day work? In general, the transferring and filling of petrol must be done in well ventilated rooms or outdoors. According to the Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health, you should only provide devices/equipment that are state of the art. In addition, you should pay special attention to the risk assessment when handling petrol. The best option for reducing the risk is never to allow a contiguous explosive atmosphere of more than 10 litres to form in the first place. The current state of the art only en­ables this to be achieved inside containers in use by means of explosion-suppressing inserts.

Another option is to prevent the explosive atmosphere from being ignited by ignition sparks by placing flame arresters into the container openings. If the container has an explosion-proof design, neither an explosion-suppressing insert nor a flame arrester is required up to a container size of 1000 l. As a rule, explosionproof containers are made from thick-walled sheet steel, although they have the dis­ advantage of being very heavy. Should you use equipment that is manufactured without explosion-suppressing inserts or flame arresters, the probability of the existence or creation and the coming into effect of ignition sources, including electrostatic discharges, is to be especially assessed. In practice, this is very difficult to achieve with changing types of work (forest, road, constructions sites or in the workshop). As a rule, the creation of sources of ignition and electrostatic charge cannot be fully prevented and therefore ruled out safely enough. We therefore recommend using canisters or containers > 10 l, which are not designed to be explosion-proof, with explosionsuppressing inserts or flame arresters. Important information related to risk assessments can be found in the operating instructions for CEMO petrol tank systems. This will make it easier for you to fulfil your obligations as an employer.

Technical specifications subject to change.

61

Tank systems for petrol

Fuel tank systems, stationary and mobile [PG 4]

Fuel tank systems, stationary and mobile [PG 4]

Single tank system KS-Mobile double-walled with general construction inspection approval no. D/BAM 6599/31A (400 l and 600 l), D/BAM 6600/31A (980 l) • for mobile outdoor and indoor use • indefinite approval period • approved for transport according to ADR, also in water-protected areas* • approved as a storage tank according to DIN 6623 • approved for petrol • capacity 400, 600 or 980 litre • design approved as a complete system in all variations • KS-Mobile for bioethanol on request

Accessories suitable for mobile fueling systems

l petro steel Sheet m 2x3m

Designation

Model with pump cabinet, double-walled, hot galvanised, design approved

Construction: • double-walled steel container • explosion shock proof construction • with two crane eyes • forklift pockets • guard ring for pump system • dip stick • discharge line R 1", lockable • ventilation pipe R 2", lockable • filling connection R 2", lockable • leak detector and limit indicator • long, removable ventilation pipe (3 m above ground)

explosion pressure resistant

KS-Mobile double-walled 1.

without pump hood, completely mounted (except pump etc.)

2.

with lockable pump cabinet, completely mounted (except pump etc.)

Hand pump, 40 l/min, ATEX with outlet manifold and 4 m filling hose

7842

Electric pump, approx. 40 l/min, ATEX, 12 V, with automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose

10257

Electric pump, approx. 40 l/min, ATEX, 230 V, with automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose

10259

Electric pump, approx. 40 l/min, with meter, ATEX, 12 V, with automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose

10258

Electric pump, approx. 40 l/min, with meter, ATEX, 230 V, with automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose

10260

8379

Complete installation of the KS-Mobile with pump

Examinations every 2½ years corres­ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 and ADR 6.5.4.4.2. CEMO offers professional training courses on the subject.

double sidedhot-galvanised model

Order no.

Capacity l 400 600 980 400 600 980

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 96 x 96 x 114 96 x 96 x 141 121 x 121 x 141 96 x 96 x 150 96 x 96 x 177 121 x 121 x 181

Weight approx. kg 211 253 300 229 271 318

Order no. 7754 7755 7756 7760 7761 7762

Accessories suitable for mobile fueling systems Designation

Order no. lockable pump cabinet with delivery nozzle holder (included in model 2)

7763

Filling hose for gasoline/petrol for extension or as a replacement, 4 m, coupling nut on one side, other side 1" outer thread

8521

Automatic delivery nozzle for petrol, EN13012, ATEX, with swivel joint 1" inside thread

10142

Adhesive label set for DT-Mobile and KS-Mobil retrofitting

Funnel with filter and water separator

[PG 4]

Funnel with filter and water separator, suitable for aircraft fuelling It is practically impossible to avoid dirt and water in fuels. That leads to blocked filters, corrosion, motor failure and even motor damage. The filter membrane of the funnel reliably holds back dirt and water. This settles on the bottom and can be easily disposed of.

According to TRbF (German Technical Regulations for Combustible Liquids), if actively storing petrol, a distance of 10 m between the container and building must be maintained, unless the building wall is constructed according to TRbF or there are fire-resistant components of sufficient width and height between the building and the container (e.g. F90 fire prevention store). According to health and safety regulations, all filling stations for petrol must have a permission (applicable when used as fixed filling station). We will be happy to advise. Please note: T  he permitted max. amount for petrol is according to ADR chapter 1.1.3.6.3, 333 l (basic requirements, e.g. no dangerous good driving permit necessary).

filter dirty fuel dirt and water clean fuel

Accessories for funnel with filter and water separator Designation

10261

funnel

Order no.

Funnel with water separator and filter F3C, max. 13 l/min, electrically conductive

10515

Funnel with water separator and filter F15C, max. 45 l/min, electrically conductive

10516

* National installation laws and conditions are to be observed. We will be happy to advise you. Technical specifications subject to change.

62

Technical specifications subject to change.

63

Mobile tank systems for petrol

Canisters [PG 4]

Fuel trolley [PG 4] Ex0 Canister • ADR-approved • container made from HDPE • patented explosion and shockproof construction • fulfils the highest safety requirements • child safety lock • spout integrated in the canister • fits commercially available canister holders • stackable to save space

Canister 25 l with delivery nozzle pump • HD-PE container 25 l • approved for the transport of fuel • handle for easy use • nozzle with integral hand pump, up to 7.5 l/min, with locking latch on trigger guard • 1.5 m flexible delivery hose

e non-explosiv

Canister 25 l with manual hand pump a

Fuel trolley 60 l and 95 l • suitable for use under ADR 1.1.3.1 c) for single site refuelling by a person in the course of their main business • container constructed from high density electrically conductive polyethylene to eliminate static • flashback arrester • integral grip and carry handles • filling cap with integral breather valve • delivery hose with stop valve • handpump 25 l/min and nozzle • with electric pump 12 V, 25 l/min, automatic delivery nozzle, 4.1 m cable with battery terminals • Trolley 95 l: 300 mm diameter pneumatic tyres, air-filled, all-terrain; 3,2 m delivery hose • Trolley 60 l: 240 mm diameter tyres; 2,7 m delivery hose • internal baffle • integral nozzle holder • Trolley 95 l: moulded recesses for strapping during transport

flashback arrester

c

Double canister “Profi” 6 l/3 l with saddlebag and safety filling system

a Knurled nut for securing

Ex0 canister, 20 l and 10 l

the locking cap

b Vent valve c Delivery nozzle holder

Canister 5 l and 10 l • ADR-approved • HDPE container • spout integrated • child safety lock

d

95 l with hand pump 95 l with electric pump

b

Double canister "Profi" with safety filling system • HDPE container • with filling system for safe fuelling • no tank overfill • no fuel spillage • filling tubes automatically close after filling • safety lock to prevent unintentional opening

60 l with hand pump

e

Fuel trolley 53 l • UN approved for the transport of fuel • HD-PE container 53 l with wheel and handle for maneuverability • container constructed from high density electrically conductive polyethylene to eliminate static (optional) • delivery nozzle pump, 7.5 l/min, with 3 m delivery hose and locking catch for the trigger guard • baffle • filling tubes with integrated ventilation • 2 shut-off valves for problem-free removal of the delivery hose • integrated recesses for securing the trolley with ratchet lashing strap during transport

10 l 5 l

Accessory safety filling system (also for ExO canister)

explosion-suppressing insert (patent protected), hence no explosive atmosphere inside the container

Canisters Designation / Capacity Canister 5 l Canister 10 l Ex0 Canister 10 l with explosion-proof filling Ex0 Canister 20 l with explosion-proof filling

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 26.5 x 15 x 25 33 x 16.5 x 32.5 35 x 17 x 31 35 x 17 x 49.5

Weight approx. kg 0.5 0.6 2 3

d Accessory safety filling system red, for canister 5 l, 10 l and ExO canister e Accessory safety filling system green (oil), for canister 5 l, 10 l and ExO canister Double canister “Profi” 6 l/3 l, nature with saddlebag and safety filling system Fuel + Oil Canister 25 l with manual hand pump

Order no. 10843 10844 10268 10269 10845 10846

36 x 20 x 30

1,7

10449

36 x 24 x 43

2.1

10046

Designation / Capacity Fuel trolley 53 l Fuel trolley Ex0* 53 l Fuel trolley Ex0*** 60 l, Fuel trolley Ex0*** 95 l, Fuel trolley Ex0*** 60 l, Fuel trolley Ex0*** 95 l,

with with with with

hand pump hand pump 12V pump 30 LPM 12V pump 30 LPM

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 87 x 42 x 33 87 x 42 x 33 90 x 53 x 38 100 x 59 x 43 90 x 53 x 38 100 x 59 x 43

* container constructed from high density electrically conductive polyethylene to eliminate static

Important notice: A  ll petrol canisters must be labelled with safety and danger signs (10 x 10 cm) according to health and safety regulations. Technical specifications subject to change.

64

Fuel trolley Weight approx. kg 9 11 18 20 20 22

Order no. 10047 10421 10507 10162 10508 10646

*** flashback arrester

Technical specifications subject to change.

65

Mobile tank systems for petrol

KS-Mobile Easy [PG 4]

KS-Mobile [PG 4]

Example of use: water and motor sports

Example of use: agriculture and forestry

KS-Mobile Easy 120 l and 190 l approved for transport under ADR approval no. D/BAM 14341/31H2 Examinations every 2½ years corres­ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b*** and ADR 6.5.4.4.2 b. CEMO offers professional training courses on the subject. KS-Mobile Easy 190 l Fully assembled.

KS-Mobile 90 l and 200 l with general construction inspection approval no. D/BAM 13136/31A (90 l), D/BAM 13137/31A (200 l) • approved for transport under ADR • individual refuelling systems for mobile use indoors and out • explosion shock proof construction (TÜV-tested), therefore also suitable for petrol and oil / petrol mixtures • single-wall steel container from 3 mm sheet steel, painted • with handles that can also be used as crane eyes • forklift pockets • pump box lockable • delivery line lockable • filling connection 1½" • dipstick Pre-assembled pump: • 25 l/min hand pump, 1.5 m filling hose (statically conductive) and manual nozzle • self-priming electric pump 12 V, 25 l/min, ATEX-approved, automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose (statically conductive) and 4.1 m electrical cable

Container: • single-walled 120 l or 190 l • electrically conductive highly cross-linked polyethylene • patented flame suppressant filling • dipstick for checking fill level • integral delivery nozzle holder • integral filling tube • integral ventilation and pressure relief • integral forklift pockets • integral handles • integral recesses for Ratchet tie-down during transport

DR

with A

val appro

l and Petro tures l mix petro

with manual pump and hinged lid

explosion-suppressing insert (patent protected), hence no explosive atmosphere inside the container

Pre-assembled pump: • 25 l/min hand pump, 2.7 m filling hose (statically conductive) and manual nozzle • self-priming electric pump 12 V DC resp. 40 V AC 40 l/min, ATEX-approved, automatic delivery nozzle, 4 m filling hose (statically conductive) and 4 m electrical cable (pump 230 V without cable)

D

with A

l

rova R app

l and Petro tures l mix petro

explosion pressure resistant

KS-Mobile 90 l

KS-Mobile 200 l

Examinations every 2½ years corres­ponding ADR 6.5.4.4.1 and ADR 6.5.4.4.2. CEMO offers professional training courses on the subject.

Accessories for digital flow meter K 24 ATEX, for assembly between the filling hose and automatic delivery nozzle for the version with electric pump, see p. 117

KS-Mobile Easy

KS-Mobile Easy 120 l with hand pump

Designation /Capacity KS-Mobile Easy 120 l with hand pump KS-Mobile Easy 120 l with electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min, ATEX and automatic delivery nozzle KS-Mobile Easy 120 l with hand pump and hinged lid KS-Mobile Easy 120 l with electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min, ATEX, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid KS-Mobile Easy 190 l with hand pump KS-Mobile Easy 190 l with electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min, ATEX and automatic delivery nozzle KS-Mobile Easy 190 l with hand pump and hinged lid KS-Mobile Easy 190 l with electric pump 12 V, 40 l/min, ATEX, automatic delivery nozzle and hinged lid KS-Mobile Easy 190 l with electric pump 230 V, 40 l/min, ATEX and automatic delivery nozzle *** The transport approval for all plastic-IBC is limited to 5 years.

66

KS-Mobile Easy 190 l with electric pump

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

80 x 60 x 45

23

10091

80 x 60 x 45

33

10220

80 x 60 x 47

26

10092

80 x 60 x 47

36

10222

80 x 60 x 59

25

10093

80 x 60 x 59

35

10221

80 x 60 x 61

28

10094

80 x 60 x 61

38

10223

80 x 60 x 59

35

10458

Technical specifications subject to change.

KS-Mobile

Pump cabinet with electric pump 12 V, 25 l/min, ATEX, 4 m discharge hose and automatic delivery nozzle

Designation /Capacity KS-Mobile 90 l with hand pump 25l /min KS-Mobile 200 l with hand pump 25l /min KS-Mobile 200 l with electric pump 12 V, 25l /min, ATEX and automatic delivery nozzle

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 40 x 74 80 x 60 x 95

Weight approx. kg 60 77

Order no. 8840 10025

80 x 60 x 95

79

10755

Technical specifications subject to change.

67

Tank systems for lubricants

Tank systems for lubricants

Technical specifications subject to change.

68

Technical specifications subject to change.

69

Stationary tank systems for lubricants

CUBE-Tank for lubricants [PG 4] The new CUBE-Lubricant tank belongs to the first filling station generation to have been developed as a complete system from the outset. Previous disadvantages,

such as the part components not being optimally integrated or unprotected parts causing faults during the filling process, are a thing of the past.

Dispensing station for lubricants, Basic and Premium with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-510 • comprising integral sump • optical bund alarm • tanker coupling • electronic overfill sensor • vent • analogue contents gauge • suction hose • 230 V electric gear pump 9 l/min at 12 bar (cannot be calibrated) • 4 m delivery hose • nozzle with handheld digital flow meter • integral nozzle holder • approved for outdoor installation with hinged lid (outdoor model) • fully assembled

CUBE-Waste oil tank [PG 4] Everything has its place here and nothing interrupts the filling process.

230 V electric gear pump 9 l/min at 12 bar with digital handheld flow meter for lubricants (cannot be calibrated*) * s ee information on weights and measures regulation on page 72

Dispensing station for waste oil, Indoor and Outdoor with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-510 • integrated collection tray • optical leak indicator • integrated filling funnel with strainer • integrated drip surface for oil-contaminated parts, such as oil filters • suction pipe with tanker coupling • bleeding cap • fill-level indicator • additional 1" and 2" connections • with hinged lid, approved for installation outdoors (outdoor versions) • fully assembled

Electric pumps (technical data) Electric pump 230 V (cannot be calibrated*). Gear pump with a delivery rate of 9 l/min, max. delivery pressure 12 bar, suitable for engine, transmission and hydraulic oils up to SAE 140 * s ee information on weights and measures regulation on page 72

integrated filling funnel with strainer and drip surface for oil-contaminated parts, such as oil filters CUBE-Tank for lubricants 1,000 l Outdoor Premium CUBE-Waste oil tank 1,000 l, Outdoor

Accessory LED instrument lighting

Accessory overfill protection device (only necessary when filling with fixed connection)

Accessory hose reel

Accessory LED instrument lighting

CUBE-Tank for lubricants Designation CUBE-Tank Indoor Basic, for lubricants CUBE-Tank Indoor Premium, for lubricants incl. hose reel with 15 m hose CUBE-Tank Outdoor Premium, for lubricants incl. hose reel with 15 m hose; hinged lid

CUBE-Waste oil tank

CUBE-Tank for lubricants 1,500 l Outdoor Premium

Designation

Capacity l

External Dimensions cm (w x d x h)

Weight kg

Order No.

1000

120 x 80 x 174

140

10308

1500

120 x 115 x 174

170

10309

1000

120 x 80 x 174

160

10310

1500

120 x 115 x 174

190

10311

1000

120 x 80 x 180

175

10312

1500

120 x 115 x 180

205

10313

2500

120 x 180 x 180

260

10424

Accessories for CUBE-Tank for lubricants Designation Hinged lid, orange, complete with supporting gas struts and mounting accessories Hose reel with 15 m filling hose LED instrument lighting with motion sensor and battery

Order no. 10324 10423 10378 Technical specifications subject to change.

70

CUBE-Waste oil tank Indoor, without hinged lid

CUBE-Waste oil tank Outdoor, with hinged lid

Capacity l

External Dimensions cm (w x d x h)

Weight kg

Order No.

1000

120 x 80 x 174

125

10477

1500

120 x 115 x 174

155

10478

2500

120 x 180 x 174

210

10479

1000

120 x 80 x 180

140

10480

1500

120 x 115 x 180

170

10481

2500

120 x 180 x 180

225

10482

Accessories for CUBE-Waste oil tank Designation Hinged lid, orange, complete with supporting gas struts and mounting accessories LED instrument lighting with motion sensor and battery Overfill protection device, complete, supply voltage 230 V, consisting of: level transmitter (sensor length 250 mm) with screwed connection R 1", display unit (warning device) with signal light and buzzer.

Order no. 10324 10378 10703

Technical specifications subject to change.

71

Stationary tank systems for lubricants

Compact lubricant system ECO, pneumatic

Compact lubricant system ECO, electric

for fresh oil

for fresh oil

[PG 4]

Single tank from HDPE with integral galvanized steel plate bund, standard accessories such as pallet feet, level indicator, optical leak detector, suction set, pump, 4 m filling hose and manual digital flow meter, with mounting and drip cup. Without installation.

For above ground storage of clean oil with a flash point > 55 °C. Also approved for indoor installation in water protected areas without a bund*.

Pneumatic pump (technical data) Pneumatic pump 3:1 (cannot be calibrated*), ratio 3:1, operation at 6 - 8 bar, max. delivery rate 14 l/min, compressedair connection ¼˝ IG, medium outlet ½˝ IG, air consumption approx. 330 l/min, Suction connection 1" IG, operation, only with service unit, delivery medium oil up to SAE 90

[PG 4]

Single tank from HDPE with integral galvanised sheet steel bund, standard accessories such as pallet base, filling level indicator and optical leak indicator, suction kit, pump, filling hose and digital manual flow meter, with holder and drip tray. Without installation.

For storage of fresh and waste oil with a flash point > 55 °C and approved for use in water protected areas without a bund* when installed indoors.

Electric pumps (technical data) Electric pump 230 V (cannot be calibrated*). Gear pump with a delivery rate of 9 l/min, max. delivery pressure 12 bar, suitable for engine, transmission and hydraulic oils up to SAE 140 * s ee information on weights and measures regulation on page 72

* s ee information on weights and measures regulation below

Important information the Weights and Measures Regulation (extract) Regulation on the putting into circulation and provision of measuring devices on the market and on their use and calibration (Weights and Measures Regulations – MessEV) §5 Uses exempt from the scope of application

a

b a

(1) The Weights and Measures Act and these regulations are not to be applied to measuring devices or readings that are used in normal commercial practice 6. in businesses of the motor trade or at public filling stations for determining the volume or the mass of lubricating or transmission oil, brake fluid, refrigerant for air conditioners, anti-freeze or screenwash

b

c

d

Electric pump 230 V (cannot be calibrated*) with a delivery rate of 9 l/min and max. delivery pressure of 12 bar * s ee information on weights and measures regulation on page 72

Compact systems with pneumatic pump

Compact lubricant system with electric pump

Individual tank as described above, pneumatic pump 3:1. Type / Capacity, l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

UNI 750

108 x 77 x 180

UNI 750

108 x 77 x 187

a UNI 1000

138 x 77 x 180

b UNI 1000

138 x 77 x 187

Hose

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

4 m, hose holder

90

8815

15 m, open rewinder

108

8816

4 m, hose holder

114

8817

15 m, open rewinder

132

8818

Accessories see page 120.

Type / Capacity, l UNI 750 UNI 750 a UNI 1000 b UNI 1000 c UNI 1500* d UNI 1500*

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 108 x 77 x 167 108 x 77 x 187 138 x 77 x 167 138 x 77 x 187 187 x 77 x 210 212 x 77 x 210

Hose 4 m, hose holder 15 m, open rewinder 4 m, hose holder 15 m, open rewinder 4 m, hose holder 15 m, open rewinder

Weight approx. kg 90 108 114 132 168 188

Order no. 8251 8679 8252 8680 8681 8682

* incl. filling connection with TW coupling, bleeding cap and overfilling protection

Accessories see page 120. Full assembly of ECO compact lubricant system

10211

* National installation laws and conditions must be adhered to – we will be happy to advise.

10211

* National installation laws and conditions must be adhered to – we will be happy to advise. Technical specifications subject to change.

72

Full assembly of ECO compact lubricant system

Technical specifications subject to change.

73

Stationary tank systems for lubricants

Lubricant tanks

for fresh and waste oil

Individual tank from HDPE with general construction inspection approval Individual tank with integral galvanised sheet steel bund, standard accessories such as filling level indicator, optical leakage detector device, integral carrying handle, no pump. For storage of fresh and waste oil with a flash point > 55 °C also approved for indoor installation and in water protection areas without a bund*. Low overall height (up to 1000 l), thus no steps are required when filling with waste oil. UNI-Tank Single tank as described above with foot pallet.

Lubricant tanks

[PG 4]

erall low ov t h ig he

MULTI-Tank series

Designation

allets

Base p

llision with co

tion

protec

UNI-Tank 400 750 1000 1500

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 73 x 70 x 117 98 x 77 x 142 128 x 77 x 142 163 x 77 x 185

Approval No. Z-40.21-365 Z-40.21-288 Z-40.21-288 Z-40.21-432

Weight approx. kg 50 66 89 151

Order no. 7979 7379 7380 7881

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 73 x 74 x 117 98 x 80 x 146 128 x 80 x 147 164 x 80 x 191

Storage and transport Approval No. Z-40.21-365 / D/BAM6403/31HA1 Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11580/31 HA1 Z-40.21-288 / D/BAM11581/31 HA1 Z-40.21-432 / D/BAM6404/31HA1

Weight approx. kg 55 82 100 165

Order no. 7536 7381 7382 7539

MULTI-Tank Capacity, l 400 750 1000 1500

* National installation laws and conditions must be adhered to - we will be happy to advise. *** The transport approval for all plastic-IBC is limited to 5 years.

Order no. GRP filling funnel with sealable lid

7389

Suction pipe with tanker coupling for UNI/MULTI-Tank up to 1000 l

7390

Suction pipe with tanker coupling for UNI/MULTI-Tank 1500 l

8323

Hand pump for engine oils up to SAE 50 for UNI/MULTI-Tank up to 1000 l

1452

Overfill protection complete, supply voltage 230 V, comprising: level sender (probe) with reducer R 1" and ¾", indicator (warning arrangement) with warning lamp and buzzer.

7330

Signal horn for overfill protection also necessary for larger separations between vehicle and tank

5269

Leakage detector device optical and acoustic

7391

Ultrasonic fill-level indicator, suitable for UNI-/MULTI-Tank, all sizes

10275

Mobile compact lubricant system Viscotroll Mobile compact lubricant system is the ideal oil dispenser solution in all cases, where the drum may have to be moved anywhere within the workshop. Thanks to the electric power supply, connection to any type of socket is possible and no compressed air supply is needed. The unit has a self-priming gear pump, which guarantees a constant flow rate as well as even, pulsation- and noise-free flow. A flow meter with a display integrated into the nozzle enables exact metering and volume control of the dispensed liquid.

Viscotroll Type Viscotroll 200/2 with flow meter K 400

Technical specifications subject to change.

74

[PG 4]

Accessories for UNI- and MULTI-Tank

MULTI-Tank Single tank as described above with integral sheet steel pallet for driving under with a forklift or hand forklift from any of four sides. Particular advantages: • approved for transport according to the ADR, but without a fitted pump. Examination after 2½ years (see ADR 6.5.4.4.1 b).*** • lower centre of gravity increases stability and improves handling/ transport.

Capacity, l

for fresh and waste oil

[PG 4]

Pump technical data - see Viscomat lubricant pump 200/2 page 119. Wheeled barrel carrier of tubular construction complete with nozzle holder, hose holder and drip tray, self-priming pump with connected 230 V AC asynchronous motor with self-ventilation (protection category IP 55), 1" suction hose with foot valve and filter, 4 m pressure hose ½", nozzle with flexible end, drop-free automatic valve. Viscotroll 200/2 with flow meter pressure switch with incorporated safety valve available on request

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

35

7910

Technical specifications subject to change.

75

Stationary tank systems for lubricants

PROFI tank

for fresh and waste oil, double-walled

PROFI tank

[PG 4]

for fresh and waste oil, double-walled

[PG 4]

Accessories for fresh oil storage tank

two connection flanges (dia. 170 mm) for up to 8 connection options

Order no.

Designation

outdoor installation

Dome lid (steel) with 4 threaded pipe couplings (straight),2" for filling, also 2", 1 ½" and 1". Supplied with: a blanking cap for each pipe coupling 2", 1 ½" and 1".

1436

double wall, therefore no bund necessary, even in water protection areas (however check local regulations)

Dome lid (steel) with 2 threaded tubes (sloping welded), 1 x 2" for filling, 1 x 2" for ventilation and 2 threaded pipe couplings (straight) 2" and 1". Supplied with: Tanker coupling and ventilation cap.

1451

Accessories for waste oil storage tank

easy tank cleaning with maintenance-free, visual leak detector leak indicator (accessory) for connecting up to 25 individual tanks of all sizes

Filling funnel complete, with suction pipe, tanker coupling, ventilation connection and lockable cover, only for DWT tank 1300 and 2000

7331

Padlock for above, galvanised

1490

Dome lid (steel) complete with suction pipe, with pipe couplings, respectively 1 x 2", 1 ½" and 1". Supplied with: tanker coupling and a blanking cap for each pipe coupling 2", 1 ½" and 1"...

100 % corrosion-resistant translucent tank wall for easy filling level monitoring

Tank approval no.: Z-40.11-280

• integrated optical leakage detection • leak detector optional but not required

CEMO DWT tanks, double-walled, can be retrofitted with a leak indicator (conforming to safety class 1).

with integrated optical leak detection 1300 1500 2000 2350

150 150 200 200

x x x x

74 74 86 86

x x x x

156 180 156 180

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

80 90 100 110

7388 7327 7328 7329

Technical specifications subject to change.

76

...for PROFI tank 1500 and 2350

7332

Order no.

Vacuum leakage detection device VL 320-420, optical and acoustic

7351

Accessories package for single tank leak detector device Base package VL 320-420, for connecting two tanks to the leak detector device Expansion package VL 320-420, for connecting an extra tank to the leak detector

7352 7356 7357

Complete overfill protection, supply voltage 230 V, consisting of: Level indicator (sensor) with R 1" and ¾" couplings, display unit (warning unit) with signal lamp and buzzer.

7330

Signal horn for overfill protection also necessary for larger separations between vehicle and tank and for leak detection when mounted in a protective box Level indicator for oil, 230 V for continuous tank filling level management Special features: continuous measurement, display of heights, volumes and refill percentages, minimum and maximum level alarms, high accuracy, simple installation, simple software configuration, PC connection possible

• vacuum leakage detection device monitors inner and outer walls • no wall clearance is required with vacuum leakage detector device

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

5322

Designation

PROFI tank without accessory Capacity, l

...for PROFI tank 1300 and 2000

Accessories, general

anks ROFI t ved P O M All CE also appro tor! w a are no a leak indic t withou

25 year tank warranty

No leak indicator is necessary for installation, even in water protection areas. The tanks are already equipped with a visual leak detector* which is integrated in the tank wall.

Order no.

Designation

5269

7796

Step, galvanised, step heights 20 cm and 40 cm

3345

Floor support for DWT 1300 and 1500 l

7730

Floor support for DWT 2000 and 2350 l with knobs to enable ventilation of the support surface

7731

Tank heater type TH 370, 230 V, Ø 44 mm, for electric heating of EL grade heating oil and diesel fuel, power: 0.22 kW, self regulating, prevents separation of paraffin at low temperatures

8126

Technical specifications subject to change.

77

Mobile tank systems for lubricants

Lubricant trolley 100 l [PG 4]

Lubricant Mobile Easy 200 l [PG 4]

The practical solution for filling vehicles used on construction sites or in the field. • for transport and independent filling of unused engine, gear and hydraulic oils (no dangerous goods as per ADR) • polyethylene container with integrated handle and carry handles • filler neck with integrated vent • delivery line with shut-off valve • wheels, Ø 300 mm, air filled, all terrain • integrated baffle • integral delivery nozzle holder • integrated recess for securing the trolley with ratchet lashing strap during transport • equipped with 12 V, self-priming electric gear pump, 4,5 l/min, max. delivery pressure 5 bar with battery and charger, with oil dispensing nozzle, 3.2 m filling hose

The practical solution for filling vehicles with unused engine, gear and hydraulic oils (no dangerous goods as per ADR) used on constructions sites or in the field. • single-walled container made of polyethylene • belt guide for transport tie-downs • integral delivery nozzle holder • DN 100 filler neck with cap • ventilation with pressure relief • integral forklift pockets • integral handles • self-priming, 12 V electric gear pump, 10 l/min, max. delivery pressure 4 bar, 4 m connection cable with terminal clamps • delivery hose 4 m • oil dispensing nozzle Lubricant mobile Easy 200 l with 12 V electric pump and oil dispensing nozzle

Li-Power-Block as accessory

Lubricant mobile Easy 200 l Designation Lubricant mobile Easy 200 l with electric pump 12 V and oil metering pistol

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

80 x 60 x 59

32

10752

Accessories for lubricant mobile Easy 200 l Lubricant trolley 100 l with K400 meter as accessory

Designation incl. charger

Order no. Electronic K400 meter, oval gear principle, 1-30 l/min, ½" inner thread, max. 70 bar, suitable for oil metering pistol and more

8574

Hinged Lid

8963

Hinged lid lock complete with two keys

10214

8574

Oil-resistant anti-slip mat, oil- and weather-resistant

10166

10602

Li-Power-Block 13,2 V - 5,5 Ah with charger (see page 46)

10750

Lubricant trolley 100 l with electric pump and LiFePO4 battery

Lubricant trolley Designation

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

100 x 59 x 438

25

10751

Lubricant trolley 100 l with electric pump, LiFePO4 battery, charger and oil dispensing nozzle

Accessories for lubricant trolley Designation

Order no. Electronic K400 meter, oval gear principle, 1-30 l/min, ½" inner thread, max. 70 bar, suitable for oil metering pistol and more Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4), 13.2 V – 3.3 Ah, as second, reserve battery Pumping volume with one battery charge (depending on viscosity) approx. 90 liter.

Technical specifications subject to change.

78

Technical specifications subject to change.

79

Tank systems for AdBlue®

Filling stations and tank systems for AdBlue® resp. DEF

Technical specifications subject to change.

80

Technical specifications subject to change.

81

Tank systems for AdBlue®

Tank systems for AdBlue® (p. 80-96)

Filling stations for AdBlue® Basics and requirements for filling stations for AdBlue® „Basic”

CUBE-Tank „Outdoor“ Basic and Premium • 1,500 l, 2,500 l • expandable to 5,000 l • everything packed into a small space

CUBE-Tank „Indoor“ Basic and Premium • 1,500 l, 2,500 l • expandable to 5,000 l • everything packed into a small space

see page 84 - 86

see page 84 - 86

"Indoor Basic" • completely independent tank system 5,000 l • only the necessities, but it can be upgraded in modules at any time • "Indoor" – frost and heat are no concern

Aqueous urea solution AUS 32 (trade name AdBlue®, for example) ) is a nonhazardous chemical substance as defined in the German Ordinance on Hazardous Substances. AdBlue® must not be exposed to direct sunlight. The optimal storage temperature is between - 5 °C and + 20 °C. It freezes at -11 °C and should not be stored for longer periods above + 30 °C, because vaporisation of ammonia increases with temperature and the urea concentration decreases. All parts in contact with fluids must be made of stainless steel or approved plastics, because the urea solution is highly pure and must correspond to ISO 22241. CEMO tank systems meet this requirement.

see page 87

"Outdoor Basic" and "Outdoor Ultima" • weatherproof • attractive • heated • everything lockable

Cematic Blue pump system for IBCs The classic choice for everyone who has not yet acquired their own larger tank system.

see page 87

see page 91

Cematic Blue pump system for 220 l drums • complete system • simple • inexpensive see page 91

Bluetroll Mobile • mobile and variable • fuelling where necessary and cleaning up where there is space see page 91

AdBlue® is classified as a low hazard to water (water hazard class 1). Consequently, the relevant provisions of the laws pertaining to water and waterways apply. These were summarised by the German Association for Water, Wastewater and Waste (DWA) in technical rule TRwS 781-2. It covers the filling of vehicles with aqueous urea solution from stationary storage tanks as well as mobile tanks used at a fixed location in filling stations for vehicles, both for public filling and private filling stations. The capacity constitutes the state of the art and is binding for all operating companies, both for existing tank systems as well as for new systems to be established. In all cases, contamination of the light oil separator or the sewer system by AdBlue® must be avoided. Thus for filling storage tanks and fueling vehicles a filling area which is inpermeable to fluids with an effective range according to TRwS 781: 4.1.2 is required.

Trolley Car PRO • mobile car fuelling system in the workshop see page 93 and 96

Blue-Mobile Easy The practical solution for fuelling vehicles when used on construction sites or in the field. • 125 l - 600 l • no ADR approval is required for transport

Trolley for AdBlue® All-terrain because of large wheels and integrated sloshing baffle. • 60 l + 100 l • no ADR approval is required for transport

see page 94 - 95

see page 92 - 93

Filling of vehicles with AdBlue® •N  ozzles with automatic shut-off must be used. • The retention capacity of the necessary filling area must constitute 5 min of the maximum pump delivery rate and at least the maximum defined delivery volume with the use of an automatic pump. • If this retention volume is not present without AdBlue® getting into the light oil separator or sewer system, then the requirement is considered met, only if the locking catch of the nozzle is removed and it is ensured that the filling hose cannot be run over.

TIP •N  o retention capacity is required if: 1. F  illing hoses are in accordance with the German Technical Regulations for Flammable Liquids (TRbF) 50 Appendix B or Directive 97/23/EC are used and operated in accord- ance with Bulletin T 002 of the Employment Accident Insurance Fund of the Chemical Industry (BG Chemie) 2. F  ull hose delivery equipment with dry coupling is used 3. A  n immobiliser is used on the tank vehicle 4. F  illing of the storage tanks takes place on a filling area compliant with TRwS 781 5. T  he filling hose cannot be run over (for example, automatic hose reel with spring return without pawl). The points listed are abbreviated excerpts from the cited and general regulations in some cases with no guarantee of completeness. The complete, original wording of all applicable regulations can be viewed free of charge in the rules and regulations service of TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH at http://www.netinform.de/GW/Recherche/ Uebersicht_RW.aspx

Filling the storage tank •F  or a filling area in the open, rainwater need not be considered in the calculation of retention volume when the area is covered. • The necessary retention volume with the use of a filling hose safety system amounts to R1 = 0.1 m³; for filling using equipment with a safety button which must be held down while filling and an emergency shutoff function R1 = 0.9 m³ • The entire retention capacity present can be filled up to the oil separator if a closure is present at a suitable position before it, which can be closed during the filling of the large tank.

EURO 5 EURO 6 LEVEL III  B LEVEL IV

CENTRI SP 30pump system for drums 200 l • low-cost entry-level solution see page 90

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

82

Storage containers •F  or volumes greater than 1,000 litres, the tank must be double-walled or a means of retention must be present. In some German federal states, a singlewalled container up to 10,000 litres is permitted according to the German Ordinance for Facilities and Companies Handling Substances Hazardous to Water (VAwS). Please clarify the requirements which apply to your local water authorities. We will be happy to advise you. • Storage tanks must be equipped with an approved overfill protection system. • Collision protection, for example as kerb, guard rail, large stones or similar.

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

83

Stationary tank systems for AdBlue®

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Dispensing station for AdBlue®, Basic and Premium with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-510 • comprising integral sump • optical bund alarm • 2" dry tanker coupling

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®

[PG4]

• electronic overfill sensor • analogue contents gauge • 230 V electric pump 35 l/min • automatic nozzle with integral nozzle holder • fully assembled

[PG4]

• all devices wired ready to connect into a terminal box • version with delivery nozzle contact and meter with pulsed output for connecting to an automatic tank system available on request

Integrated nozzle holder keeps things in place.

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, 1,500 l, Outdoor Moulded hexagonal matrix for integral polymer strength, supported by twin steel bands at the points of greatest load.

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, 1,500 l, Outdoor Basic CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, 1,500 l, Indoor Basic

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, 1,500 l, Indoor Premium

Integral forklift runners assists with loading and installation.

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, 1,500 l, Outdoor Premium

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, heating and thermostat

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® Designation

Capacity l

External Dimensions cm (w x d x h)

Weight kg

Order No.

1500

120 x 115 x 174

165

10301

2500

120 x 180 x 174

220

10302

1500

120 x 115 x 180

190

10434

2500

120 x 180 x 180

250

10435

CUBE-Tank for Outdoor Basic, 6 m delivery hose, incl. hinged lid, Winter Pack Mid-Europe 1

1500

120 x 115 x 180

190

10303

2500

120 x 180 x 180

250

10304

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium, hose reel with 8 m hose, incl. hinged lid, K 24 digital flow meter, Winter Pack Mid-Europe 1

1500

120 x 115 x 180

205

10305

2500

120 x 180 x 180

265

10306

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Indoor Basic 6 m delivery hose, without hinged lid AdBlue®,

CUBE-Tank for Indoor Premium, hose reel with 8 m hose, K 24 digital flow meter AdBlue®,

Sealing brush prevents from coldness

AdBlue®,

CUBE-Tank for Extension Indoor: comprising integral sump, optical bund alarm, 2" dry tanker coupling, electronic overfill sensor, level indicator, with connection kit to first tank, fully assembled CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Extension Outdoor, comprising integral sump, optical bund alarm, 2" dry tanker coupling, electronic overfill sensor, analogue contents gauge, incl. hinged lid, Winter Pack Mid-Europe 1, with connection kit to first tank, fully assembled; excluding pump, hose, nozzle 1

Winter Pack Mid-Europe: comprises heater 250 W for ancillary area

2500

120 x 180 x 180

220

10436

2500

120 x 180 x 180

235

10307

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

84

Accessories see page 86.

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium

CUBE tank for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium, with meter with access control and "CMT 10" tank data management system as accessory

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

85

Stationary tank systems for AdBlue®

CUBE-Tank for AdBlue®

Filling stations for AdBlue®

[PG4]

"Indoor Basic" Tank 5,000 l with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-241 • stainless steel bracket • pump approx. 30 l/min, 230 V • electronic overfill protection • nozzle holder • hose holder • dry coupling G2" • 4 m filling hose EPDM, DN 19 • automatic delivery nozzle with swivel joint, stainless steel

Accessory K 24 digital flow meter

Accessory LED instrument lighting

Accessory hose reel

[PG4]

„Basic”

Console for "Indoor Basic" with further accessories

Accessories for CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® (not assembled)

Tank station "Indoor Basic"

Accessory heater

Designation Hose reel with 8 m hose made from EPDM, DN19 Digital flow meter K 24, plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1” outer thread, with 90° angle piece for direct attachment to the pump LED instrument lighting with motion sensor and battery Hinged lid blue, complete with gas pressure spring and installation accessories Tank heater for AdBlue® 230 VAC/435 W, stainless steel, with 6 m connection cable Switching temperatures: Ton (-3) – (-5) °C, Toff (1 - 3) °C, size 700 mm x 47 mm. Suitable for retrofitting at any time. Two or more heaters can be installed for higher output requirements. We recommend insulating the installation surface of the tank system.

Figure similar

Order No. 10431 10274 10378 10437 10756

Meter with access control and "CMT 10" tank data management system for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key

10763

Data transfer set with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader for wireless data transfer to PC, incl. PC software

10746

Key set with 5 user keys

10747

Tank station 5,000 l with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.12-471 Equipment: • collection tray 5,500 l • insulated, attractive GRP roof; removable for servicing • generous, weatherproof access flap • electric interior heater for winter operation • electronic leak detector

PE-Bandagentank „Basic”, ohne Zubehör

Tank station "Outdoor Basic" with accessory

GRP bund 5,500 l as accessory

Tank stations "Indoor Basic" and "Outdoor Basic" CUBE-fueling system 5,000 l for AdBlue®, consisting of: • CUBE-Tank 2,500 l for AdBlue®, Outdoor Premium (10306) • Extension Outdoor 2,500 l (10307)

Designation Tank station "Indoor Basic" Tank station "Outdoor Basic" (Order no. 8696) with collection tray, roof, leak detector, heater for the interior and adjustable ventilation grilles

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 266 x 135 x 220

Weight approx. kg 270

Order no. 8696

300 x 160 x 225

515

8698

Weight approx. kg 295

Order no. 8259

PE banded tank “Basic”, tank without accessories

made of high density polyethylene (HD-PE), horizontal bands, four 2" internally threaded connections, general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.21-241 Capacity l (gross) 5,000

Dimensions approx. cm (l x w x h) 239 x 135 x 198

Accessory for indoor tank filling station and PE banded tank “Basic” 5,000 l Designation GRP bund 5,500 l with tank approval no. DIBt: Z-40.12-471 AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

86

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

298 x 159 x 134

165

8321

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

87

Stationary tank systems for AdBlue®

Accessories for filling stations AdBlue®

Accessories for filling stations AdBlue® [PG4]

[PG4]

Accessories for filling stations AUS 32, general

Accessories only for tank systems "Indoor Basic" (8696) and "Outdoor Basic" (8698) Designation

Order no. Delivery nozzle switch fully assembled with cable approx. 1 m to terminal box

8864

Accessories for PE banded tank "Basic" Fixed tanker connection with filling pipe and 2" stainless steel dry coupling, ventilation with cartridge filter, mesh width 3 µm, replaceable cartridge Removal unit, hose 2 m with foot valve, installation thread 2" ET, connection 1" IT Pump cabinet for mounting to the wall, electric pump approx. 30 l/min with K 24 electronic meter, 4 m delivery hose with automatic delivery valve, complete in lockable metal cabinet, with foot valve as accessory, for further accessories, e.g. suction hose, see below

8390

8865

10058

Accessories for filling stations AUS 32, general Filling hose PU/PVC, DN 19, per meter

7213

Suction hose PVC, DN 19, with plastic spiral, per meter

10757

Suction hose EPDM, DN 20, with wire spiral, per meter

Order no. FMOGne electric flow meter with twin-pulse output, PEEK material, calibratable, 1” male thread both sides, inlet at top, pulse out of open collector, 5 – 24 VDC, 2 x 100 pulses per litre

10049

Digital turbine meter FMT 3, Type open collector, pulse out 25 p/l, material POM, 5 - 120 l/min, ports 1" BSP male, horizontal flow direction

10451

K 24 electric flow meter, plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" external thread with sleeve 1" stainless steel

8609

Plastic swivel joint, 1" external thread, matches K 24

8610

Plastic 90° hose connector, DN 19, matches K 24

8611

Plastic 90° hose connector, 1" external thread on sleeve, DN 19

8612

DN 19 hose connecting piece with locknut

8731

90°elbow with locknuts for K 24 meter

8732

Connecting piece, straight with locknuts for K 24

8733

Electronic overfill protection, 230 VAC comprises evaluation unit and probe housing protection category IP 30, fitting 1" and ¾", reduction 2" to 1", probe 500 mm

7330

Electronic overfill protection, 230 VAC, comprising evaluation unit and probe, housing protection category IP 65, fitting ¾", probe 500 mm

8247

Dry coupling, 2" internal thread, stainless steel, with dust cap

8389

Pneumatic filling level indicator, display 0 - 100 %

8020

Electronic level indicator OCIO, 230 V, IP 55, 2 relay outputs

10219

8387

Plastic foot valve with connection nozzle DN 19

10661

Accessory hose clip, stainless steel ELAFLEX ZVA AdBlue® 8.0 nozzle, with swivel joint, connection 1" externally threaded, with magnetic switch for “ELAFIX” magnetic adapter

8249 8019

Automatic delivery nozzle SB325, plastic, with swivel joint, connection nozzle DN 19

10190

Accessory stainless steel spout with misfilling system and magnetic adaptor for SB325, prevents from misfilling the diesel tank

10452

Accessory solenoid adapter for AZV AdBlue® with solenoid switch

10192

Automatic delivery nozzle with swivel joint, made completely from plastic/stainless steel, connection nozzle DN 19

10422

Accessory: plastic hand dispenser, polypropylen (PP) body, stainless steel valve, Viton gaskets, connection port DN 19, stainless steel spout 19 mm

8333

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

88

Designation

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

89

Stationary/Mobile tank systems for AdBlue®

Pump systems for AdBlue® [PG4] Compact filling system for

Cematic Blue pump systems [PG4]

AdBlue ®

Low-cost entry-level solution • self-priming as immersion pump on container bottom • electric pump approx. 25 l/min • External pump dimensions: length 160 mm, dia. 56 mm

Compact filling system for AdBlue ® • high-quality diaphragm pump from plastic, delivery rate approx. 30 l/min. supply voltage 230 VAC • pump self-priming • filling hose 6 m • automatic nozzle, plastic

a b

b

a

d Cost-effective entry solutions for drums including electric pump CENTRI SP 30 and trolley see on page 113.

Bluetroll Mobile 12 V

c

Battery not included in the scope of delivery.

Accessory: long life 3D filter

f

e

Pump systems for AdBlue® Designation a Pump set CENTRI SP 30 12 V, with power pack for 230 V, 4 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle b Bluetroll Mobile 12 V Pump set CENTRI SP 30 with 4 m cable and battery terminal clamps, 4 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle. With transport trolley for drums.

Drum pump ECO-1 for AdBlue®

Order no. 10590 10781

Accessory: 3  -piece suction pipe

h

[PG4] g

Complete pump set ECO-1 for AdBlue ®

Drum not included in the scope of delivery.

Accessory: 2  -piece suction pipe

• Motor 230 V • Variable flow rate, 6 speeds can be selected • sealless pump unit • with bung adapter S 70 x 6 • 4 m filler hose

a

Accessory: digital flow meter K 24

with coupling AF2

Accessory: coupling SEC

for IBC and 220 l tanks

b

Cematic Blue pump system and Bluetroll Mobile Designation a Cematic Blue pump system BASIC AZV, with universal bracket for IBCs as described above, suction hose 1,5 m with SEC coupling b Cematic Blue pump system for drums 220 l as described above, suction hose 0,5 m with AF2 coupling and adapted suction pipe c Bluetroll Mobile, mobile tank system for drums, consisting of a painted chassis, with steering and fixed castors and the Cematic Blue pump system BASIC AZV and adapted suction pipe

c

Graduated price Accessory: digital flow meter K 24

Drum pump set ECO-1 with manual delivery valve

%

Drum pump set ECO-1 with automatic delivery nozzle

Drum pump ECO-1 for AdBlue®

10215 10276 10277

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

quantity

quantity

quantity

3 3

6 6

12 12

Order no. 10215 10276

Accessories Cematic pump systems

Designation a Drum pump set ECO-1 with manual delivery valve, max. 80 l/min b Drum pump set ECO-1 with automatic delivery nozzle, max. 35 l/min

Order no. 10869 10870

Accessory for drum pump ECO-1 for AdBlue® Designation c K 24 electronic meter, with attachment screws and hose connector DN19

Order no. 10871

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

90

Designation / Type Cematic Blue BASIC AZV Cematic Blue for drums 220 l

Order no.

Designation d AdBlue® long life 3D filter, replaceable cartridge, suitable for electric pump Cematic Blue and crank pump for AdBlue® e 3-piece suction pipe with coupling AF2, S 70 x 6 thread, external thread DN 19 f Digital flow meter K 24 plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" internal thread, 90° elbow for direct attachment to the pump g 2-piece suction pipe for IBC and 220 l tanks (can be shortened), suitable for SEC and CDS coupling, S 56 x 4 thread 2-piece suction pipe for IBC and 220 l tanks (can be shortened), suitable for SEC and CDS coupling, 2" BSP thread h SEC coupling with angled hose sleeve DN 19

Order no. 10782 10872 10274 10201 10612 10256

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

91

Mobile tank systems for AdBlue®

Trolley for AdBlue®

Trolley for AdBlue®

[PG4]

Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® • elegant blue container made from tested polyethylene with integrated handle and carry handles • large wheels, dia. 240 mm, for simple handling on terrain and over stairs • integrated sloshing baffle • low centre of gravity

Version with crank pump • solid construction for professional operation • housing in stainless steel and techno­polymer • delivery rate 0.38 l per revolution • with hand delivery valve • independent of electrical energy

Trolley 100 l for AdBlue® • blue container made from tested polyethylene with integrated handle and carry handles • wheels, dia. 300, air-filled, all-terrain • integrated sloshing baffle • integrated recesses for securing with ratchet lashing strap during transport • low centre of gravity

Version with CENTRI SP 30 • electric submersible pump 12 V, max. 20 A • delivery rate approx. 25 l/min • 4 m cable with fuse, switch and crocodile clamps • always self-priming, low operating noise • with lightweight automatic delivery nozzle in plastic/stainless steel

Version with CENTRI SP 30 and lithiumiron phosphate battery (LiFePO4) • totally mobile and cable free, independent of vehicle batteries • 13.2 V nominal voltage, capacity 3.3 Ah, sufficient for approx. 300 l • operating temperature range: - 30°C to + 80°C • very low self-discharge, no environmentally harmful heavy metals, no memory effect • high intrinsic safety and integrated protection circuit, electrical protection class IP 67 • incl. charger 100 - 240 VAC, output 14.4 V - 3 A

[PG4]

Trolley for AdBlue® Designation Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® with crank pump, delivery hose 2.9 m Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP 30, delivery hose 2.9 m Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP 30 and LiFePO4 battery with charger, delivery hose 2.9 m Trolley 100 l for AdBlue® with crank pump, delivery hose 3.4 m Trolley 100 l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP 30, delivery hose 3.7 m Trolley 100 l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP 30 and LiFePO4 battery with charger, delivery hose 3.7 m

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

90 x 53 x 38

13

10599

90 x 53 x 38

14

10509

90 x 53 x 38

14

10510

100 x 59 x 43

19

10600

100 x 59 x 43

20

10551

100 x 59 x 43

20

10552

Accessories Trolley for AdBlue® Designation

Order no. Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4), 13.2 V – 3.3 Ah as spare battery

10602

Charger 100 – 240 V, output 14.4 V - 3 A, with crocodile clips, charging time approx. 66 minutes

10759

Digital flow meter K 24, plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" male thread, with two hose connecting pieces and sleeve for mounting at the hose or to the delivery nozzle

10595

Bluefill PRO

[PG4]

Mobile car fuelling system for the workshop

Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP 30

Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® with crank pump

Trolley 100 l for AdBlue® with crank pump

• Chassis for 200 l and 60 l drums • 230 V pump with 2 m filling hose • Flow rate switchable between 3 l/min and 11 l/min • Coupling for vehicle tank to ISO 22241 • Self-cleaning sensor for automatic switch-off • Closed system between drum and vehicle tank, venting back into the drum • with suction pipe for the drum and type AF2 coupling

Coupling with sensor

3-piece suction pipe with AF2 coupling

Trolley for AUS 32 (AdBlue®) Charger 100 - 240 VAC

Trolley 100 l for AdBlue® with CENTRI SP 30 and LiFePO4 battery

Trolley 60 l for AdBlue® with crank pump

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 80 x 120

Order no. 10868

Special version for manufacturer PSA and version with battery on request.

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

92

Designation Bluefill PRO, car filling system with automatic shut-off

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

93

Mobile tank systems for AdBlue®

Blue-Mobile Easy for AdBlue® [PG4]

Blue-Mobile Easy for AdBlue® [PG4]

Specially adapted version of the Mobile Easy suitable for storing and dispensing urea solution AUS32 / DEF / AdBlue®. Highly practical solution for refilling vehicles with SCR catalyst systems in the field. Urea solution is not classed as hazardous, so no ADR approval needed!

• with new electric pump CENTRI SP 30, approx. 25 l/min • easier, lighter, more affordable • delivery hose 4 m • automatic delivery nozzle • 4 m connecting cable with switch and terminal clamps ( at e )

• single skin container constructed from polyethylene approved for AdBlue® • moulded recesses for strapping during transport • integral nozzle holder • large filling aperture DN 100 (resp. DN 150, type 600 l) with screw cap • integral breather valve • integral forklift pockets • integral carry handles • self priming 12 V electric chemical pump approx 30 l/min, 4 m fly leads, with terminal clamp • 4 m delivery hose • manual nozzle or d Blue-Mobile Easy 600 l, automatic nozzle hinged lid (accessory)

f Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l, with CENTRI SP 30 and LiFePO4 battery (characteristics see page 92)

Designation

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

20 21 20 21

10593 10594 10760 10761

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

0.9

10749

1.2

10750

Lithium-iron phosphate battery (LiFePO4), 13.2 V – 3.3 Ah

0.7

10602

Charger 100 – 240 V, output 14.4 V - 3 A, with crocodile clips

0.5

10759

Hinged lid for Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l + 200 l, orange

4

8963

Hinged lid for Blue-Mobile Easy 430 l + 600 l, orange (can be hinged on right or left)

13

8833

K 24 digital flow meter, plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" male thread, with 90° elbow with union nuts, required for mounting at the pump

0.5

10274

K 24 digital flow meter, plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" male thread, with two hose connecting pieces and sleeve for mounting at the hose or to the delivery nozzle

0.6

10595

Insulation pack for Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l + 200 l, including CEMbox 400, grey/orange (order no. 10334), comprising 30 mm insulation panels on the walls and 20 mm on the floor. Space for battery (not included in the scope of delivery) for supplying power to the pump and the heating pad as needed.

33

10008

Heating fabric 12  V, approx. 80 W, 50 x 98 cm, IPX 4, cable 2 m with universal connector

0.7

10266

Coupler cable 1 m, 2-wire, max. 8 A, battery terminal clamps + socket 12 V (SAE J563)

0.3

10267

e Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l, with automatic nozzle Blue-Mobile Easy 200 l, with automatic nozzle f Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l, with automatic nozzle, LiFePO4 battery and charger Blue-Mobile Easy 200 l, with automatic nozzle, LiFePO4 battery and charger

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 60 x 45 80 x 60 x 59 80 x 60 x 45 80 x 60 x 59

Accessories for Blue-Mobile Easy with electric pump CENTRI SP 30 Designation

a Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l with electric pump, hinged lid (accessory)

Li-Power-Block 13.2 V - 3.3 Ah with charger Sufficient for a flow rate of approx. 300 – 389 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 66 min. Li-Power-Block 13.2 V - 5.5 Ah with charger Sufficient for a flow rate of approx. 500 – 630 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 110 min.

Diephragm pump Cematic Blue and automatic polymer/ stainless steel nozzle

bB  lue-Mobile Easy 200 l

Blue-Mobile Easy with diaphragm pump Cematic Blue and automatic nozzle Designation

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg Order no.

a Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l, with electric pump 12 V Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l, with electric pump 24 V Blue-Mobile Easy 200 l, with electric pump 12 V Blue-Mobile Easy 200 l, with electric pump 24 V b Blue-Mobile Easy 200 l, with electric pump 12 V, hinged lid c Blue-Mobile Easy 430 l, with electric pump 12 V Blue-Mobile Easy 430 l, with electric pump 24 V d Blue-Mobile Easy 600 l, with electric pump 12 V, box with crane eyes Blue-Mobile Easy 600 l, with electric pump 24 V, box with crane eyes Blue-Mobile Easy 600 l, with electric pump 230 V, box with crane eyes AdBlue®

80 x 60 x 45

22

80 x 60 x 59

23

80 x 62 x 61

26

116 x 76 x 73

43

116 x 80 x 102

51

116 x 80 x 102

52.5

10195 10196 10197 10198 10315 10199 10200 10174 10175 10687

is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

94

Electric pump CENTRI SP 30 (for information, see page 112-113)

Blue-Mobile Easy with electric pump CENTRI SP 30

c Blue-Mobile Easy 430 l

a Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l with electric pump, hinged lid (accessory)

e Blue-Mobile Easy 125 l with CENTRI SP 30

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

95

Mobile tank systems for AdBlue®

Car PRO

Caddy for screenwash and radiator antifreeze

[PG4]

Mobile refilling of passenger vehicles with AdBlue® The rapidly-increasing number of diesel vehicles with AdBlue® introduces new challenges for workshops in refilling. CEMO presents the ideal solution for your business. • 12 V electric pump • Elaflex automatic nozzle • 4-8 l/min, adjustable on the dispensing nozzle; from 2 L/min possible by additional adjustment of bypass and pressure switch at the pump • digital flow meter K 24 (trolley only) • lithium iron phosphate battery with charger

Mobile device for the simple filling of screenwash and radiator antifreeze. Optimal for the workshop or the fleet. Suitable for concentrate and water mixtures. Mixing directly in the container. • Caddy with 60 l capacity • Scale as content indicator • Markings for common mixing ratios • Crank pump with 0.38 litres per revolution • Delivery valve with lock

Bluetroll Car PRO 200 l Barrel not included in the scope of delivery.

[PG4]

nd

pou zing com

antifree

er ld clean

windshie

Accessory digital flow meter K 24

Caddy for windshield cleaner and antifreezing compound Designation 60 l caddy or screenwash and radiator antifreeze, with crank pump, 2.9 m delivery hose and manual delivery valve

Trolley Car Pro 60 l

Car PRO for AdBlue® Designation Trolley Car PRO 60 l Bluetroll Car PRO 200 l with suction pipe and coupling AF2

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 90 x 53 x 38 82 x 76 x 109

Weight approx. kg 16 28

Order no. 10773 10867

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

90 x 53 x 38

14

10873

Accessory Designation Digital flow meter K 24 plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" internal thread, 90° elbow for direct attachment to the pump

Order no. 10274

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

96

Technical specifications subject to change.

97

Dispensing pumps and pumps

Technical specifications subject to change.

98

Technical specifications subject to change.

99

The right pump for every application

Diesel dispensers [PG4]

All details stated for pressure and delivery volume assume unobstructed suction and dispensing without additional accessories, if not specified refer to effective flow rate.

Diesel / biodiesel pumps Dispensing pumps page 101 - 103 Recommended for easy filling of large annual diesel requirements where tank data management is a must.

Diesel dispensers 70 MC + 100 MC • rotary vane pump 230 V • up to 80 users • diesel dispensing amounts can be preset • option of entering vehicle registration number and mileage • management of date and time of dispensing • PIN-code access control is standard • local recording of the last 255 fuel dispensing events • optional electronic key access control • optional data transfer to PC by means of electronic key

el l/biodies

diese

CUBE pumps page 104 - 105 Recommended for an annual diesel consumption between 10,000 and 250,000 litres wherever easy filling is required. Cematic pumps page 105 - 108 Recommended for an annual diesel consumption between 1,000 and 40,000 litres wherever easy filling is required without the need for integral tank data management. CENTRI SP 30 page 112 - 113 Electric pump with compact design

iodiesel

diesel/b

• optional data transfer to the PC by means of converter and data transmission cable up to a distance of 1000 m • equipped with automatic dispensing, design approved in accordance with EN 13012 • 70 MC with passenger car outlet • 100 MC with truck outlet • 4 m filling hose, DN 25 • filter 30 µm with water separator • menu language English (for "German" language code, see accessories)

NSA diesel pump page 114 Electric fuel pumps – low-wearing pumps with a long service life. Hand pumps page 115 For diesel and lubricating oils.

Petrol pumps ATEX/IECEx-certified pumps page 116 - 117 for flammable liquids

Diesel dispenser 70 FM / 100 FM Same equipment as 70 MC + 100 MC, additionally with: • set up for 120 users • with printer for optional receipt printing when fuel is dispensed • integrated tank level display with minimum and maximum level alarms Diesel dispensers 70 K44 + 100 K44 • rotary vane pump with a delivery rate of 70 l/min or 90 l/min, 230 V • mechanical volumetric litre metre, 4 digit • equipped with automatic dispensing nozzle for HGV • 4 m filling hose, DN 25 • with filter 30 µm with water separator

Display for dispensed quantity and tank level

fuels

re, oke mixtu tr s 2 l, o Petr erosene avgas, k

Keypad for code input and quantity pre-selection Automatic nozzle (HGV)

Lubricant pumps

Receipt printer

ts

lubrican

Viscomat pumps page 118 - 121 Lubricant pumps with high pressures for oils up to SAE 140.

Diesel hose 1" dia., 4 m long

Hand pumps page 115 For lubricating oils.

Chemical pumps Drum pumps and pumps for IBCs page 122 - 123 for acids, lyes and aggressive chemicals Electric pumps Cematic Blue page 125 Electric pumps with stainless steel housing for AUS 32.

ls chemica ® lue ) B d A ( 2 US 3

Diesel dispensers 70 MC + 100 MC

A

Diesel dispensers 70 K44 + 100 K44

Hand pumps page 124 Hand pumps for chemicals and urea solution AUS 32.

Diesel dispenser Designation

Water pump Motor pumps page 114 + 117 With a delivery rate up to 500 l/min.

Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel

water

dispenser dispenser dispenser dispenser dispenser dispenser

70 FM 100 FM 70 MC 100 MC 70 K44 100 K44

Flow rate l/min 70 90 70 90 70 90

We recommend that assembly and commissioning be performed by trained service technicians. We would be delighted to give you details of technicians near you.

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

100

Diesel dispensers 70 FM + 100 FM

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 47 x 40 x 144 47 x 40 x 144 47 x 40 x 144 47 x 40 x 144 47 x 40 x 144 47 x 40 x 144

Weight approx. kg 66 75 67 75 67 75

Order no. 7824 8136 7930 8563 7931 8564

Dispensers for vegetable oil and lubricants on request.

Technical specifications subject to change.

101

Diesel dispensers [PG4]

SelfService Management 2.0

iodiesel

diesel/b

Accessories for diesel dispensers Designation 4 6 8 10

Filling hose DN 25 (with 2 x 1" external thread) diesel biodiesel resistant

m m m m

Order no. 7933 7934 7935 7936

Cartridge filter with water separator, max. 70 l/min, 30 µm, 1˝-12 UNF, for dispensing pumps 70 MC/FM/K44 (1 piece) and 100 MC/FM/K44 to model year 10/09 (2 pieces)

10031

Cartridge filter with water separator, max. 150 l/min, 30 µm, 1½˝-16 UNF, for dispensing pumps 100 MC/FM/K44 (1 piece) from model year 11/09

10032

• tank data and filling level management • fleet management for up to 1,000 users and 1,000 vehicles • integrated into the in-house LAN or WiFi network • modern, user-friendly interface • configuration of all devices direct from the PC • complete overview of all processes in real time via the dashboard

Devices 2.0

Dashboard

USB key reader

Accessories specially for dispensers 70 FM, 100 FM and 70 MC, 100 MC Designation

Software 2.0

User key (yellow) Vehicle key (blue)

Order no. Converter without PC-software, for data transmission by means of a connection cable to the pump, USB interface, necessary PC-software see below

10876

Key set (1 master key, 10 user keys green yellow, key reader with USB interface) for wireless data transfer to the PC, for dispensers beginning year of construction nov. 09 necessary PC-software see below

10879

Wi Fi connection

Configuration and management

PW-Wi Fi

Key reader complete with USB interface

10878

Monitor users Analyse vehicles

SelfService FM 2.0

Key Master key (1 pc.), red, for data transmission

7826

1 set of user keys (10 pcs.) green, for dispensers until year of constr. oct. 09

7825

1 pcs. of user key, yellow

10877

1 set of user keys (10 pcs.) yellow, for dispensers beginning year of constr. nov. 09

8705

“German” language key, for changing the menu language from English to German

8135

Display fill levels of storage tanks

Create reports

SelfService MC 2.0

Router LAN connection

Software SelfService Management 2018

CUBE MC 2.0 OCIO 2.0

Newly revised version of the tank data management system for SelfService MC, SelfService FM, MC Box and CUBE MC. • contemporary control panel • intuitive operation • simple data import from previous versions • with drivers for key reader, converter, PW-LAN and PW-WiFi

Software SSM 2.0 • automatic free updates online • CLIENT licence for several workstations (optional) • only in conjunction with new devices 2.0

Software SelfService Management 2018 Designation Software SELF SERVICE MANAGEMENT 2018 - USB USB stick with software, also acts as licence key Software SELF SERVICE MANAGEMENT 2018 - WEB Code for downloading the software, licence check online

Order no. 10865 10866 Technical specifications subject to change.

102

An overview of everything on the dashboard

Version

Standard

Professional

Enterprise

Ultimate

Users

100

250

500

1000

Vehicles

100

250

500

1000

Fuel dispensers

2

4

8

12

Fill level indicators

2

4

8

12

Only allow trained specialist installation companies to install and commission the software. Prices on request. Technical specifications subject to change.

103

iodiesel

CUBE pumps [PG4] CUBE 70 MC 50 • rotary vane pump with a flow rate of 70 l/min • up to 50 users • menu language german • diesel dispensing amounts can be preselected • option of entering vehicle registration number and mileage • management of the date and time of dispensing • PIN-code access control is standard • optional electronic key access control • optional data transfer to PC by means of electronic key • optional data transfer to the PC by means of converter and data transmission cable • equipped with automatic nozzle, design approved in accordance with EN 13012, with passenger car outlet • 4 m filling hose, DN 25 • Suction vacuum approx. 0.3 bar, so not recommended for underground tanks

diesel/b

Accessories for CUBE pumps Designation

a a

Electric pump CUBE 70 MC 50 with pedestal (accessory)

Order no.

Pedestal for electric pump CUBE 70 MC 50, grey

7888

Wall fastener

7889

Converter without PC-software, for data transmission by means of a connection cable to the pump, USB interface, necessary PC-software see page 102

10876

Key set (1 master key, 10 user keys green yellow, key reader with USB interface) for wireless data transfer to the PC, for dispensers beginning year of construction nov. 09 necessary PC-software see page 102

10879

Key reader complete with USB interface

10878

Master key (1 ps.), red, for data transmission

7826

1 pcs. of user key, yellow

10877

1 set of user keys (10 pcs.), yellow

8705

Quick coupling for barrels 2" x 1"

8705

PVC suction hose 1.6 m with foot valve and filter (with 1" external thread)

7783

c b

CUBE pumps • self-priming • light and robust construction • simple handling due to low weight • with anti siphon device • 4 m filling hose and automatic nozzle is standard • all pumps are equipped with a metre • weather-proof housing with integrated nozzle holder and lever switch for automatic pump shut-off • Suction vacuum approx. 0.3 bar, so not recommended for underground tanks Sun protection screen for the CUBE 70 MC 50 electric pump

The pump's operating principle Rotary vane pumps essentially comprise an eccentrically mounted slotted rotor in which radially displaceable blades (also called sliders or vanes) slide. They are supported by a centrifugal force, either through spring force (Cematic 56) or pressure loaded from the inside. Pressure against the housing wall forms sickle-shaped expanding and contracting transport cells.

Designation a Electric pump CUBE 70 MC 50 230 V, approx. 70 l/min (self-priming) with electric flowmetre, 50 user codes, automatic nozzle, 4 m filling hose installed within a protective box, without suction hose b Electric pump CUBE 56 K 33, 230 V, approx. 56 l/min (self-priming) with flowmetre, automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose DN 19, fitted in a protective housing, without suction hose c Electric pump CUBE 70 K 33, 230 V, approx. 70 l/min (self-priming) with flowmetre, automatic nozzle and 4 m filling hose DN 25, fitted in a protective housing, without suction hose

7776

m m m m

7933 7934 7935 7936

Filling hose DN 19 for CUBE 56 pump see page 108.

Order no. 7853

4 6 8 10

Filling hose DN 25 (with 2 x 1" external thread) diesel biodiesel resistant

Cematic pumps [PG4]

CUBE pumps

Electric pump Cematic UM (adapted for UNI-/MULTI tank) • 230 V, approx. 56 l/min • self-priming • flowmetre • suction hose

iodiesel

diesel/b

• automatic nozzle • nozzle holder • 4 m filling hose • mounted complete on a console that can be hung on the side of the UNI/MULTI tank

7887

Cematic pumps

We recommend that assembly and commissioning be performed by trained service technicians. We would be delighted to give you details of technicians near you. Technical specifications subject to change.

104

iodiesel

CUBE pumps [PG4]

diesel/b

Designation Electric pump Cematic UM

Order no. 8162

Technical specifications subject to change.

105

iodiesel

Cematic pumps [PG4]

Cematic pumps [PG4]

diesel/b

Cematic pumps • self-priming / rotary vane pump • light and robust construction • simple handling due to low weight • with anti siphon device • 4 m filling hose is standard • further hose lengths from 6 to 10 m can be purchased at extra cost • 2" connector for all commercially available tanks and drums • connection cable for DC-pumps approx. 4 m long with catch and battery clamps

Cematic pumps a b c • self-priming rotary vane pump • suction height up to 2.5 m • robust pump housing of cast steel • Induction motor 230 V AC, protection category IP 55

a

iodiesel

diesel/b

• suitable for continuous operation, protected against thermal overload • integral pressure relief bypass valve • integral suction filter on Cematic 56 + 72 • 1" internal thread connection on suction and pressure sides

c

Cematic pumps DC d e f • self-priming rotary vane pump • suction height up to 2 m • robust pump housing of cast steel • brush-type DC motor, protection category IP 55 • work cycle max. 30 min. • built-in excess pressure bypass valve

e

All versions include: suction hose, delivery hose, barrel mounting and angle bracket.

Cematic pumps Designation

Order no. Electric pump Cematic 56 230 V, approx. 56 l/min (self-priming) with nozzle, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7766

Electric pump Cematic 56 AZ 230 V, approx. 56 l/min (self-priming) with automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7768

Electric pump Cematic 56 K33 AZ 230 V, approx. 56 l/min (self-priming) with flowmetre, automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7769

Electric pump Cematic 3000/12 12 V, approx. 40 l/min (self-priming) with nozzle, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7770

Electric pump Cematic 56

b

Electric pump Cematic 72 + 85

Electric pump Cematic 3000/12 K33 AZ 12 V, approx. 40 l/min (self-priming) with flowmetre, automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7772

Electric pump Cematic 3000/24 24 V, approx. 40 l/min (self-priming) with nozzle, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7773

Electric pump Cematic 3000/24 AZ 24 V, approx. 40 l/min (self-priming) with automatic nozzle and flowmetre, nozzle holder, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels

7774

Electric pump Cematic Duo 24/12 AZ, 24 V, approx. 70 l/min (self-priming only for use with 24 V) with automatic nozzle, nozzle holder, 4 m filling hose, 1.6 m suction hose with foot valve and 2" quick coupling for barrels (can also be operated at 12 V, in which case, the pump flow rate is 35 l/min.)

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type Cematic 56 K33 AZ Cematic 56 AZ Cematic 3000/12 K33 AZ

Order no. 7769 7768 7772

8053

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

quantity

quantity

quantity

3 3 3

6 6 6

8 8 8

Technical specifications subject to change.

106

Electric pump Cematic 90

Electric pump Cematic 3000/12

d

Electric pump Cematic Duo

f

Diesel-Transfer-Set Cematic 12/40

Cematic pumps Designation a Electric pump Cematic 56, 230 V, 370 W, delivery rate approx. 56 l/min, delivery pressure approx. 2 bar b Electric pump Cematic 72, 230 V, 500 W, delivery rate approx. 72 l/min, delivery pressure approx. 2 bar Electric pump Cematic 85, 230 V, 700 W, delivery rate approx. 90 l/min, delivery pressure approx. 2 bar c Electric pump Cematic 90, 230 V, 750 W, delivery rate approx. 90 l/min, delivery pressure approx. 1,5 bar d Electric pump Cematic Duo, 24/12 V, 420 W, approx. 70/35 l/min, delivery pressure max.1.5 bar, 1" internal thread connection on both sides Electric pump Cematic 56, 12 V 300 W, max. 56 l/min, delivery pressure max. 1.5 bar, 1" internal thread connection on both sides e Electric pump Cematic 3000/12, 12 V, 280 W, approx. 45 l/min, delivery pressure max.1.5 bar, spout DN 19 suction side, 1" internal thread pressure side Electric pump Cematic 3000/24, 24 V, 280 W, approx. 45 l/min, delivery pressure max.1.5 bar, spout DN 19 suction side, 1" internal thread pressure side f Diesel transfer set Cematic 12/40 In practical plastic case, 12 V electric pump, 4 m cable with battery pole terminals, delivery rate approx. 30 l/min, 2 m suction hose with foot filter, 4 m delivery hose, metering pistol with swivel joint

Order no. 8565 8353 10764 8354 10148 10548 10149 10150 10492

Technical specifications subject to change.

107

Accessories for Cematic pumps [PG4]

iodiesel

diesel/b

Automatic hose reels

[PG 4]

with spring return. For mounting on the wall, ceiling or floor.

Accessories for Cematic pumps

Designation

Designation

Hose length m

Hose dia. mm

Order no.

Hose reel open, Inlet 1" female thread, outlet 1" male thread, max. 10 bar, Dimensions 475 x 460 x 246 mm

10

19

10557

Hose reel open, Inlet 1" female thread, outlet 1" male thread, max. 10 bar, Dimensions 475 x 460 x 246 mm

8

25

8734

Hose reel open, Inlet with 0.6 m hose 1" female thread, outlet 1" male thread max. 10 bar, dimensions 580 x 550 x 300 mm

15

25

8338

Hose reel closed, with fixed bracket Inlet and outlet ½" male thread, max. 60 bar Dimensions 516 x 491 x 160 mm

12

15

10558

Hose reel open, with pivot arm Inlet and outlet ½" male thread, max. 60 bar Dimensions 475 x 462 x 150 mm

15

15

10559

8

19

10560

15

19

10561

10

19

8342

Order no.

Diesel Painted steel plate, with pivot arm

Self 3000 fuel pump nozzle (connection 1" internal thread)

7780

A 60 automatic delivery nozzle with hose swivel joint, max. 60 l/min (1" internal thread connection), design approved in accordance with EN 13012

10028

A 60 automatic delivery nozzle with hose swivel joint, max. 60 l/min (1" internal thread connection)

7983

A 80 automatic delivery nozzle, truck outlet, max. 90 l/min, with 1" internal thread hose swivel joint

8355

A 80 automatic delivery nozzle, design approved in accordance with EN 13012, truck outlet, max. 90 l/min, with 1" internal thread hose swivel joint

10026

Pump console for fitting the Cematic pumps on UNI-/MULTI-tank 750 l and 1000 l

7631

Oil Painted steel plate

Quick coupling for drums 2" x 1"(with 1" internal thread)

7781

K33 flow metre (connection 2 x 1" internal thread) 3-digit tank display

AdBlue®, water Hose reel open, painted steel plate Inlet with sleeve 19 mm, outlet open, max. 10 bar Dimensions 475 x 460 x 196 mm Hose reel open, painted steel plate Inlet with sleeve 19 mm, outlet open, max. 10 bar Dimensions 475 x 460 x 246 mm

7779

    Add-on kit for retrofitting K33 flow metre on Cematic pumps

7984

Hose reel open, stainless steel Inlet with 0.6 m hose ½" female thread, outlet ½" male thread, max. 20 bar Dimensions 460 x 450 x 190 mm

K24 digital flow metre, 10-120 l/min, 5-digit individual delivery display, 6-digit total delivery display, inlet 1” external thread, outlet 1” internal thread

8644

Digital flowmetre K24 A, aluminum housing, 7 - 120 l/min, 5-digit display, total volume display 6-digit, 1" outside thread, 1" inside thread, two-way flow

10157

Hose reel closed, impact-proof plastic, with swivelling wall bracket, 3/8" ET connections, max. 20 bar, dimensions 500 x 420 x 210 mm

15

10

10883

1.6 m PVC suction hose with foot valve and filter (with 1" external thread, DN 25)

7783

Hose reel closed, painted steel plate, with pivotable wall bracket, inlet sleeve 8 mm, outlet ¼” male thread, max. 20 bar Dimensions 374 x 337 x 160 mm

15

8

10562

Cable reel closed, rugged plastic housing, cable oil and water proof, can be locked in any position. With swivel bracket for wall and ceiling installation. Power cable 1.5 m, with Schuko plug.

15

3 x 1,5 mm²

10864

Filling hose DN 19 (with 2 x 1" external thread) diesel biodiesel resistant

Compressed air

4 6 8 10

m m m m

7899 7900 7901 7902

Delivery nozzle holder suitable for 7780, 7258, 7983, etc. for installation on the pump foot or on the wall as required

8566

Accessory O-ring for flange connection, with groove on one sides Accessory double O-ring for flange connection, with groove on both sides

10027 8357

Cabel

Accessories for hose reel Designation

Order no. Pivotable wall bracket, painted steel plate suitable for Order code 8338, 8342 Pivotable wall bracket, narrow, painted steel plate, suitable for Order code 10559, 10560 Pivotable wall bracket, wide, painted steel plate, suitable for Order code 10557, 8734, 10561

Other versions and sizes on request. Technical specifications subject to change.

108

8339

10563 8735

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association (VDA).

Technical specifications subject to change.

109

Filter [PG4]

MC-Box-System

iodiesel

diesel/b

Filter with water separator Keep a permanent eye on the filter condition! Available as a pure particle filter or particle filter with water separating function. Dirt or water can be drained away through a valve at the bottom. Connection on both sides: 1" female thread and flange with O-ring groove. Designation

Order no.

Filter, max. 100 l/min, filter porosity 5 µm, packaging unit with 2 replaceable inserts

10034

Filter, max. 70 l/min, filter porosity 30 µm, with water separating function, packaging unit with 2 replaceable inserts

[PG 4] ol and r s contr Acces collection fo ata tank d ng

• fuel dispensing amounts can be preset • option of entering vehicle registration number and mileage • standard PIN-code access control • local recording of the last 255 fuel dispensing events • optional electronic key access control • English menu language is standard, language can be changed with optional language code • weather proof and lockable • max. 80 user

for example metre K600

External tank capacity display option

10035

Dimensions box cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

17 x 26 x 26

9

8195

MC Box system complete, consisting of a K600 metre for diesel, biodiesel and vegetable oil, key set 10879 and PC software 2.3.0 10036

Replaceable insert, max. 70 l/min, filter porosity 30 µm, with water separating function

10037

Microswitch option connected to the delivery nozzle holder (to be provided on site)

Key set

Designation Replaceable insert, max. 100 l/min, filter porosity 5 µm

connected pump is operated with 230V AC

itti retro-f

Access control and tank data management system

for pumps and tank systems

[PG 4]

Designation

iodiesel

Cartridge filter Connection on both sides: 1" female thread

diesel/b

fuels

Designation

Filter with cartridge 1"-12 UNF, max. 70 l/min, 30 µm, with water separator

Filterkopf für Kartusche 1½" - 16 UNF u. 1 ¼" BSP, max. 100 l/min

Cartridge filter with water separator, 1½" - 16 UNF, 30 µm, max. 150 l/min

ts lubrican Oil and fuel filter with cartridge, 10 µm, max. 60 l/min, max. 12 bar

Order no.

fuels

10031

Metre with access control and "CMT 10" tank data management system for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key, for AdBlue® and diesel

10763

Data transfer set with 3 data transfer cards and USB key reader for wireless data transfer to PC, incl. PC software

10746

Key set with 5 user keys

10747

Accessories for diesel pumps Designation

10783

Order no. Quick-release hose coupling in brass, simple coupling and decoupling without leaks, 1” female thread connection

10038

Rubber suction hose DN 19, RME-resistant, with wire helix, sold by the meter

10039

Rubber suction hose DN 25, RME-resistant, with wire helix, sold by the meter

10758

PVC suction hose DN 19, RME-resistant, with plastic helix, sold by the meter

10757

PVC suction hose DN 25, RME-resistant, with plastic helix, sold by the meter

10040

Filling hose DN 19, PU/PVC, RME-resistant, sold by the meter

7213

Hose Hose Hose Hose

5522 10042 7030 10043

10032

Order no.

10784

Technical specifications subject to change.

110

10745

8122

Cartridge filter with water separator, 1“-12 UNF, 30 µm, max. 70 l/min

Designation

Order no. Metre with access control and "CMO 10" tank data management system   for up to 250 users, incl. 5 user keys and 1 master key, for diesel

nozzle G 1˝ a – 19 mm, brass, with O-ring nozzle G 1˝ a – 25 mm, brass, with O-ring clamp 20 - 32 mm, 9 mm wide, galvanised clamp 32 - 50 mm, 9 mm wide, galvanised

Brass spring-loaded foot valve, with filter, 1" female thread

10044

Brass swivel joint, ¾" external thread, 1" female thread Brass swivel joint, 1" external thread, 1" female thread

10154 10155

Technical specifications subject to change.

111

Electric pump CENTRI SP 30 [PG4]

Electric pump CENTRI SP 30 [PG4]

iodiesel

diesel/b

CENTRI SP 30 – suitable for a wide range of containers

a

b

®

(AdBlue AUS 32 ter fresh wa

• low-cost entry-level solution • low-wear centrifugal pump • electric motor 12 V, max. 20 A • version with power pack for 230 V • self-priming as immersion pump on container bottom • user-friendly • compact, lightweight design • flow rate approx. 25 l/min with automatic delivery nozzle • exterior pump dimensions: length 160 mm, dia. 56 mm

)

pump CENTRI SP 30

c

d

e

f

Example: Use of the CENTRI SP 30 in the diesel trolley (see page 43)

Electric pump CENTRI SP 30

large splash-proof cord switch

Bunghole adapter in NBR rubber • suitable for 2" BSP and S 70 x 6 • hose and cable continuous, hence infinitely adjustable to any tank height • simple to change from drum to drum without screws

CENTRI SP 30, 12 V

4 m cable with terminal clamps and blade fuse

Designation 12 V for AdBlue®, 4 m cable with switch and terminal clamps, 4 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle 12 V for diesel, 4 m cable with switch and terminal clamps, 4 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle 12 V for AdBlue® and diesel, 4 m cable with switch and terminal clamps, 4 m hose, delivery nozzle 12 V for AdBlue®, with power pack 230 V, 4 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle 12 V for diesel, with power pack 230 V, 4 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle 12 V for AdBlue® and diesel, with power pack 230 V, 4 m hose, delivery nozzle

CENTRI SP 30 with power pack 230 V Container opening from e. g. 2" BSP and S 70 x 6, Ø 56 mm Technical specifications subject to change.

112

10489 10490 10590 10591 10592

Order no. Li-Power-Block 13.2 V - 3.3 Ah with charger Sufficient for a flow rate of approx. 300 – 380 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 66 min. Li-Power-Block 13.2 V - 5.5 Ah with charger Sufficient for a flow rate of approx. 500 – 630 litres without idling, depending on the pump, charging time approx. 110 min.

Anti-kink sleeve for cable and hose • integrated ventilation valve • hose clamp for fixing

10488

Accessories for electric pump CENTRI SP 30 Designation

cable connection direct on power pack 230 V

Order no.

10749

10750

Power pack 230 VAC/13.8 VDC, 20 A, cable 1 m

10491

For diesel: Digital flow metre K24 A, aluminium housing, 7 - 120 l/min, 5-digit display, total volume display 6-digit, 1" male thread, 1" female thread, two-way flow

10157

For AdBlue®: Digital flow metre K24, plastic, 6 - 100 l/min, 1" male thread, with two hose connecting pieces and sleeve for mounting at the hose or to the delivery nozzle

10595

Trolley for steel and plastic drums 200 l, 2 steering castors and 2 fixed castors, painted steel tube frame, with holder for delivery nozzle, hose and cable

10607

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association (VDA). Technical specifications subject to change.

113

NSA diesel pump

(non self-priming)

Hand pumps

[PG 4]

NSA diesel pumps • light and robust construction • also for continuous operation • simple handling due to low weight • 2" connector and M 64 x 4 for all commercially available tanks and drums • suction hose with foot filter • integrated hand pump for priming

Hand pumps • robust construction • no energy source required • low-cost • 2" connector • suction tube can be shortened as required

iodiesel

diesel/b

iodiesel diesel/b ts lubrican

nd

pou zing com

antifree

ld

windshie

cleaner

Electric pump CENTRI 12 V with accessory metre K24

Electric pump CENTRI 230 V

for diesel and lubricants [PG 4] a

b

c

d

e

f

fuels

NSA diesel pumps Designation

Order no. Electric pumps CENTRI (effective delivery rate) 12 V, approx. 30 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable with terminals, 6 m hose, delivery nozzle

8640

Hand pumps for diesel and lubricants Electric pumps CENTRI (effective delivery rate) 12 V, approx. 25 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable with terminals, 6 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle

8641

Electric pumps CENTRI (effective delivery rate) 230 V, approx. 35 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, delivery nozzle

8638

Electric pumps CENTRI (effective delivery rate) 230 V, approx. 30 l/min effective, 4 m connecting cable, 6 m hose, automatic delivery nozzle

8639

K24 digital flow metre can be calibrated, measuring range 10-120 l/min, 5-digit display, 6-digit total delivery display, inlet 1" external thread, outlet 1" internal thread, with 1" steel coupling

8644

Filling hose for electric pumps CENTRI, DN 19 other sizes available, price depends on per metre of new length

7213

(The standard hose is still included in the package)

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type Electric pump CENTRI, 230 V, approx. 30 l/min effective

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

quantity

8639

3

6

8

Order no.

a Hand pump with 1.2 m PVC discharge hose with plastic spout DN 19, suction pipe 1500 mm Pumping media: self-lubricating, non-abrasive media, undiluted antifreeze, heating oil, diesel, petroleum Delivery rate: 0.1 l/stroke b Hand pump with 1.5 m discharge hose with outlet spout DN 19, suction pipe 1450 mm Pumping media: o  il up to SAE 50, fuels, undiluted antifreeze, low viscosity mineral oils, heating oil EL/L, diesel, petroleum, biodiesel Delivery rate: 0.25 l/stroke c Steel drum-pump with spout for drums 60/200/220 l, Telescopic suction pipe 480-900 mm Pumping media: o  il up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media, undiluted antifreeze, heating oil, diesel, petroleum Delivery rate: 0.3 l/stroke d Hand pump double-acting, very sturdy, with 1.5 m DN 19 discharge hose, electrically conductive with steel spout, 840 mm suction tube, quick coupling for drums M 64 x 4 and 2" thread Pumping media: low viscosity mineral oil, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media, diesel, heating oil EL/L, fuels AI-AIII (ATEX) Delivery rate: approx. 0.35 l/stroke e Hand pump with curved spout and anti-drip nozzle for filling measuring cups, measuring buckets, canisters for drums 60/200/220 l, suction tube 840 mm, quick coupling for drums M 64 x 4 and 2" thread Pumping media: oil up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media Delivery rate: approx. 0.25 l/stroke f Aluminum crank pump with curved spout 25 mm, for drums 60/200/220 l, threepart suction pipe 950 mm Pumping media: o  il up to SAE 90, self-lubricating, non-abrasive media, undiluted antifreeze, heating oil, diesel, petroleum Delivery rate: approx. 0.25 l/stroke

1438

1452

7892

8578

8577

10010

Accessory for Aluminum crank pump Designation

Order no. Hose package 2 m, DN 25, with manual nozzle and pipe clamp, compatible to cranc pump 10010

Technical specifications subject to change.

114

Designation

10011

Technical specifications subject to change.

115

Petrol pumps [PG 4] ATEX/IECEx-certified pump Cematic 50 EX for flammable liquids Complete set consisting of: • electric pump 230 V or 12 V, max. 50 l / min, with delivery nozzle holder • 2" drum adapter with coarse filter and check valve • telescopic suction pipe max. 1100 mm • cartridge filter 30 µm with water separating function • 4 m delivery hose, DN 19 • automatic delivery nozzle with swivel joint

Petrol pumps [PG 4] fuels Petrol mixture 2-stroke Avgas e Kerosen

No connector cable is supplied with the pump. The electrical connection must be made by an expert technician after a risk assessment has been made.

ATEX/CE-certified pump Cematic 12/30 EX for flammable liquids. • electric pump 12 V, approx. 30 l/min • suction and pressure connection can be mounted on side or top • compact design with carry handle • thermally protected • dry, self-priming, max. 1.5 m

Accessories for petrol pumps Cematic EX Designation

Electric pump Cematic 50 EX, metre available as accessory

Order no. Metre K 33, upward flow, 20 - 120 l/min, ATEX

10236

Retrofit kit for K33 ATEX metre, on Cematic 50 EX, Viton O-rings, flange

10410

Digital flow metre K24 A ATEX/IECEx; II 2 G Ex ia IIB T4 Gb, aluminum housing, 7 - 120 l/min, 5-digit display, 6-digit total quantity display, 1" outer thread, 1" inner thread

10411

Automatic delivery nozzle for petrol, EN13012, ATEX, with swivel joint 1" inside thread

10142

4 m delivery hose, DN 19, 1" external thread, electrically conductive, antistatic

10263

LC-Mix fuel hose, dia. = 19 mm, electrically conductive R < 10 MOhm

10731

Cable gland ½" NPT for cable 7 - 12 mm, to Cematic 50 EX

10264

Connector cable, 3 x 2.5 mm², sold by the meter

10265

Reducer ¾" external thread x 1“ female thread

10659

Suction hose ¾", conductive, sold by the meter

10660

Plastic foot filter, hose connector ¾"

10661

Electric pump Cematic 50 EX

Electric pump Cematic 12/30 EX

Motorised pumps with petrol motor

water

Compact and portable pump that eliminates spillage and heavy lifting, e.g. when handling fuel canisters.

Motorised pump 500 l/min with petrol motor Honda • pump permanently installed • 2" suction and pressure port • DN 50 hose connections • suction strainer • max. 3 bar

Petrol transfer set Cematic 12/30 EX in practical plastic case

Petrol pumps Cematic EX Designation Electric pump Cematic 230/50 EX, complete. ATEX, 230 V, filter, 4 m delivery hose, automatic delivery nozzle Electric pump Cematic 12/50 EX, complete. ATEX, 12 V, filter, 4 m delivery hose, automatic delivery nozzle Electric pump Cematic 12/30 EX, 12 V, 14 A, 220 W, 4.1 m cable with battery terminals and earthing terminal, connection of both sides ¾" Petrol transfer set Cematic 12/30 EX In practical plastic case, 12 V electric pump, 3 m cable with battery pole terminals and earthing terminal, delivery rate approx. 25 l/min, 2 m suction hose with foot filter, 4 m delivery hose, metering pistol with swivel joint

Flow rate l/min

Pressure (max) in bar

Order no.

40

1.1

10249

40

1.1

10235

30

1,1

10647

25

1,1

10730

Technical specifications subject to change.

116

[PG 8]

Motorised pump 130 l/min with petrol motor Honda • delivery rate approx. 130 l/min • pump capacity up to 3.5 bar • 1" suction and pressure port • DN 25 hose connections • suction strainer

a

Motorised pump 500 l/min with petrol motor Honda

b

Motorised pump 130 l/min with petrol motor Honda

Motorised pumps with petrol motor Designation a Motorised pump with petrol motor Honda, delivery rate approx. 500 l/min b Motorised pump with petrol motor Honda, delivery rate approx. 130 l/min

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 47 x 35 x 39 33 x 25 x 40

Order no. 8337 8348

Technical specifications subject to change.

117

Lubricant pumps [PG 4]

Lubricant pumps [PG 4]

ts

lubrican

ts

lubrican

le oil

Lubricant pump Viscomat 70 and Viscomat 90 • rotary vane pump, thus high delivery volume flow at high pressure • die cast aluminum pump body • sintered steel rotor with resin vanes • seal on the rotary shaft with access from the pump side • bypass line integrated into the pump body • suitable for oils up to 500 cSt, corresponding to approx. SAE 90 at 20 °C • also suitable for vegetable oils e.g. cold pressed rape seed oil

vegetab

Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2 • gear pump design, thus high delivery rate at high pressures, no pulsation, uniform flow • die cast aluminum pump body • sintered steel gears, with a specially a designed internal profile • mechanical seal on the engine shaft, accessible from the pump side • bypass line integrated into the pump body • suitable for oils up to 2000 cSt, corresponding to approx. SAE 140 at 20 °C

a Lubricant pump Viscomat 70 + 90

Lubricant and vegetable oil pump Viscomat 70 and Viscomat 90 Designation Flow rate l/min Lubricant pump Viscomat 70, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, 4 m pressure hose, 25 1.6 m suction hose 1" with foot valve and quick coupling for drums Lubricant pump Viscomat 70 K33, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, flowmetre K33, 25 4 m pressure hose, 1.6 m suction hose 1", with foot valve, quick coupling for drums a Lubricant pump Viscomat 70, 230 V, self-priming, 750 W, 25 1" internal thread connection on both sides, without accessories a Viscomat 90, 230 V, self-priming, 1600 W, 2 m cable with connector, 50 fixed bypass, 1" internal thread connection on both sides, without accessories Viscomat 90, 400 V, self-priming 2000 W, connection socket, adjustable bypass, 50 1" internal thread connection on both sides, without accessories

Pressure (max) in bar

Order no.

6

7928

6

7929

6

8727

5

8070

5

7985

Accessories for Viscomat 70 + Viscomat 90 Designation

Order no. Self 3000 nozzle (connection 1" internal thread)

7780

Automatic delivery nozzle for vegetable oils with hose swivel joint, 1" internal thread connection, automatic shutoff for plant oil up to + 5 °C oil temperature

8349

Quick coupling for drums 2" x 1"(with 1" internal thread)

7781

1.6 m PVC suction hose with foot valve and filter, DN 19, 1" external thread

7783

Mechanical metre K33 Oil, 20-120 l/min, 3-digit display, 1" internal thread on both sides

8728

K600/3 electronic metre oil, oval wheel principle, 6-60 l/min, ¾" internal thread with flange DN 25 filling hose (with 2 x 1" external thread)

10430

4 6 8 10

m m m m

7933 7934 7935 7936

Technical specifications subject to change.

118

Lubricant pump Visco-Flowmat 200/2 • like Viscomat 200/2, but with pressure switch • pump switches on automatically when the nozzle is opened • after delivery the pump continues to run for a few seconds to refill. Afterward it shuts off automatically.

a

The pump principle: gear pump design

b

c

Lubricant pumps Viscomat 200/2 and Visco-Flowmat Designation Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, 4 m pressure hose 1/2", 1.6 m suction hose 1" with foot valve and quick coupling for drums a Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2 K400, 230 V, self-priming, with nozzle, flowmetre K400, 4 m pressure hose 1/2", 1.6 m suction hose 1", with foot valve and quick coupling for drums b Lubricant pump Viscomat 200/2 230 V, 800 W, 1" inside thread connection on both sides, without accessories c Lubricant pump Visco-Flowmat 200/2 with pressure switch, 230 V, 800 W, 1" inside thread connection on both sides, without accessories

Flow rate l/min

Pressure (max) / bar

Order no.

9

12

7896

9

12

7897

9

12

8571

9

12

8572

Compressed air diaphragm pump Compressed air diaphragm pump • max. 60 l/min • self-priming • aluminum housing and motor, NBR membrane • inlet ¾" internal thread, outlet ½" internal thread • temperature range - 20 °C to + 90 °C (or briefly + 120 °C) • particles up to 1.5 mm permissible • max. 8 bar, air consumption 600 l/min • explosion-proof (equipotential bonding on site) • accessories, other versions and sizes on request

a

[PG 4]

il waste o ts lubrican

nd

pou ing com

z antifree

er ld clean

windshie

ter dirty wa

Compressed air diaphragm pump Designation a Compressed air diaphragm pump, max. 60 l/min

Order no. 10176

Technical specifications subject to change.

119

Lubricant pumps [PG 4]

Compressed air pumps for lubricants

ts

lubrican

Application examples:

ts

Accessories for lubricant pumps Viscomat 200/2, Visco-Flowmat and Viscoair Designation

Order no. 10697 8608

Pressure hose ½" for oil, 2 m, both ends ½" inner thread, with union nuts Pressure hose ½" for oil, 4 m, both ends ½" outer thread Pressure hose ½" for oil, 6 m, one end ½" external thread, other end union nut and ½" double male connector Pressure hose ½" for oil, 10 m, one end ½" external thread, other end union nut and ½” double male connector

8351

lubrican

Designation

Order no.

8352

Quick coupling for drums 2" x 1" (with 1" internal thread)

7781

Viscoair 22 compressed air pump, 3.5:1

10694

x

x

x

Viscoair 16 compressed air pump, 5.5:1

10695

(x)

(x)

(x)

x

x

1.6 m PVC suction hose with foot valve and filter, DN 19, 1" external thread

7783

Steel telescopic suction pipe, 1" male thread max. 1,100 mm

10748

Oil delivery nozzle with ½" swivel joint, fixed outlet with anti-drip nozzle. The K400 metre can be integrated between the handle and outlet.

8573

Suction pipe and hose set for drums 200 l, incl. wall bracket

10698

Electronic K400 metre, oval wheel principle, 1-30 l/min, ½" inner thread, max. 70 bar, fits equipment including

Pressure hose ½", 2 m

10697

8574

Pressure hose ½", 4 m

8608

Pressure hose ½", 6 m

8351

Pressure hose ½", 10 m Oil delivery nozzle K500, with electronic metre, ½" inner thread connection with swivel joint, 2-fold adjustable angle outlet with anti-drip nozzle, 1-30 l/min, max. 70 bar, with quantity pre-setting from 0.1 - 99.9 l. When the preset quantity is reached, the nozzle shuts off automatically.

8576

Compressed air pumps for lubricants Compressed air pump Viscoair • operates at 3 - 8 bar • compressed air connection ¼" female thread • medium outlet ½" male thread • air consumption approx. 200 - 250 l/min • suction connection 1" female thread • includes drum adapter 2" male thread • operation only with service unit

t r silen Supe B 77 d

aV  iscoair 22 ratio 3.5 : 1 for oils up to approx. 500 cSt

[PG4]

x

x

x

8352

(x) x (x) (x)

Oil metering pistol with swivel joint

8573

x

x

x

K400 metre with installation kit

8574

(x)

(x)

(x)

K500 oil metering pistol with pre-set quantity

8576

(x)

(x)

(x)

Pistol holder with drip tray

10696

x

(x)

Wall bracket for compressed air pump

10699

Trolley for 200 l drums

10607

Hose reel ½" closed, 12 m

10558

x

x

Hose reel ½" open, 15 m

10559

(x)

(x)

[PG 4]

ts

lubrican b Viscoair 16 ratio 5.5 : 1 for oils up to approx. 800 cSt

(x)

Compressed air pumps Viscoair Designation a Compressed air pump Viscoair 22 b Compressed air pump Viscoair 16

Flow rate l/min 21.5 15.5

Order no. 10694 10695

Accessory for compressed air pumps Viscoair Designation Quick coupling plug for compressed air, G ¼" external thread, brass

Order no. 8738 Technical specifications subject to change.

120

x = selection

(x) = optional

See page 118 for detailed description of accessories.

Technical specifications subject to change.

121

Electric drum and IBC pumps

ls

[PG 4]

chemica

Electric drum and IBC pumps

[PG 4]

ls

chemica

®

Complete pump sets for your liquid chemicals • motor, 230 VAC • ex-proof version available • sealless pump unit with stable 8 mm driveshaft without guide tube • robust, no dead space, easy to clean • brief running on empty possible • quick-lock coupling for super-fast connection with stable gear coupling, insensitive to soiling and aggressive environments • contained in each set: PP drum adapter, 2" outer thread and wall bracket for storage

a

Complete pump set ECO-1 for liquid chemicals • motor 230 V • six speed settings • sealless pump unit • easy to clean • brief running on empty possible • quick-lock coupling • with 6 x S 70 adapters in set for drums • with 2" BSP adapter in set for IBCs

b

Basic set, for occasional use, can be used for diluted acids and lyes

c

(AdBlue AUS 32

Allround set, for regular use, can be used for concentrated acids and lyes

d

Description / scope of delivery

ECO-1 set, consisting of: Motor 230 V, 450 W; pump unit PP, shaft A2, seal Viton; 2 m PVC hose DN 19, delivery nozzle PP/FPM/A2

)

tech. data, maximum values for drum, immersion for IBC, immersion depth 1,000 mm depth 1,200 mm Flow rate Pressure Density Viscosity l/min bar kg/l mPas Order no. Order no. 140

1.0

1.8

200

10486

10487

Accessories for electric drum and IBC pumps Designation

Chemical set, for professional use, can be used for aggressive liquids

Ex-klusiv set, can be used for solvents and highly flammable liquids

Wall bracket

Electric drum and IBC pumps tech. data, maximum values Flow rate l/min a Basic set consisting of: Motor p310-A-230, 520 W, pump unit DL-PP-A-Niro, 2 m PVC hose reinforced DN19, delivery nozzle PP/FPM/Niro b Allround set consisting of: Motor p400-A-230, 850 W, pump unit DL-PP-R-HC, 2 m PVC hose reinforced DN25, delivery nozzle PP/FPM/HC DN25 c Chemical set consisting of: Motor p400-A-230, 850 W, pump unit DL-PVDF-A-HC, 2 m hose universal chemical DN25, delivery nozzle PVDF/ FEP 1 ¼" d Ex-clusive set consisting of: Motor EX700, 700 W, pump unit Niro-A, 2 m solvent hose DN25, hose connector MS 1 ¼", delivery nozzle MS/PTFE, potential balancing cable

100

100

110

110

Pressure Density bar kg/l

0.6

2.0

0.8

0.7

1.3

1.8

2.0

1.8

Viscosity mPas

300

700

800

600

for drum, immersion depth 1,000 mm

for IBC, immersion depth 1,200 mm

Order no.

Order no.

10438

10439

10440

10441

10442

10443

10444

10445

Technical specifications subject to change.

122

Digital metre FMT II Material PP, 5 - 90 l/min, both side 1" outer thread

10450

Installation kit (except ECO-1) for metre with 1" outer thread, PP

10446

Screw lid DN 150 for IBC, with 2" inner thread, TPE seal

10447

Threaded adapter of 2" fine (l) to 2" Mauser rough (A) S70 x 6

10448

The following table shows a number of typical liquids and their matching pump set.

Drum adapter made from PP, 2" outer thread

Description / scope of delivery

   

Order no.

Liquid Acetone AdBlue® Battery acid Formic acid Ammonia water Petrol Bleaching lye (sodium hypochlorite) Chlorine/chlorinated water Iron III chloride Acetic acid Ethanol Ethyl acetate Liquid fertilisers Anti-free agent (Antifrogen) Anti-free for radiators (ethylene glycol) Cooling lubricants Milking machine cleaner, alkali Milking machine cleaner, acidic Methanol Caustic soda/sodium hydroxide Nitrocellulose thinner Propionic acid Nitric acid Hydrochloric acid Foaming agent Window cleaner Sulphuric acid Turpentine Water, (distilled/DI)

ECO-1-Set

Basic set

Allround set

Chemical set

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x x x

x x

x x x x

x

Ex-klusiv set x x x x x

x x x x x

x x x

x x x

x

x

x

x x x x x x

x

x

x

x x x x x x x

x x

x x x

x

x x

x x x x

x

x

x

x x x

Information on chemical resistance applies to a room temperature of 20°C. A verification must be performed at much higher temperatures. At high concentrations, we recommend the use of the higher quality pump sets.

Can’t find your liquid, or aren’t sure? Then call our responsible representation (www.cemo.de/vertretungen). We’d be pleased to assist.

Technical specifications subject to change.

123

Hand pumps

ls chemica e® ) lu B d A ( US 32

for chemicals [PG 4]

Cematic pumps for chemicals

[PG 4]

A Please read the datasheet for the chemical resistance of the medium to be conveyed, and decide for yourself on the basis of our material specification list!

a

b + c

b

a

• material: plastic, polypropylene and polyethylene • food-safe • double-action • outlet tubes suitable for connecting a hose DN 25 • suitable for propionic acids, molasses, detergent, lubricants, AdBlue®, liquid fertilisers, liquid feeds, pesticides, etc. • not suitable for highly flammable substances and strong solvents

)

®

(AdBlue AUS 32

Electric pump Cematic Blue • for AUS 32 (AdBlue® ), antifreezing compound and windshield cleaner with flash point > 55 °C • self-priming plastic diaphragm pump • 1" external thread connection on both sides incl. DN 19 hose connecting pieces with locknut • OFF/ON switch • installation is not determined by orientation

d

poun ing com

z antifree

er ld clean

windshie

aE  lectric pump

Cematic Blue 230 V

Hand pumps for chemicals Designation a Hand pump for canisters up to 30 l, inclusive of adapter C57 and C63, tube diameter 41 mm, max. immersion depth 420 mm b Hand pump for drums up to 220 l, inclusive of adapter S70x6, S56x4 and 2" BSP, tube diameter 41 mm, max. immersion depth 930 mm c Hand pump for IBC 1000 l, inclusive of adapter S56x4 and 2" BSP, tube diameter 41 mm, max. immersion depth 1185 mm, output connection 20 mm

Flow rate l/pass

Order no.

0.16

10054

0.4

10055

0.4

10273

b Electric pump

Cematic Blue 12 V + 24 V

Electric pumps Cematic Blue

Crank pump for AUS 32 (AdBlue®) • solid construction for professional operation • housing in stainless steel and technopolymer • drum adapter with connection thread S56x4 • multi-part suction pipe 1 m, can be shortened as required • PVC delivery hose 3 m • stainless steel outlet pipe 19 mm with protective cap

Designation a Electric pump Cematic Blue self-priming plastic diaphragm pump, 230 V, 370 W, 2800 rpm, 2 m cable with Schuko plug b Electric pump Cematic Blue self-priming plastic diaphragm pump, 12 V, 280 W, 2 m connecting cable with terminal clamps Electric pump Cematic Blue self-priming plastic diaphragm pump, 24 V, 280 W, 2 m connecting cable with terminal clamps

d

Flow rate l/min

Pressure (max) in bar

Order no.

35

1.5

8730

35

1.5

10152

35

1.5

10153

Accessories for electric pumps Cematic Blue Designation

Order no. DN 19 hose connecting piece with locknut

8731

90°elbow with locknuts for K24 metre

8732

Connecting piece, straight with locknuts for K24

8733

DN 19 hose connecting piece, 90°

8611

Crank pump for AUS 32 (AdBlue®), anti-freeze, water Designation d

Crank pump for AdBlue® with PVC hose 3 m Accessory: plastic hand dispenser, with lever lock, polypropylen (PP) body, stainless steel valve, Viton gaskets, connection port DN 19, stainless steel spout 19 mm

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type AdBlue®

Crank pump for with PVC hose 3 m

Flow rate l/pass 0.38

Order no. 10517

max. 80

8333

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

10517

3

5

For other accessories such as hoses and metres, see pages 88 ff.

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association (VDA).

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association (VDA). Technical specifications subject to change.

124

Technical specifications subject to change.

125

Environmental protection and hazardous substance storage

Technical specifications subject to change.

126

Technical specifications subject to change.

127

The basics of hazardous material storage 1

Water polluting classes (WGK)

The German Water Management Act (WHG) sets out substances that are hazardous to water and how to handle them. According to one of the Act's administrative provisions, (VwVwS), system operators are obligated to classify the substances and mixtures they use into one of three water pollution classes (WGK), for the purposes of handling these substances that are hazardous to water: WGK 3 Highly water-hazardous substances, e.g. petrol, used oil, halogenated solvents WGK 2 Water-hazardous substances, e.g. diesel, lubricating oil, toluene WGK 1 Low water-hazardous substances, e.g. rapeseed methyl ester, AdBlue®, acetic acid

2

Classification of flammable liquids

After the German Ordinance on Industrial Safety (BetrSichV) replaced the previously valid ordinance on flammable liquids (VbF), the Technical Regulations for Handling Flammable Liquids (TRbF) ceased to be in force at the start of 2013. They were replaced with the Technical Regulations for Industrial Safety (TRBS) and the Technical Regulations for Hazardous Substances (TRGS). One particularly important element is TRGS 510 "Storage of hazardous substances in mobile containers", which substantiates the requirements of the Hazardous Materials Act, such as those concerning responsibilities, approvals, hazard assessments, operating instructions and briefings, warehouse configuration, transport routes, etc.

Safe storage of hazardous materials (German regulations as example)

When storing hazardous materials, various basic legal conditions are to be observed. The essential relevant information is presented below. Cause for Concern principle: Water is the most important founda- tion for life and is irreplaceable. This fact has always been true, and endan- gering the water supply is a threat to our future. This is why the so-called "cause for concern principle" is central to the (German federal) Water Resources Management Act. In the words of a lawyer: "Cause for concern exists not only when a harmful event is likely to occur but even as soon as a harmful event is not unlikely to occur."

 Determine your water hazard class  Note the classification of flammable liquids (see table on right)

  Ensure that your collecting trays Observe the legal requirements are positioned correctly

 Check that your tray is made from a material that is resistant to the media held in it

Examples Alcohol (ethanol), acetone Anti-freeze for radiators (glycol) AdBlue® Diesel fuel/heating oil Normal petrol Unused lubrication oils Old oil (known origin)* Old oil (unknown origin)* Coolant lubrication emulsion CHC (Tri, Per, etc.)

3

WGK 1 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 3

* Important tip: Workshops, for example, can save a lot of work by keeping these two origin types separated, and avoiding admixtures of petrol or solvent residues.

Important legal provisions • Health and safety at work act (BetrSichV) • Hazardous Materials Act (GefStoffV) • European Agreement Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR) We will be pleased to advise you.

Collection volumes

General rule: The collection tray must be able to hold at least 10% of the total storage volume or the contents of the largest container stored above it. The tray volume must therefore be equal to the largest of these two volumes. A special regulation applies in water protection areas: Here, it is necessary to guarantee a 100 %

5

The VbF also ended the classification of flammable liquids into the previous hazard classes A I to A III and B. Today, flammable liquids are classified according to the Hazardous Materials Act (GefStoffV) as follows (see table for examples): Extremely flammable (flash point < 0 °C) Highly flammable (flash point < 21 °C) Flammable (flash point 21 - 55 °C) Liquids with a flash point > 55 °C Liquids with a flash point above 100 °C are not considered flammable, e.g. lubrication oil.

GefStoffV Extremely flammable Not flammable Not flammable Liquid with flash point > 55 °C Highly flammable Not flammable Liquid with flash point > 55 °C Highly flammable Not flammable Not flammable

• Water Resources Management Act (WHG) • State Water Resources Management Act (LWG) • Ordinance on installations handling water polluting substances (VAwS) • Technical Regulations for Industrial Safety (TRBS) • Technical Regulations for Hazardous Substances (TRGS)

4

The classification is generally carried out by the manufacturer or distributing company. The substance lists in the appendices of the VwVwS define hundreds of already classified substances. Operators can find the information on the water pollution classes in the safety data sheets of the products they use. The law does not prescribe a WGK label on the container packaging. If you mix substances to a mixture that is not yet classified, you must do so yourself in accordance with the VwVwS (see appendices 3 and 4). There are rules concerning mixtures that can be used to derive the WGK of a mixture from the WGKs of the constituent substances. Available toxicity data may also be used in certain cases. Make sure to carefully record the self-classification.

capture volume for the media stored. Material resistance Selection of tray material is dependent on the media stored. In most cases, the high resistance properties of GRP (see page 130), make it a suitable choice.

Approvals

According to the WHG, tanks and collection trays used for the storage of substances that are hazardous to water require a certificate of usability issued by the construction inspection authorities, e.g. a general construction inspection approval.

TIP: An approved collection tray is not required for a total storage volume < 100 l of liquid substances.

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association. Technical specifications subject to change.

128

Technical specifications subject to change.

129

Collection trays in comparison Characteristic

GRP

GRP sumps PE

GRP sumps are ideal for the storage of environmentally hazardous substances.

Steel

Corrosion resistance Trays must remain impervious to liquids across their entire service life and may not be impaired in this function.

No corrosion across entire service life.

No corrosion across entire service life.

Vulnerable to corrosion: check regularly.

No compulsory check, as material does not corrode.

No compulsory check, as material does not corrode.

Vulnerable to corrosion: regular checking and recording compulsory.

Smooth inside surfaces make it easy to clean the tray if necessary.

Necessary reinforcements make cleaning harder.

Smooth inside surfaces enable simple cleaning.

Compulsory checks of the tray base The underside of the collection tray and the grating must be visually inspected every two years. The result must be recorded and presented to the responsible water authorities upon request.

GRP is a universally applicable material for the storage of environmentally hazardous substances. The thermosetting plastic base structure in conjunction with the glass fibre reinforcement provide an advantageous fire behaviour and high chemical resistance. GRP sumps combine

the properties of steel and plastic. Due to their absolute corrosion resistance, GRP sumps can be placed directly on the ground. The low installation height facilitates easy handling in factories and workshops.

extremely favourable price-performance ratio

Cleaning the inside of the tray

universally applicable

The operator must check at least once a week by means of visual inspection whether any liquid has leaked out of the containers. Any liquid that has leaked out must be removed immediately.

e.g. waste oil, lyes and acids absolutely corrosion-resistant

Tray strength

(no welding seams

The walls of the tray must be dimensioned in such a way that they absorb the forces acting upon them. The trays may only be placed on suitable surfaces.

The material structure enables both high strength and low wall thickness.

High wall thicknesses and reinforcements are necessary for strength.

Required minimum wall thickness 3 mm.

Low weight through relatively low material thicknesses.

Higher material thicknesses have a negative effect on the tray weight.

Highest weight results in difficult handling, e.g. when checking the tray base.

The prescribed requirements for the trays remain fully valid across the entire service life.

The material characteristic does not change throughout the entire service life.

Strength is reduced as a result of the natural ageing process.

Corrosion impairs the required impermeability over a longer period.

Our recommendation for tray material:

Diesel, fresh and used oils, weak lyes and acids

Lyes and acids

Petrol, highly flammable liquids

low installation height, because no ground clearances are required (compare steel sump pallets)

Tray handling The handling characteristics depend heavily on the weight of the trays.

smooth inside walls ensure simple cleaning

Tray material durability

Comparison of the suitability of sump pallets made from different materials used with various media typical in industrial concerns and workshops Heating oil and diesel (flammable, flash point > 55 °C)

Petrol, nitro Lyes (highly inflam- up to pH 8 mable, easily flammable, flammable)*

Lyes over pH 8

Acids up to 10 % salt solutions pH 6-8 fixing baths

Acids up to 20 %

X

X

–

X

–

X

X

Steel painted or galvanised

X

X

X

X

–

–

–

PE = polyethylene

–

–

–

X

X

X

X

– not approved / not resistant

steel sump pallets)

Due to the excellent material properties created by reinforcing the threedimensionally meshed duroplastic material with glass fibres, GRP has been used for decades to make high-performance products that are expected to have a long service life in tough environments and at the same time ensure high levels of safety. GRP combines the positive properties of steel and plastic.

battery acid 37 %

GRP

X approved and resistant

Example: GRP sump 220/2

Our PREMIUM product line GRP

(confirmed by independent experts) Media stored Waste oil of known origin (flammable, flash point Material of collection trays > 55 °C)

minimum inspection requirements, no additional inspection of tray bottom (compare

If necessary, please enquire about individual resistances.

* Special storage space requirements are to be observed. (fire protection, explosion protection).

Technical specifications subject to change.

130

Technical specifications subject to change.

131

GRP sumps

GRP sumps and RC sumps [PG 9]

GRP sumps with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.12-227 • for the storage of strongly water polluting substances

GRP sumps und sumps type RC Designation / Type

Sump pallet 220/4

External Collection Loading Quantity Weight with general con­ dimension cm volume l capacity 200 l approx. struction inspection (l x w x h) kg drums kg approval Order no.

Type RC, without approval Order no.

GRP sump pallet 65 without grating with galvanised steel grating

82 x 41 x 23

65

-

-

4

7086

10380

82 x 42 x 24

65

40

-

9,5

7717

10381

120 x 80 x 16.5 120 x 80 x 20.8

150 150

-

-

9 9

5113 5114

10382 10383

120 x 80 x 19.0

140

250

-

25

7963

10384

120 x 80 x 23.5

140

250

-

25

7970

10385

85 x 85 x 39

210

-

1

13

7867

10386

85 x 85 x 40

210

400

1

27

7868

10387

85 x 85 x 40

210

400

1

20

7869

10388

128 x 85 x 27

220

-

1

13

6882

10389

128 x 85 x 29

220

800

2

33

6875

10390

128 x 85 x 29

220

800

2

24

6886

10391

188 x 85 x 19

220

-

1

18

7085

10392

188 x 85 x 20

220

1200

3

46

7083

10393

188 x 85 x 20

220

1200

3

36

7286

10394

without grating 128 x 128 x 18 with galvanised steel 128 x 128 x 21 grating complete with GRP grating 128 x 128 x 20

220

-

1

18

6884

10395

220

1300

4

46

6876

10396

220

1300

4

36

6943

10397

GRP sump pallet 150 for Euro pallets without fixture with fixing pins with galvanised steel grating with fixing pins and galvanised steel grating

Video GRP sumps

GRP sump pallet 220/1 without grating with galvanised steel grating complete with GRP grating

Sump pallet 220/2

GRP sump pallet 220/2

Sump pallet 150 for Euro pallets

without grating with galvanised steel grating complete with GRP grating GRP sump pallet 220/3 without grating with galvanised steel grating complete with GRP grating GRP sump pallet 220/4

Accessory: Loading rails

Accessory: Steel foot-frame, galvanised

Accessories see page 134.

Mobile sump pallets from GRP • hot-dip galvanised grating • hot-dip galvanised chassis with collision protection • 2 steering and 2 fixed castors (castors dia. 12,5 cm) as well as a pushing bar for trouble-free steering

Sumps Type RC [PG 9]

Accessories see page 134.

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type 65 without grating 65 with galvanised steel grating 150 for Euro pallets without fixture 220/2 with galvanised steel grating

Order no. 7086 7717 5113 6875

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

quantity

quantity

quantity

3 3 3 3

5 5 5 5

15 15 15 15

Mobile sump pallets from GRP GRP sumps type RC without approval • suitable as a collection tray for materials not hazardous to water or for uses for which no approval is required

Designation / Type

Sump pallet 220/3-RC

Technical specifications subject to change.

132

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Height of loading area

Collection volume l

200 l drum Items

Loading kg

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

220/1mobile

109 x 86 x 108

56

210

1

400

50

7870

220/2mobile

152 x 86 x 108

44

220

2

800

60

7834

Technical specifications subject to change.

133

PE sump pallets

GRP sumps [PG 9] a

PE sump pallets with an ideal price/performance ratio

b

CEMO always offers a suitable solution when it comes to collecting waterpolluting substances. Environmentally compatible, proper and safe storage of hazardous materials is an important topic for every company.

Steel foot-frame, galvanised

Caustic, flammable, explosive, firepromoting or toxic substances require special care during handling and storage. For purposes of protection and a clean environment, we have developed a range of PE sump pallets which offer great

functionality and high resistance against acids and lyes thanks to the diverse variation options which ensures an ideal price/performance ratio for you.

PE sump pallet with a collection volume of 242 l

PE filling station with a collection volume of 450 l

d

Screw on fixing angle for pallets Front end

c

Adjoining

In blocks of 4

high chemical resistance Loading rails

Edging for steel grating

Covering strips and cover plate for multiple installation

great functionality various variants: with fixing pins, feet, skids or rollers

Example: multiple installation

Accessories for GRP sump pallets Designation External dimension cm (l x w x h) a Steel foot-frame, galvanised (max. drive-under height 96 mm) 128 x 85 x 11 only for GRP sump pallet 220/2 b Screw on fixing plate for pallets (2 off with screws) only for GRP pallet sump pallet 150 c Edging (4-part), galvanised for sideways insertion in the steel grating, to stop storage material such as small containers, etc. from falling off) d Loading rails, galvanised (2 off), width inside 15 cm Designation Grating for GRP sump pallet

External dimension cm (l x w x h) 80 x 40 x 3 118 x 78 x 3 83 x 83 x 3 125 x 83 x 3 185 x 83 x 3 125 x 125 x 4

65 150 220/1 220/2 220/3 220/4

Weight approx. kg Steel / GRP 6/12,5 / 14 / 7 18 / 11 28 / 18 28 / 18

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

15

6889

0.5

5112

the tray can be placed directly on the floor or a Euro pallet

6990 6878 galvanised steel Order no. 7641 8121 8176 6883 7084 6885

GRP Order no. 10601 6887 7338 6941

Accessories for multiple installation Type Front end Adjoining In blocks of 4

Designation Covering strip Covering strip Cover plate Covering strip Covering strip

short long short long

220/2 1 1 1 2 2

number required 220/3 1 -

Order no. 220/4 1 1 4

6967 6968 6969 6967 6968

Technical specifications subject to change.

134

PE small container and rack trays

Technical specifications subject to change.

135

Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-420 • manufactured from high quality polyethylene (HDPE) • high chemical resistance • collection capacity without grating 250 l, with grating 224 l

Euro PE sump pallet 250/2

[PG 9] Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 - RG without approval no. • manufactured from high quality recycled polyethylene • suitable as a collection tray for materials not hazardous to water or for uses for which no approval is required

• for storing drums up to 224 l • high functionality • tray can be positioned directly on the floor or on a Euro-pallet • versions with locking pins (for Euro-pallets), feet, runners or castors

[PG 9]

Canister rack system The rack system is designed for the Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 in versions: without feet or runners (8276 + 8277), with feet (8279 + 8280) and with runners (8282 + 8283). Loading capacity per storage level: 100 kg.

Accessory: PE grating

Accessory: Locking pins

Euro PE sump (8277), canister rack system base unit (8523) and extension unit (8627)

with 4 feet and PE grating

Accessory: Sump pallet attachment

Canister rack system for Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 Designation

with steering castors

Integrated recessed handles for easy lifting

Designation / Capacity, l

Canister rack system base unit for Euro PE sump pallet 250/2, consisting of 4 push-on support elements and one steel grating (excludes sump) Canister rack system attachment unit for Euro PE sump pallet 250/2, consisting of 4 push-on support elements and one steel grating (excludes sump)

with 2 runners and steel grating

External dimensions Capacity Quantity Weight with General Construction without approval cm (l x w x h) kg 200 l drums approx. kg Inspection Approval 250/2 RG Order no. Order no.

Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 without grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 33 600 with galvanised steel grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 33 600 with PE grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 34 600 Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 with 4 feet without grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 43 600 with galvanised steel grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 43 600 with PE grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 44 600 Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 with 2 runners without grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 43 600 with galvanised steel grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 43 600 with PE grating 120.5 x 80.5 x 44 600 Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 mobile with steering and fixed castors* without grating, with steel baseframe 129 x 80.5 x 104 400 with galvanised steel grating 129 x 80.5 x 104 400 with PE grating and steel baseframe 129 x 80.5 x 104 400

8523

120.5 x 80.5 x 129

129

19

8627

* Scope includes Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 with steel grating (8277)

Accessories

8276 8277 8278

8424 8425 8426

1 2 2

18 31 31

8279 8280 8281

8427 8428 8429

PE filling station

1 2 2

20 33 33

8282 8283 8284

8430 8431 8432

1 2 2

26 37 39

8285 8286 8287

8433 8434 8435

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

quantity

8425

3

5

11

8431

3

5

11

8277

3

5

11

8283

3

5

11

Order no. 8288 8324 8325 8358

[ PG9 ]

PE filling station 450 l with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-380 • made from high-quality polyethylene (PE) • high chemical resistance • collection volume 450 l • suitable as a storage and filling station for two 200-l barrels l (with additional drum pallet for four 200-l drums) • can be driven under

PE filling station 450 l

PE filling station with PE drum pallet (accessory)

PE filling station 450 l Designation PE filling station 450

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 135 x 138 x 64

Collection volume l 450

Quantity 200 l drums 2

Weight approx. kg 46

Order no.

Quantity 200 l drums 2

Weight approx. kg 15

Order no.

8674

Accessory for PE filling station 450 l Designation PE drum pallet Technical specifications subject to change.

136

19

16 29 29

Graduated price

%

33 / 81

1 2 2

Accessories see page 137.

Order no.

120.5 x 80.5 x 81

Designation Locking pins for fixing the Euro PE sump pallet 250/2 onto a Euro pallet (4 pcs. incl. fittings) Steel grating, galvanised for PE sump pallet 250/2 PE grating for PE sump pallet 250/2 Sump pallet attachment (height 20.5 cm)

* Loading height 250/2 mobile 49 cm, castor dia. 12.5 cm

Designation 250/2 RG without approval, with galvanised steel grating 250/2 RG without approval, with 2 runners, with galvanised steel grating 250/2 with General Construction Inspection Approval, with galvanised steel grating 250/2 with General Construction Inspection Approval, with 2 runners, with galvanised steel grating

Overall dimensions * Heights of storage levels in Weight approx. cm (l x w x h) cm from the ground * kg

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 94 x 138 x 39

8675

Technical specifications subject to change.

137

PE sump pallets

Small PE container/laboratory trays HD [PG 9]

[PG 9]

PE sump pallet 240 with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-380 • manufactured from high quality polyethylene (HD-LMD) • high chemical resistance • removable perforated plate • forklift-accessible on all four sides (240/4) • forklift-accessible on two sides (240/1, 240/2 and 240/4e)

Small PE container/laboratory trays with general construction inspection approval Z-40.22-548 and Z-40.22-549 • small container/laboratory trays from polyethylene • fully recyclable • can be used with/without perforated grating • stackable for space-saving storage/transport • non-slip plate surface • maintenance friendly • designed for Euro-pallets • trays can be connected to form a surface protection system, see p. 147 • PE Container/laboratory traysHD - RG without approval no. • manufactured from high quality recycled • polyethylene • suitable as a collection tray for materials not hazardous to water or for uses for which no approval is required

Accessory: access ramp for PE sump pallet 240

PE sump pallet 240/2 PE sump pallet 240/4

PE sump pallet 240/4e

PE sump pallet 240/1

Small PE container/laboratory trays HD

PE sump pallet 230/2

with General Construction Inspection Approval Order no.

without approval PE-traysHD RG Order no.

25

1.8

10704

10884

25

3.7

10705

10885

-

35

2.2

10706

10886

80 x 40 x 18

160

35

4.8

10707

10887

80 x 60 x 16.5

-

60

3

10708

10888

80 x 60 x 18

250

60

6.8

10709

10889

120 x 80 x 16.5

-

120

5.2

10710

10890

120 x 80 x 18

500

120

12.8

10711

10891

160 x 120 x 16.5

-

250

10.5

10712

10892

160 x 120 x 18

1000

250

25.7

10713

10893

Accessory PE grating 60 x 40

60 x 40 x 17

125

-

1.9

10715

10894

Accessory PE grating 40 x 40

40 x 40 x 17

80

-

1.3

10716

10895

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h)

... 25HD

Access ramp for type 240/2 Access ramp for type 240/4 and 240/4e Perforated plate for PE sump pallet 230/2

Loading capacity kg

Collection volume l

60 x 40 x 16.5

-

60 x 40 x 18

125

80 x 40 x 16.5

... 25HD with PE grating ... 35HD PE sump pallet 230/2 with PE perforated plate (accessory)

... 35HD with PE grating ... 60HD ... 60HD with PE grating

A/B cm 37.5 / 81.5 27 / 71 19 / 60

C/D cm 40 / 84 -

Loading capacity kg 250 500 1000 1000 650

Collection volume l 225 236 242 220 230

Order no. Quantity Weight 200 l drums approx. kg 1 17 10017 2 20 10018 4 31 8524 4 34 10019 2 17 10285

... 120HD with PE grating ... 250HD ... 250HD with PE grating

Graduated price

Accessories for PE sump pallets Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 250 x 75 x 45 175 x 75 x 30 121.5 x 81.5 x 4.5

Loading capacity kg 500 500

Weight approx. kg 54 27 8

Order no. 10518 10519 10286

Technical specifications subject to change.

138

Weight approx. kg

Designation PE sump pallet...

... 120HD

Designation

PE sump pallet 25HD with PE grating as laboratory tray

PE sump pallet 250HD with PE grating

PE sump pallets 240/1 240/2 240/4 240/4e 230/2

PE sump pallet 60HD with PE grating

PE sump pallet 120HD with PE grating

PE sump pallet 230/2

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 100 x 68 x 60 130 x 75 x 44 138 x 129 x 28 245 x 66 x 27 131 x 91 x 38

PE sump pallet 25HD with and without PE grating

PE sump pallet 240/4

PE sump pallet 230/2 with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-380 • manufactured from high quality polyethylene (HD-LMD) • high chemical resistance • suitable for Euro-pallets (1200 mm x 800 mm) and plastic pallets of similar size • loaded pallets may be placed by a forklift directly on the tray (PE perforated plate is not required) • forklift-accessible on two sides • PE perforated plate with inspection access (optional as an accessory)

Designation / Type

PE sump pallet 35HD with and without PE grating

%

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

quantity

PE sump pallet 25HD with PE grating

10705

3

5

10

PE sump pallet 35HD with PE grating

10707

3

5

10

60HD

10709

3

5

10

10711

3

5

10

Designation

PE sump pallet

with PE grating

PE sump pallet 120HD with PE grating

Technical specifications subject to change.

139

Small containers and collection tray PE PE collection tray 30-mobile [PG 9] PE collection trays with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-388

(Polyethylene)

PE sump pallet 30-mobile • chassis galvanised with 2 steering and 2 fixed castors, dia. 100 mm, as well as a pushing handle for trouble-free maneuvering • for carrying and storage of water-polluting substances such as cleaning agents, pesticides, used oil filters, oil-coated machine components • PE collection tray can be removed for cleaning

PE sump pallet 40 l

PE sump pallet 40 l with frame

Trays

[PG 9]

PE surface protection trays • versatile use: under machines, tanks, as table/workbench tray, single tray, etc. • easy to link through clip system, e.g. for lining areas • safe, can be walked on, simple to lay, can be retrofitted, maintenance-free

a

b

PE surface protection trays Designation a PE surface protection tray 5 l b PE surface protection tray 12 l

sold in packs of 3

PE surface protection tray 15 l

Suitable for hazardous substance cabinet 13/20...

... drum racks 360, 540 and hazardous substances racks.

PE sump pallet 30-mobile

PE collection tray (Polyethylene) and PE collection tray 30-mobile Designation / Type PE collection tray 30

without grating complete with steel grating PE collection tray 40 without grating complete with steel grating PE collection tray 30-mobile

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 98 x 60 x 8.5 98 x 60 x 8.5 130 x 62 x 8 130 x 62 x 8 112 x 63 x 104

Collection volume l 30 30 40 40 30

Loading capacity kg 50 50 100

Weight approx. kg 4 10 5 13 28

Order no. 8076 8077 7871 7872 8166

Accessories for PE collection trays and PE collection tray 30-mobile Designation Steel grating galvanised for PE collection trays 30 l Steel grating galvanised for PE collection trays 40 l

Canister filling stand

Folding tray 8/12 This flexible, flat PVC object can be turned with just a couple of hand movements into a resistant collection tray; it can be used as an emergency tray or as a transport and consignment container that can protect people and the environment against water-polluting liquids. • multi-function container tray • flexible collecting tray, extremely adaptable to different spaces • built-in fill-level indicator • space-saving when folded up • ready for use in seconds • impervious to liquid

Collection volume l 3x5 12 15

Dimensions per element cm (l x w) 56 x 78 124 x 78 136 x 86

Order no. 8712 8714 8911

• resistant to oils, chemicals and technical fluids • material: PES, surface-coated with PVC on both sides, blue

Folding tray 8/12 Weight approx. kg 6 8

Order no. 8167 8168

Designation

External dimensions expanded cm (l x w) 130 x 170

Folding tray 8/12 Transport bag for folding tray 8/12

Folding tray 30 l This folding collection tray is made from PVC and has built-in reinforcement plates; its extremely flat design means it can be transported in any vehicle. It is ideally suited for transporting hazardous materials on construction, agricultural and forestry machines. This saves you unnecessary costs caused by leaking chemicals or oils. • flat design, low space requirement when unfolded (only 2,5 cm high)

[PG 9]

• facilitates emptying of canisters up to 60 l • cage secures mounting of canisters • precise metering by swivelling of the canister • made from highly resistant stainless steel – suitable for acids and lyes

External dimensions tray cm (l x w x h) 84 x 124 x 22.5

Package size cm (l x w x h) 45 x 70 x 12

Collection volume l 210

Weight approx. kg 5.5

Order no. 10179 10182

• quick assembly with Velcro fasteners • absolutely impervious to liquid • resistant to many chemicals and oils

Folding tray 30 l Canister filling stand for canisters up to 30 l

Canister filling stand for canisters up to 60 l

Canister filling stands Designation / Type Canister filling stand for canisters up to 30 l

External dimension cm (l x w x h)

max. canister dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

67 x 39 x 74

31 x 29 x 48

5.4

8007

Canister filling stand for canisters up to 60 l

67 x 47 x 82

42 x 37 x 65

7.5

10100

Technical specifications subject to change.

140

Designation Folding tray

Collection volume l 30

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) Collapsed dimensions cm (l x w x h) Weight approx. kg 60 x 40 x 25 60 x 40 x 2.5 1.2

Graduated price

%

Designation Folding tray 30 l

Order no. 10183

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

quantity

10183

3

5

10

Technical specifications subject to change.

141

Steel sump pallets [PG 9]

Steel sump pallets [PG 9]

Steel sump pallets Provide safe storage for water-polluting as well as inflammable substances (previously classed as AI*, AII, AIII and B). • all SW sump pallets are equipped with hot-dip galvanised, removable gratings • a wide range of models ensures the correct solution for every application • approved design • sump pallets with 100 mm ground clearance permit driving under from all sides.

Mobile steel sump pallets • with hot-dip galvanised, removable gratings • 2 steering and 2 fixed castors as well as a pushing bar for trouble-free steering • collection volume 205 l • loading height SW1-mobile 49 cm, loading height SW2-mobile 42 cm

*S  pecial storage space requirements are to be observed. (fire protection, explosion protection).

Mobile steel sump pallets

SW1-mobile galvanised

SW2-mobile painted

Designation / Type External dimension cm (l x w x h) SW1-mobile painted 98 x 81 x 104 galvanised 98 x 81 x 104 SW2-mobile painted 138 x 81 x 104 galvanised 138 x 81 x 104 Securing belt for safer transport, 25 mm x 4 m, one-piece

Type SW10 painted with grating

200 l drum items 1 1 2 2

Loading capacity kg 300 300 450 450

Weight approx. kg 82.5 82.5 98.5 98.5

Order no. 7397 7398 7399 7400 7420

Accessories for GRP and steel sump pallets [PG 9] Type SW1 painted with grating

Type SW2 painted with grating

Type SO2 galvanised with grating

Sump pallets without grating Designation  /  Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

SO1 SO2 SO3 SO4 SO4e SO6 SO8 SO10

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Collection volume l

80 x 80 x 44 120 x 80 x 35 180 x 80 x 28 120 x 120 x 26.5 239 x 80 x 23 201 x 120 x 25.6 239 x 120 x 20 300.6 x 120 x 25.6

205 210 205 205 205 308 205 462

Capacity / no. of 200 l drums

one 200 l drum and small container

Loading kg

Weight approx. kg

300 450 750 900 900 1800 1800 2800

46 50 61 56 71 87 92 125

painted model Order no. 8529 7582 10138 7681 7683 10402 7685 10404

galvanised model Order no. 8530 7680 10139 7682 7684 10403 7686 10405

Sump pallets with grating Designation  /  Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW4e SW6 SW8 SW10

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 81 x 46 120 x 81 x 36 180 x 80.5 x 29 120 x 121 x 28.5 239 x 81 x 25 201 x 120.5 x 26.6 239 x 121 x 21 300.6 x 120.5 x 26.6

Collection volume l 205 210 205 205 205 308 205 462

Capacity / no. of 200 l drums 1 x 200 l drum 2 x 200 l drum 3 x 200 l drum 4 x 200 l drum 4 x 200 l drum 6 x 200 l drum 8 x 200 l drum 10 x 200 l drum

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type Type SW2, Sump pallet with grating

Loading kg 300 450 750 900 900 1200 1800 2800

Weight approx. kg 56 64 90 94 100 122 166 175

painted model Order no. 8531 7583 10140 7688 7690 10406 7692 10408

galvanised model Order no. 8532 7687 10141 7689 7691 10407 7693 10409

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

quantity

7583

3

5

10

Technical specifications subject to change.

142

Drum stands can be combined with: • GRP sump pallet (page 133) • PE sump pallet (page 136 + 138) • steel sump pallets (page 142) • mobile sump pallets (page 133 + 136 + 143) • ground protection floor elements (page 147 + 148) • drum racks type 120, to obtain a further storage level (page 150)

• harmful substance collection stations (page 172) • hazardous substance stations (page 173) • PE drum depot (page 173) Steel sump pallet Type SW2 galvanised with accessories optional: barrel support Type FB1 for horizontal drum storage

PE barrel support for GRP and steel sump pallets Designation / Type

External dimension cm (l x w x h)

Capacity

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Barrel support FB1

60 x 60 x 35

1 x 60 l or 1 x 200 l

15

7586

Barrel support FB2

113 x 60 x 35

2 x 60 l or 2 x 200 l

21

7587

Barrel support FB3

120 x 60 x 40

3 x 60 l

17

7835

Barrel support stackable

63 x 45 x 53

1 x 60 l

10

7741

PE drum pallet

94 x 138 x 39

2 x 200 l

15

8675

Technical specifications subject to change.

143

IBC bunds

(GRP)

IBC bunds

[PG 9]

IBC bunds GRP with general construction inspection approval no.: Z-40.12-315 Capacity 1000 l. Bund from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP for Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBC). The practical storage and filling station for water-polluting and flammable liquids with a flash point > 55 °C (previously AIII). • universally applicable e.g. for used oil, lyes and acids • corrosion resistant

(Polyethylene)

[PG 9]

IBC bunds PE with general construction inspection approval no.: Z-40.22-451 • manufactured from high quality polyethylene (HD-LMD) • high resistance to chemicals • capacity 1,100 l resp. 1,200 l • forklift- or walkie-truck-accessible (do not transport when filled)

extremely favourable price-performance ratio universally applicable e.g. waste oil, lyes and acids

RC version without approval. Capacity 1100 l. Without installation.

IBC bund 1200/1-PE

from high quality polyethylene

IBC bund 1100/1 PE with PE perforated plates

high resistance to chemicals

100 % corrosionresistant Accessories: collision protection, can holder and base pallet

forklift- or walkietruck-accessible IBC bund 1100/2 PE with PE perforated plates

Model with galvanised steel grating

IBC bunds PE

Version with galvanised steel support frame

Designation / Type

IBC bunds made of GRP

IBC bund 1100/1 PE IBC bund 1100/1 PE with PE perforated plate IBC bund 1200/1 PE with PE perforated plate IBC bund 1100/2 PE with PE perforated plate

Designation

with galvanised steel support frame with stainless steel support frame with galvanised steel grating

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Cont. à 1000 l item

Loading capacity kg

Weight approx. kg

162 x 119 x 83 162 x 119 x 83 162 x 119 x 91

1 1 1

1600 1600 1600

55 55 80

with General Construction Inspection Approval Order no. 10398 10399 7588

without Approval Order no. 10400 10401 8665

Collection volume l 1100

Cont. à 1.000 l item 1

Loading capacity kg 2000

Weight Order no. approx. kg 75 8581

145 x 145 x 100

1100

1

2000

105

8582

168 x 168 x 70

1200

1

2000

86

10520

245 x 145 x 58

1100

2

4000

120

8583

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Collection volume l up to the overflow

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Collision protection

6

7589

Filling attachment for IBC bund 1100/1 PE

59 x 64 x 107

100

10

8584

Can holder, bearing surface 75 x 28 cm (w x d) for example as a drip tray

4

7590

Filling attachment for IBC bund 1200/1 PE

59 x 64 x 79

100

9

10521

Base pallet (ground clearance 90 mm)

25

7591

Filling attachment for IBC bund 1100/2 PE

59 x 64 x 67

100

6

8585

Technical specifications subject to change.

144

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 145 x 145 x 100

Accessories for IBC bunds PE Designation

Accessories for IBC bunds made of GRP Designation

IBC bund 1100/1 PE with filling attachment (accessory)

Technical specifications subject to change.

145

IBC bunds

PE Ground protection systemsHD

[PG 9]

(steel)

PE Ground protection systems with general construction inspection approval Z-40.22-548 and Z-40.22-549 • can be used as storage/filling station • elements can be combined to cover a complete storage area • connection components (Accessories) permit the lining of surfaces of any size that are suitable as storage and transfilling stations

IBC bunds steel with design approval • approved for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances • designed for the storage of lare containers such as IBC, ASF- and ASP containers up to 1000 litres • with galvanised, removable grates • 100 mm ground clearance for safe transport • painted (RAL 5002, ultramarine blue) or galvanised

IBC bund GS1a AB1 painted with filling stand and filling area

• can be combined in any way with the PE collection trays on page 139 of this catalogue • rugged, removable PE grating • stable PE access ramp with an integrated fixing bolt for connection to the PE grating, slight inclination for easy loading of the floor elements • PE grating and access ramp are non-slip

[PG 9] PE Ground protection systemsHD - RG without approval no. • manufactured from high quality recycled polyethylene • suitable as a collection tray for materials not hazardous to water or for uses for which no approval is required

IBC bund GS2 AB1 painted with filling stand

can be combined in any way with the PE collection traysHD on page 139 PE sump 120HD with PE grating

PE sump 250HD with PE grating

IBC bund GS1a painted with grating and filling area IBC bund GS2a galvanised with filling area

IBC bund GS1 galvanised

IBC bunds made of steel Designation / Type GS1 GS1a GS1 AB1 GS1a AB1 GS2 GS2a GS2 AB1

with filling area with 1 filling stand with 1 filling stand

with filling area with 1 filling stand with 1 filling stand GS2a AB1 and filling area GS2 AB2 with 2 filling stands with 2 filling stands GS2a AB2 and filling area

Overall dimensions Collection cm (l x w x h) volume l 135 x 125 x 76 1000 160 x 126 x 67 1000 135 x 125.5 x 76 1000 160 x 125.5 x 96.5 1000 268 x 125 x 46 1000 268 x 161 x 40 1000 268 x 125.5 x 81 1000

Cont. à 1000 l item 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

Loading capacity kg 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000

Weight approx. kg 170 179 182 191 238 273 247

painted Order no. 7392 10613 10849 10851 7394 10615 10853

galvanised Order no. 7393 10614 10850 10852 7395 10616 10854

268 x 160.5 x 80

1000

2

4000

282

10855

10856

268 x 125.5 x 81

1000

2

4000

256

10857

10858

268 x 160.5 x 80

1000

2

4000

291

10859

10860

Accessories for IBC bunds made of steel Designation Filling stand GS ZB galvanised Can holder for IBC bunds GS1 and GS2

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 133 x 122 x 40 35 x 30 x 19

PE Ground protection systemsHD Designation / Type

Collection Cont. à 1000 l volume l item 1 -

Loading capacity kg 2000 -

Weight approx. kg 49 4

Ultimate load kg

Weight approx. kg

with General Construction Inspection Approval Order no.

without approval PE-SystemsHD RG Order no.

120

500

12.8

10711

10891

250

1000

25.7

10713

10893

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Collection volume l

PE sump120HD with PE grating

120 x 80 x 18

PE sump 250HD with PE grating

160 x 120 x 18

Accessories for PE Ground protection systemsHD Designation a Access ramp, ultimate load 300 kg, weight approx 13 kg b

Order no. 7396 8740

Technical specifications subject to change.

146

a Accessory access ramp

c

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 126 x 80 x 20

Order no. 10714

bC  onnecting rail, short

114 x 1.5 x 1.5

10721

cC  onnecting rail, long

154 x 1.5 x 1.5

10722

11.5 x 11.5 x 3.5

10723

Cross connector

Technical specifications subject to change.

147

Ground protection systems Ground protection systems made from steel with approval design to ensure safe handling of water-polluting as well as flammable substances (previously classed as AI*, AII, AIII and B). Modular, matched elements enable the lining of any large surfaces to be suited for use as a storage or transfilling station.

(Steel)

Drum racks

[PG 9]

• suitable for storage of water-polluting and flammable substances • modular, matched elements • painted (RAL 5002, ultramarine blue) or galvanised • with hot-dip galvanised gratings

Sump pallets with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.12-227 granted by DIBt-Berlin. Drum racks for approved and spacesaving storage of barrels and other containers. All drum racks are completely hotdip galvanised and have a corrosion free

GRP sump pallet for long-term safe use. Due to their absolute corrosion resistance, GRP sump pallets can be placed directly on the ground. The low installation height facilitates handling in the factory/ workshop. The different rack models permit filling over the projecting sump pallet even for

the most widely varying types of barrels and containers. The rack ensures optimum matching to the actual operating conditions. Delivered in space-saving individual parts, easily and quickly assembled.

quick and easy assembly universally applicable e.g. waste oil, lyes and acids corrosion-resistant Cross connector Type KV

Connecting profile Type VP

T connector Type TV

Surface protection element type FS

Access ramp Type AR

Access ramp Type AR

Access corner Type AE

high resilient storage levels minimum inspection requirements, no additional inspection of sump pallet bottom (compare steel sump pallets)

System elements Designation / Type Ground protection

Access ramp

FS 55/13/13 painted FS 55/13/18 painted FS 55/13/28 painted FS 55/18/18 painted FS 108/13/13 painted FS 108/13/18 painted FS 108/13/28 painted FS 108/18/18 painted AR13 galvanised AR18 galvanised AR28 galvanised AE galvanised AR13 galvanised AR18 galvanised AR28 galvanised AE galvanised

External dimensions cm (l x w) 131 x 131 131 x 181 130 x 280 181 x 181 131 x 131 131 x 181 130 x 280 181 x 181 126 x 72 176 x 72 276 x 72 72 x 72 126 x 72 176 x 72 276 x 72 72 x 72

Height cm 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 11 11 11 11 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 11 11 11 11

Collection volume l 49 69 108 96 105 146 228 220

Capacity kg/m² 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000

Wheel load kg 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

106 136 223 201 112 153 233 209 30 42 63 21 34 46 70 23

7401 7402 10617 7403 7404 7405 10618 7406 7407 7408 10619 7410 7411 7412 10620 7414

Manufactured to order. Delivery approx. 3-4 weeks. Galvanized version of ground protection elements upon request.

Example: Drum rack type 540 has three grating levels and six dip-in individual drum supports, which can be clipped in different positions in two storage levels.

Accessories

Sump pallet supports for secure standing on uneven ground and to permit driving under the drum rack

PE collection tray 40 l

Can holder for easy filling of small containers

Ball valve for quick and simple discharge

Rotating roller support for simple movement of drums

Drum supports „raising“ for optimum emptying of 60 l drums

Fastening elements Designation / Type VP13 galvanised VP18 galvanised VP28 galvanised KV galvanised TV galvanised

External dimensions mm (w x l) 38 x 1280 38 x 1780 38 x 2780 200 x 200 200 x 100

Weight approx. kg 2 3 5 1 1

Order no. 7415 7416 10621 7418 7419

Manufactured to order. Delivery approx. 3-4 weeks. Technical specifications subject to change.

148

Technical specifications subject to change.

149

Drum racks Type 120 [PG 9]

•2  storage levels for up to two 60 l barrels

Drum racks type 360 and type 540

[PG 9]

60 • Drum supports

or •2  storage levels for small containers

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

60

or •1  storage level for one 60 l barrel and 1 storage level for small containers •G  RP sump pallet with 65 l collection volume Application example: with steel grating for GRP sump pallet as 3rd storage level (see page 154)

Model 3 Drum rack Type 120

Application example: with stackable barrel support as an extra storage level for a 60 l drum (see page 154)

Drum rack type 120 for small containers and 60 l barrels Designation

Type 120 with GRP sump pallet 65 l (7086)

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Drum rack type 360 with GRP sump pallet

Drum rack type 540 with GRP sump pallet

Application example: with can holder and steel grating as 3rd storage level (accessories see page 154)

Application example: with can holder and steel grating as 4th storage level (accessories see page 154)

Drum rack type 360 for small containers and up to 6 x 60 l barrels Designation Drum rack type 360 with GRP sump pallet 150 l (5113) with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels and/or small containers Drum rack type 360 with steel sump pallet SW 2 (7583) with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels and/or small containers

Model 2 with grating support for small containers

45 x 82 x 131

45 x 82 x 131

63 / 115

60 / 112

18

21

7081

7639

Drum rack type 540 with GRP sump pallet 150 l (5113) with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels and small containers Expansion unit for type 540 with GRP sump pallet 150 l (5113) with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels and small containers Drum rack type 540 with steel sump pallet SW 2 (7583) with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels and small containers Expansion unit for type 540 with steel sump pallet SW 2 (7583) with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels and small containers

45 x 82 x 131

60 / 112

19

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

132 x 80 x 130

69 / 117

60

7642

132 x 80 x 130

36 / 69 / 117

115

10253

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

132 x 80 x 200

69 / 117 / 165

82

7734

132 x 80 x 200

69 / 117 / 165

72

7855

132 x 80 x 200

36 / 69 / 117 / 165

137

10254

132 x 80 x 200

36 / 69 / 117 / 165

127

10255

Accessories see page 154. Combined drum rack type 540 and expansion unit type 540

Model 3 with drum and grating support for 1 x 60 l barrel and small containers

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Drum rack type 540 for small containers and up to 12 x 60 l barrels Designation

Model 1 with drum supports for 2 x 60 l barrels

Drum rack type 540 with steel sump pallet

Combined drum rack type 540 and hazardous substance rack 13/20 (see page 154)

7640

Accessories see page 154. Technical specifications subject to change.

150

Technical specifications subject to change.

151

Drum racks type 400 •2  storage levels for up to four 60 l barrels or two 200 l barrels

Drum rack type 800 [PG 9]

[PG 9]

60

60

Can holder (accessory see page 154)

or

•2  storage levels for up to six 60 l barrels or four 200 l barrels

200

• Drum supports

60

60

• Drum supports

or •1  storage level for small containers and 1 storage level for barrels

•1  storage level for small containers and 1 storage level for up to two 60 l barrels or one 200 l barrel

60

200

or

200 Can holder (accessory see page 154)

•1  storage level for barrels •G  RP sump pallet with 220 l collection volume

•G  RP sump pallet with 220 l containment capacity

Model 2 Drum rack type 400

Model 3 Drum rack type 800

Drum rack type 800 for small containers and up to 4 x 200 l barrels Designation

Drum rack type 400 for small containers and up to 4 x 60 l barrels Designation

Type 400 with GRP sump pallet 220 l (6882) Model 1 with barrel support for 2 x 60 l barrels or 1 x 200 l barrel

Model 2 with barrel support for 4 x 60 l barrels or 2 x 200 l barrels or 2 x 60 l drums and 1 x 200 l drum

Model 3 with barrel support for 2 x 60 l barrels or 1 x 200 l barrel and grating support for small containers

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

99 x 128 x 84

62

41

7663

99 x 128 x 162

99 x 128 x 162

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Model 1 with barrel supports for 2 x 200 l barrels

141 x 128 x 84

62

51

7670

Model 2 with barrel supports for 4 x 200 l barrels

141 x 128 x 162

62 / 140

84

7671

Model 3 with barrel supports for 2 x 200 l barrels and 3 x 60 l barrels

141 x 128 x 162

62 / 140

87

7672

Model 4 for 2 x 200 l barrels and grating support for small containers

141 x 128 x 162

62 / 139

116

7673

Model 5 with drum supports for 3 x 60 l barrels

141 x 128 x 84

62

54

7674

Model 6 with drum supports for 6 x 60 l barrels

141 x 128 x 162

62 / 140

90

7675

Type 800 with GRP sump pallet 220 l (6884)

62 / 140

62 / 139

70

82

7664

7665

Accessories see page 154.

Accessories see page 154. Technical specifications subject to change.

152

Technical specifications subject to change.

153

Accessories for drum racks [PG 9]

Environmental / HazMat racks

Accessories drum racks type 120 up to type 800

Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20 with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-388 For storage of water-polluting substances in small containers up to 30 l capacity. The tray is completely galvanised and can be assembled without screws or tools. It has 5 shelf floors which can be positioned in mounting points that have 25 mm spacing and two 30 l, PE collection trays. Each level can support up to 200 kg.

for Type 400 800

Designation

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h)

Sump pallet support (pair), sump pallet can be driven under by forklift Sump pallet support (pair), sump pallet can be driven under by forklift

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

15

7

7668

15

10

7679

400

Storage level for 1 x 200 l or 2 x 60 l drums

99 x 66 x 84

62

28

8326

800

Storage level for 2 x 200 l drums

141 x 66 x 84

62

33

8328

800

Storage level for 3 x 60 l drums

141 x 66 x 84

62

36

8329

120

Steel grating for GRP sump pallet as 3rd storage level

42 x 80 x 3

24

6

7641

130 x 62 x 3

21

18

6817

130 x 62 x 5

21

19

7799

360 540 360 540

Steel grating as 3rd (for type 360) or 4th storage level (for type 540) Steel tray 20 l as 3rd (for type 360) or 4th storage level (for type 540)

360 540

PE collection tray 40 l as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant, see page 140)

130 x 62 x 8

22

5

7871

120

Stackable drum support, for an extra storage level for a 60 l drum (see page 143)

63 x 45 x 53

167

10

7741

400

Grating level for small containers

360 540

99 x 125 x 84

62

Environmental/HazMat rack 13/20 For storage of water-polluting substances in small containers up to 20 l capacity. It is completely hot-dip galvanised and equipped with a 20 l leak-tight tray bottom welded in accordance with StawaR (German guidelines for the requirements of steel container trays of capacity up to 1000 l) lowest storage level. Each level can support up to 200 kg.

Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20 with expansion rack (PE sump pallet, accessory)

Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20 for small containers Designation

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20 for small containers

106 x 63 x 200

44

8091

Expansion rack for environmental/HazMat rack 10/20

101 x 63 x 200

34

8092

40

8327

Drum supports 3 pcs. per storage level

1

7800

Environmental/HazMat rack 13/20 for small containers

360 540

Drum supports “raising” 3 pieces for one storage level for optimum emptying of the 60 l drums

1

8254

Designation

400 800

Rotating roller support for 200 l barrel (pair)

6

7669

360 400 540 800

Edge border (4-part), galvanised for sideways insertion in the steel grating for securing storage material such as small containers, etc. from filling off (see page 134)

120 360 540

Can holder, galvanised, bearing surface 23 x 11 cm (w x d)

2

5917

400 800

Can holder, galvanised, bearing surface 18.5 x 11 cm (w x d)

2

7727

all

Discharge ball valve ½", nickel plated brass, angled 90° [PG 1]

1

3775

all

Discharge ball valve ¾", nickel plated brass, angled 90° [PG 1]

1

3776

66

[PG 9]

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h)

Heights of storage levels in cm from ground

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Environmental/HazMat rack 13/20 for small containers

132 x 63 x 200

16 /69/117/165

92

7820

Expansion rack for Environmental/HazMat rack 13/20

132 x 63 x 200

16/69/117/165

82

7856

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h) 98 x 60 x 8.5 130 x 62 x 8 100 x 60 x 4

Weight approx. kg 4 5 4

Order no.

6990

Accessories Environmental/HazMat racks 10/20 and 13/20 for type

Designation

10/20 13/20 10/20

PE collection tray 30 l as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant)* PE collection tray 40 l as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant)* Additional shelf floor for Environmental/HazMat rack 10/20

8076 7871 8093

* see page 140 Technical specifications subject to change.

154

Technical specifications subject to change.

155

Environmental/HazMat cabinets The Environmental/HazMat cabinets serve for the safe and approved storage of water and environmentally polluting substances within buildings. They are manufactured from quality steel sheets and provided with folding doors, which are locked using a cylinder lock (two keys). Because the environmental/HazMat cabinets can be locked, access can be restricted to personnel with appropriate training for the handling of hazardous substances.

Environmental/HazMat cabinets [PG 9]

[PG 9] The CEMO Environmental/HazMat cabinets comply with: • The technical regulations for flammable liquids, TRbF 20 3.1.5.2 (3) and (4) 1. and 2. • The technical regulations for hazardous substances, TRGS 514 1 (1), 1 (2) 4., 1 (3) and TRGS 515 1 (1) and 1 (2) 4., 1 (3) as well as 3.3.3 1. and 2. . • The Hazardous Materials Act GefStoffV §24 (1), (2) and (3). • DIN ISO 14.000 ff

Not suitable for the storage of flammable substances in the work place. Example application: The Environmental/HazMat cabinets provide an optimum solution for the storage of pesticides within a communal or agricultural company, because according to VAwS for the storage of pesticides up to 1,000 kg (or 200 kg T & T+), simplified regulations apply. We will bi happe to advice you.

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 10/20 and 5/20 with general construction inspection approval no. Z-38.5-213 • TÜV/GS tested • high collection volumes • lockable (2 keys supplied) • integrated ventilation gratings above and below • doors with 180° opening angle • support floors designed as a tray • load capacity per tray floor approx. 80 kg • shelf heights can be adjusted in 15 mm steps • light gray baked powder spray finish (RAL 7035) • labelling with warning signs • map case holder for data sheets, packing notes, etc.

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 Based on the drum rack 540, the Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 serves for storage of environmentally harmful substances such as pesticides, lubricants, etc. The surface of the cabinet casing is sealed with a high quality powder coating (RAL 7035 light grey). The doors have ventilation slits top and bottom. On the inside of the door is a map case holder in which packing notes, treatment instructions, etc can be properly stored. The base frame and the grating floor are com- pletely hot-dip galvanised. The Environmental/ HazMat cabinet 13/20 is optionally available with a 150 l GRP sump pallet with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.1-227 or with a galvanised and welded tray bottom of 20 l capacity as the lowest storage level (in accordance with StawaR). Each level can support up to 200 kg. The shelf depth of 600 mm enables the horizontal storage of 60 l drums incl. discharge valve. The cabinet is delivered ready for assembly. Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 with GRP sump 150 l and 4 gratings

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 10/20 (picture with insertable perforated plates as an accessory)

TIP: An approved collection tray is not required for a total storage volume of < 100 l liquid materials. Simple tray bottoms suffice in this case.

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 10/20 (picture with insertable perforated plate as an accessory)

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 Designation

Insertable perforated plates as an accessory

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 10/20 and 5/20 Type 10/20 5/20

Supplied with: Bottom tray

Floor tray

1 x 30 l 1 x 16.5 l

3 x à 20 l 3 x à 10 l

Overall dimensions Weight cm (l x d x h) approx. kg 93 x 50 x 195 50 x 50 x 195

with General Construction Inspection Approval

without approval

Order no. 8547 8552

Order no. 8035 8036

75 50

Accessories for Environmental/HazMat cabinet 10/20 and 5/20 For type

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

with GRP collection tray 150 l and 4 gratings as well as doors, side parts, roof and rear wall

132 x 80 x 200

202

7954

with 3 gratings and 1 x tray bottom 20 l as well as doors, side parts, roof and rear wall

132 x 63 x 200

204

7956

Overall dimensions cm (l x d x h) 130 x 62 x 8 130 x 62 x 8

Weight approx. kg 5 1

Order no. 7871 7800

Designation

Weight approx. kg

with General Construction Inspection Approval Order no.

without approval Order no.

10/20

Floor tray 20 l (1 pc. for repeat ordering)

4.5

8550

8039

5/20

Floor tray 10 l (1 pc. for repeat ordering)

2.5

8555

8040

10/20

1 insertable perforated plate (1 pc. for repeat ordering)

5

8551

8551

5/20

1 insertable perforated plate (1 pc. for repeat ordering)

3

8556

8556

10/20

1 set insertable perforated plate (4 pcs.)

20

8549

8549

Please note: For a storage capacity of 100 l or more, approved collection trays are prescribed. The collection volume/size of the collection tray should be sufficient for 10 % of the total volume / or rather minimum capacity of the largest container, depending which is higher.

5/20

1 ser insertable perforated plate (4 pcs.)

11.5

8554

8554

* see page 140

Technical specifications subject to change.

156

Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 with tray bottom

Closed with warning signs

Accessories for Environmental/HazMat cabinet 13/20 Designation PE collection tray 40 l as insert tray (acid-/alkali resistant)* Barrel supports 3 off per storage level

Technical specifications subject to change.

157

Safety storage containers

Safety storage containers

[PG 9]

[PG 9]

As an accessible store, they offer a compact solution for the storage of hazardous substances/materials. The type series SRC W provides safe storage for liquids which are hazardous to water. The type series SRC N with natural ventilation fulfils the requirements for the storage of flammable liquids. The type series SRC T with thermal insulation is designed for the storage of temperature-sensitive substances. Container design: Prefabricated model from galvanised sheet steel. Wall and roof elements from galvanised trapeze profile corrugated sheet steel.

Wall, roof and floor sections made from thick steel plates. Hot dipped galvanised steel sump floor, floor grating removable (loading 1000 kg/m²).

Large, single wing door (width 1294 mm) for simple handling. Traversable roof (designed to withstand 125 kg/m² snow load) with drainage via interior gutters.

SRC 3.1 painted with 1-wing door (199.6 cm high, 130 cm wide) on the long side, shelf and transparent roofing sheet (optional, see accessories)

SRC 4.1, galvanised and painted

Safety storage container for water polluting substances/HazMat Designation

Type SRC 1.1W Type SRC 2.1W Type SRC 3.1W Type SRC 3.2W Type SRC 3.3W Type SRC 4.1W Type SRC 5.1W Type SRC 6.1W

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Base surface / m²

Collection volume in l

235 x 91.5 x 234 235 x 195 x 234 298.5 x 235 x 234 471 x 298.5 x 234 705 x 298.5 x 234 402 x 235 x 234 505.5 x 235 x 234 609 x 235 x 240

2.1 4.6 7.0 14.0 21.0 9.5 11.9 14:3

300 630 1000 2 x 1000 3 x 1000 1000 1000 1000

galvanised model position of door Long side Narrow side Order no. Order no. 8043 – 8044 8743 8744 8045 8745 8209 8746 8749 8747 8750 8748 8751 10528 10529

galvanised and painted position of door Long side Narrow side Order no. Order no. 8210 – 8211 8752 8753 8212 8754 8213 8755 8758 8756 8759 8757 8760 10530 10531

On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer.

SRC 5.1W galvanised with 2-wing door and ventilator (optional, see accessories)

Safety storage container for water polluting substances/HazMat with heat insulation

• equipped with a technical ventilator (optional, see accessories), water-polluting and flammable fluids can be stored.

For protection against frost and cold Equipment and raw materials are protected against cold by a heater (accessories p. 161) 45-mm PU thermal insulation and galvanised sheet steel cladding on both sides. Designation

SRC 3.3W galvanised with 1-wing door (199.6 cm high, 130 cm wide) on the narrow side

Type SRC 1.1T Type SRC 2.1T Type SRC 3.1T Type SRC 3.2T

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Base surface / m²

Collection volume in l

235 x 91.5 x 239 235 x 195 x 239 298.5 x 235 x 239 471 x 298.5 x 239

2.1 4.6 7.0 14.0

300 630 1000 2 x 1000

galvanised model position of door Long side Narrow side Order no. Order no. 8214 – 8215 8761 8762 8216 8763 8217

galvanised and painted position of door Long side Narrow side Order no. Order no. 8218 – 8219 8764 8765 8220 8766 8221

On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer.

Safety storage container with sliding door for water-polluting substances External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Door position on wall side

Type SRC 3.1W ST

298.5 x 237 x 234

298.5

Type SRC 3.2W ST

473 x 298.5 x 234

298.5

Type SRC 3.3W ST

707 x 298.5 x 234

298.5

Designation

SRC 4.1W galvanised, 4 sliding doors, per 2 overrlapping

SRC 3.1W painted with 1-wing door (199.6 cm high, 130 cm wide) on the long side

Collection volume l

galvanised Order no.

galvanised and painted Order no.

7.0

1000

8767

8772

14.0

2 x 1000

8768

8773

21.0

3 x 1000

8769

8774 8775

Type SRC 4.1W ST

402 x 237 x 234

402

9.5

1000

8770

Type SRC 5.1W ST

505.5 x 237 x 234

505.5

11.9

1000

8771

8776

Type SRC 6.1W ST

609 x 237 x 240

609

14.3

1000

10532

10533

On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer. Technical specifications subject to change.

158

Base surface / m²

Technical specifications subject to change.

159

Safety storage containers

Safety storage containers

[PG 9]

[PG 9]

Accessories for safety storage containers Designation

SRC 4.1, galvanised, with accessory: 2-wing door

Outdoor storage of flammable material For outdoor storage, hazardous substances/materials stores do not need not be fire-proof, if: • there is a sufficient safety distance of at least 10 meters to the nearest building or • any building walls closer than this are fire-proof (F 90 according to DIN 4102) or • provides technical or natural ventilation for the required air replacement

Type SRC 1.1N Type SRC 2.1N Type SRC 3.1N Type SRC 3.2N Type SRC 3.3N Type SRC 4.1N Type SRC 5.1N Type SRC 6.1N

Order no.

Shelf short, for insertion in, shelf dimensions 100 x 50 cm, 3 shelves (load 120 kg / storage level)

34

8046

Shelf long, for insertion in, shelf dimensions 200 x 50 cm, 3 shelves (load 120 kg / storage level)

63

8047

Access ramp*, max. wheel load 450 kg, 70 x 120 cm (w x d)

34

8048

Double wing door, surcharge (199.6 cm high, door wing 125 cm wide, side wing 65 cm)

8222

Double wing door insulated, surcharge (199.6 cm high, door wing 125 cm wide, side wing 65 cm)

8223

PVC translucent sheet 90 x 200 cm to allow for daylight illumination

10270

Ventilator for ventilation in explosion prevention model

8224

Ribbed tube heater 850 W for safety storage container 1.1 T up to 3.1 T in explosion prevention model

8225

Ribbed tube heater 1700 W for safety storage container 3.2 T in explosion prevention model

8226

Model with sliding door

natural ventilation: Microperforation ventilation grille, gap ventilation internally

Safety storage container with natural ventilation Designation

Weight approx. kg

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Base surface / m²

Collection volume in l

235 x 91.5 x 234 235 x 195 x 234 298.5 x 235 x 234 471 x 298.5 x 234 705 x 298.5 x 234 402 x 235 x 234 505.5 x 235 x 234 609 x 235 x 240

2.1 4.6 7.0 14.0 21.0 9.5 11.9 14.3

300 630 1000 2 x 1000 3 x 1000 1000 1000 1000

galvanised model position of door Long side Narrow side Order no. Order no. 10339 10341 10342 10345 10346 10349 10350 10353 10354 10357 10358 10361 10362 10534 10535

galvanised and painted position of door Long side Narrow side Order no. Order no. 10340 10343 10344 10347 10348 10351 10352 10355 10356 10359 10360 10363 10364 10536 10537

Convector heater with temperature controller (non-ex, picture similar)

2 kW

10271

3 kW

10272

Oval lamp 60 W in explosion prevention model, incl. switch (non-ex)

8227

Sconce, about 100 W (non-ex) incl. switch

10832

Long field lamp 2 x 58 W in explosion prevention model

8228

Fuse box IP 54 (imperatively necessary in case of electrical equipment)

8230

On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer.

Safety storage container with sliding door and natural ventilation External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Door position on wall side

Base surface / m²

Collection volume l

galvanised Order no.

galvanised and painted Order no.

Type SRC 3.1N ST

298.5 x 237 x 234

298.5

7.0

1000

10365

10366

Type SRC 3.2N ST

473 x 298.5 x 234

298.5

14.0

2 x 1000

10367

10368

Delivery with HGV-mounted crane (not discountable)

8239

Set of 4 crane eyelets for up to 1 t total load for safety storage container SRC 1.1, SCR 2.1 and SRC 3.1

10070

Set of 4 crane eyelets with bars for up to 3 t total load for safety storage container SRC 3.1, SCR 4.1, SRC 5.1 and SRC 6.1

10071

Designation

Type SRC 3.3N ST

707 x 298.5 x 234

298.5

21.0

3 x 1000

10369

10370

Type SRC 4.1N ST

402 x 237 x 234

402

9.5

1000

10371

10372

Type SRC 5.1N ST

505.5 x 237 x 234

505.5

11.9

1000

10373

10374

Type SRC 6.1N ST

609 x 237 x 240

609

14,3

1000

10538

10539

On delivery: Unloading of the goods by the customer. Technical specifications subject to change.

160

* not suitable for models with sliding doors

Technical specifications subject to change.

161

Storage and operation of lithium batteries

F-SAFE safety cabinets and fire protection containers

EN

Grafik Fire

Safety cabinets FWF30 and FWF90 F-SAFE

Example: Use of lithium batteries: e-bike...

Lithium batteries are becoming increasingly important in our everyday lives. These powerful batteries can be found more and more not only in small mobile devices or bicycles (e-bikes) but also on a corresponding scale in industrial devices, vehicles and machines. However, despite their high power, lithium batteries are not without their dangers. That’s because if these batteries are damaged or handled incorrectly, they can quickly have dramatic consequences, usually in the form of a fire. Lithium batteries are therefore also a challenge in terms of fire safety as the batteries burn very strongly and a fire spreads very quickly. The most typical problem is the battery catching fire after a technical fault or mechanical damage (impact, fall). An incorrect charging method can also lead to damage and cause the battery to catch fire. As the batteries are not under constant surveillance, a fire can very quickly spread unnoticed. A damaged lithium battery can also lead to the escape of toxic gases, which then pose a real danger, in addition to an explosively erupting jet of flame. For this reason, maximum security must be ensured when storing lithium batteries. A total discharge (deep discharge) of a lithium battery can also lead to internal damage due to a short circuit and consequently trigger a fire. That’s why the batteries should be stored with a 40% charge.

... mobile filling stations

The temperature is also an important factor when storing lithium batteries because it affects the charge state of the batteries. It is officially recommended that lithium batteries be stored at room temperature in order to avoid a total discharge and thus to avoid damage to the battery. Overheating, e.g. by direct sunlight, should also be avoided. Lithium is a chemical element that reacts when it comes into direct contact with water. Damaged lithium batteries can ignite when they come into contact with water. That is why water is not a suitable extinguishing medium for a fire involving lithium batteries. Water can be used to cool and extinguish any surrounding areas that are on fire. Summary of the possible causes of fire: • Mechanical damage • Incorrect charging method • Total discharge (deep discharge) • Overheating through high ambient temperature There are currently no provisions in public law for the storage and provision of lithium batteries. Nevertheless, several things need to be noted when storing and using lithium batteries with regard to insurance guidelines and statutory requirements concerning the storage of hazardous substances.

... or tool batteries

Safety rules: • Protection of the battery poles against short circuit • Protection against mechanical damage • Immediate professional disposal of damaged products, even with the slightest signs of damage • Do not expose to direct and permanently high temperatures • Separate storage • For storage within buildings, keep a distance of 2.5 m from other facilities or store in separate fire safety areas (e.g. fire safety containers, safety cabinets) • Training employees how to handle lithium batteries correctly • Providing suitable fire extinguishers We recommend the following for the safe storage and correct handling of lithium batteries: • F90 fire protection container / F90 room / F90 safety cabinet • Collection tray as specified by the German Water Management Act • Technical ventilation • Equipotential bonding • Pressure relief area • Fire alarm • Gas warning system • Air conditioning

because they are made from a nonflammable full material (A2). This means there is no fire load inside the cabinet due to the material used. The fire prevention function also works in the event of a fire inside the cabinet. Equipped with a cable grommet (optional accessory, see page 165) batteries can also be safely charge Type 12/20 with inside the cabinet. 3 tray bottoms and 1 floor tray 44 l

F90 F-SAFE fire prevention container With compact dimensions, the BLS cell offers 90 minutes of fire protection from inside and outside. For the optimal and prescribed storage of lithium-ion batteries. Tip: As a separate fire-safe storage room directly in the production area or for setup outdoors.

Approval NATIONAL TECHNICAL APPROVAL DIBt Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik, Berlin

Approval no. Z-38.5-289

BLS Z fire prevention container cell with optional air conditioning

Accessible F90 F-SAFE fire prevention container F90 fire prevention container with DIBt approval system: F90 fire prevention container in steel Basics • fire chamber tested to European standards • approved by the German Institute for Structural Engineering (DIBt) • tested by a German accredited institute • fire resistance class F90, over 90 minutes from inside and outside Advantages • available in various sizes • biggest product portfolio in the area of fire prevention containers • practical solutions for the storage of difference sizes of battery • standardised systems and special solutions are possible

Technical specifications subject to change.

162

Cabinets for the proper storage of hazardous substances in work areas, in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1 and TRGS 510 (Annex 3). The F-SAFE safety cabinets are design approved in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1 and correspond to DIN EN 14727 (Laboratory Furniture Directive). The cabinets are resistant to fire for 30 or 90 minutes. The FWF90 cabinets are especially suitable for the storage of lithium batteries

• location-independent for indoor and outdoor setup • delivered ready to use • extensive equipment variants

Approval NATIONAL TECHNICAL APPROVAL DIBt Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik, Berlin

Approval no. Z-38.5-289

Fig. similar: BLS DIBt (BLS 2960 DIBt)

Technical specifications subject to change.

163

Secure cabinets FWF 30 and FWF 90 F-SAFE

Secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE

[ PG9 ]

[ PG9 ] Cabinets for proper storage of hazardous substances in work areas, in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1 and TRGS 510 (Annex 3) *. The secure cabinets F-SAFE are design approved in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1 and correspond to DIN EN 14727 (Laboratory Furniture Directive).

The cabinets are resistant to fire for 30 or 90 minutes.* The outer body consists of a non-combustible material. The surface coating is highly resistant to chemicals. Body colour light grey, similar to RAL 7035. Door colour zinc yellow, similar to RAL 1018.

Secure cabinets FWF 30

arrest system (thermally triggered) • Earthing to avoid the danger of ignition due to electrostatic charge • height-adjustable feet, can be aligned from inside • with removable base trim so it can be driven under • 3 height-adjustable, steel plate tray bottoms, powder-finished in RAL 7035,

load bearing capacity 75 kg • one steel plate bottom tray, powderfinished in RAL 7035 with a perforated plate insert • easy to operate fully-extending drawers for the storage of small containers, load bearing capacity 65 kg

Secure cabinets FWF 30 Designation / Type

Secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE Version secure cabinet FWF 90 F-SAFE: • with sign GS and CE • 90 minute fire-resistance • single-layer doors and walls in homogenous full material • in case of fire, self-closing ventilation openings on the top of the cabinet, DN 100 mm • hydraulic door closer with integrated arrest system (thermally triggered) • double-leaf cabinets with free-running doors, thermally induced seal in case of fire • Earthing to avoid the danger of ignition due to electrostatic charge

• height-adjustable feet, can be aligned from inside • with removable base trim so it can be driven under • 3 height-adjustable, steel plate tray bottoms, powder-finished in RAL 7035, load bearing capacity 75 kg • one steel plate bottom tray, powderfinished in RAL 7035 with a perforated plate insert • easy to operate fully-extending drawers for the storage of small containers, load bearing capacity 65 kg • suitable für storage of lithium batteries, cable grommet for charger available as accessory

Type 6/20

Type 6/20 with 4 full drawers

NEW

q

Accessory cable grommet

Type 12/20 with 3 tray bottoms and 1 floor tray 44 l

Type 12/20

Version secure cabinet FWF 30: • with sign GS and CE • 30 minute fire-resistance • single-layer doors and walls in homogenous full material • in case of fire, self-closing ventilation openings on the top of the cabinet, DN 100 mm • hydraulic door closer with integrated

* In accordance with TRGS 510 (Annex 3), the fire resistance may be less than 90 minutes, but must be at least 30 minutes, if 1. only one cabinet is installed per separate building unit/fire(-fighting) compartment; if the area of the separate building unit/fire (-fighting) compartment is greater than 100 m², one cabinet may be installed every 100 m² or 2. only one of the separate building unit/fire (-fighting) compartment is protected by an automatic fire detection system and plant fire brigade with a response time of at most 5 minutes from the alarm being raised, or an automatic extinguishing system is in place.

External dimensions cm (l x d x h) 59.5 x 59.5 x 196

Internal dimensions cm (l x d x h) 47.5 x 51.5 x 160

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

147

8057

a 6/20 – FWF 30

3 tray bottoms, 1 bottom tray

b 6/20 – FWF 30

4 full drawers

59.5 x 59.5 x 196

47.5 x 51.5 x 160

206

10622

c 6/20 – FWF 30

5 full drawers

59.5 x 59.5 x 196

47.5 x 51.5 x 160

220

10623

d 6/20 – FWF 30

6 full drawers

59.5 x 59.5 x 196

47.5 x 51.5 x 160

235

10624

e 12/20 – FWF 30 3 tray bottoms, 1 bottom tray

119.5 x 59.5 x 196

107.5 x 51.5 x 160

226

8055

f 12/20 – FWF 30 4 full drawers

119.5 x 59.5 x 196

107.5 x 51.5 x 160

291

10625

g 12/20 – FWF 30 5 full drawers

119.5 x 59.5 x 196

107.5 x 51.5 x 160

308

10626

h 12/20 – FWF 30 6 full drawers

119.5 x 59.5 x 196

107.5 x 51.5 x 160

324

10627

Type 6/20 with 3 tray bottoms and 1 bottom tray 20 l

Type 12/20 with 3 tray bottoms and 1 bottom tray 44 l

Type 12/20 with 4 full drawers

Secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE Designation / Type

External dimensions cm (l x d x h) 60 x 59.5 x 196

Internal dimensions cm (l x d x h) 51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

i 6/20 – FWF 90

3 tray bottoms, 1 bottom tray

340

8701

j 6/20 – FWF 90

4 full drawers

60 x 59.5 x 196

51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

394

10628

k 6/20 – FWF 90

5 full drawers

60 x 59.5 x 196

51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

408

10629

l 6/20 – FWF 90

6 full drawers

10630

60 x 59.5 x 196

51.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

422

m 12/20 – FWF 90 3 tray bottoms, 1 bottom tray

120 x 59.5 x 196

111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

600

8700

n 12/20 – FWF 90 4 full drawers

120 x 59.5 x 196

111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

673

10631

o 12/20 – FWF 90 5 full drawers

120 x 59.5 x 196

111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

691

10632

p 12/20 – FWF 90 6 full drawers

120 x 59.5 x 196

111.6 x 48.3 x 160.3

710

10633

i

j

k

l

m

n

o

p

Accessory a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

Technical specifications subject to change.

164

Designation q Cable grommet for secure cabinets FWF 90 F-SAFE

Order no. 10848

Technical specifications subject to change.

165

Drum cabinet F90 F-SAFE

F90 walk-in fireproof storage F-SAFE

[PG 9]

For storage of flammable liquids in work areas • for the safe workplace storage of flammable liquids (R10 - R12) in compliance with TRGS 510 (Annex 3). • CE conformity marks • 90 minute fire-resistance • made from non-combustible material (A2), with surface coating • highly chemical-resistant surface • grey body similar to RAL 7035 light grey micro pearl, with contrasting edges • Automatically lockable door • door closing system - locks automatically in the event of fire • ventilation and extraction on cabinet roof • heat-triggered ventilation and extraction • additional shelf, dimensions: 144 x 49 x 2.5 cm, load bearing capacity: 75 kg • with 220 l collection tray • with ground clearance for forklift access

The standardized BLS fireproof storage units were developed with the expertise gained in hundreds of hazardous material storage facilities built to individual customer specifications. The BLS storage units are fireproof inside and outside for up to 90 minutes as required by DIN 4102. They have inte­ grated sumps and are suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.

Floor tray with galvanised steel grating,collection volume: 220 l

External dimensions cm (l x d x h) 150 x 100 x 265

Internal dimensions cm (l x d x h) 145 x 88 x 210

Weight approx. kg 850

Exhaust air fan with airflow monitoring Emerging vapours and gases must be extracted directly on location. The ventilation systems ensure the ventilation of secure cabinets, tank cabinets and transfer-filling cabinets. The ventilation system must be connected to an existing air-extraction line. In working rooms, no explosion-hazard area is defined around technically ventilated secure cabinets, insofar as no other sources in the room cause an explosionhazard area (TRbF 20 Annex L Para.) 4.1) • Sheet-steel housing, powder-coated, light-grey RAL7035 • Includes cabinet connection adapter

Order no. 10099

[PG 9]

NATIONAL TECHNICAL APPROVAL

Grafik Fire

Approval no. Z-38.5-289

• ATEX-compliant for extraction from explosion-protection zone 2 • Sound pressure level Lp2A: 35 dB(A) • Flow rate: 50 - 200m³/h • Overall pressure: 250 - 50 Pa • Floating output via DIN socket • Voltage: 230 V • Current consumption: max. 0.45 A • Frequency: 50 Hz • Protection class CE II 3 G T4 • External dimensions (WxDxH): 250 x 425 x 255 mm • Connecting fitting ND 75mm

Designation Exhaust air fan for safety cabinet Type FWF 30 Exhaust air fan for safety cabinet Type FWF 90 Exhaust air fan for fire safety drum cabinet Type FSF90 passive

EN

Approval

DIBt Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik, Berlin

BLS interior view with optional small parts rack BLS 2460 with 1-leaf door on the narrow side

BLS 24 walk-in, F90

Ventilation system External dimension cm (l x w x h) 25 x 42.5 x 25.5 25 x 42.5 x 25.5 25 x 42.5 x 25.5

Order no. 10184 8739 10185

Recirculation fan with active carbon filter on request Technical specifications subject to change.

166

• load-bearing surface with removable, galvanised steel gratings, 1000 kg/m² • automatically closing doors with anti-panic function • door optionally in the narrow or long side, single- or double-leaf • low threshold, 160 mm • corrosion protection via 2C paint in RAL 9002 grey-white

BLS 2460 with 2-leaf door on the long side with optional access ramp*

Drum cabinet FSF90 Designation Drum cabinet FSF90 passive

Each BLS storage unit is a separate fire compartment. • F90 fire protection inside and outside • delivered ready for use • stable, welded design • thermally insulated with a high thermal insulation value • with integrated sump made of galvanised sheet steel

Designation / Type BLS 2420 DIBt BLS 2430 DIBt BLS 2440 DIBt BLS 2450 DIBt BLS 2460 DIBt BLS 2470 DIBt BLS 2480 DIBt

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 215 x 241.2 x 253 315 x 241.2 x 253 415 x 241.2 x 253 515 x 241.2 x 253 615 x 241.2 x 253 715 x 241.2 x 253 815 x 241.2 x 253

* picture similar

Internal dimensions cm (l x w x h) 179 x 220 x 210 279 x 220 x 210 379 x 220 x 210 479 x 220 x 210 579 x 220 x 210 679 x 220 x 210 779 x 220 x 210

Collection volume l 500 780 1060 1340 1620 1880 2100

Storage capacity m² 3.5 5.5 7.6 9.7 11.8 13.9 15.9

Weight to 2.0 2.1 2.4 2.9 3.2 4.1 4.7

Order no. 247000 247002 247004 247006 247008 247010 247012

Ex works – Please ask for freight rates!

Other sizes, equipment versions and accessories such as technical ventilation, door retainer system with fire detection, heating, air-conditioning, stainless steel collection tray, access ramp, lighting, small parts racks, lightning protection, fire alarm system, fire extinguishing system, etc. upon request. Technical specifications subject to change.

167

Mobile oil suction units Pneumatic oil suction unit Compressed-air operated mobile oil extractor Ideal for quick oil changes on larger vehicles such as lorries, tractors, and cars, etc. A vacuum is generated in the tank with the aid of compressed air. The oil can then be decentrally extracted from the engines using the extraction probes, independently of a compressed-air connection. Ideal oil temperature 70 - 80 °C. Tank is drained by compressed air.

Mobile suction unit for fuels [ PG4 ]

[PG4]

Technical data 8726 and 10145: • mobile 65 l resp. 90 l container with level indicator, vacuum indicator and 1-bar relief valve • compressed-air connection ¼" • removable tool tray • extraction hose 2 m with probe adapter • 7 different flexible and rigid probes; direct adapters for Mercedes, VW, BMW and Citroen • drain hose 2 m • max. extraction volume 52 l resp. 75 l • maximum hopper height 188 cm (model 10145)

Technical data 10690 and 10691: • mobile 80 l container with level indicator, vacuum indicator and relief valve • compressed-air connection ¼" • extraction hose 1.5 m with probe adapter • 5 different flexible and rigid probes from 5 mm up to 8 mm • drain hose

Extraction and refuelling trolley for fuels, 2-stroke mixture and diesel Used in the event of incorrect fuelling, accidents, vehicle returns, etc. • with flame arrester in base • 2 m extraction hose DN 10 and 3.2 m delivery hose • operated with 12 VDC electric pump • 4.1 m connection cable with battery pole terminals and earthing terminal

• automatic metering pistol on discharge side, lead-free delivery spout • switch between extraction and refuelling via ball valves • flexible sensor dia. 8 mm/1.500 mm • flexible sensor dia. 12 mm/700 mm • adapter for dia. 6 mm hose • adapter for dia. 10 mm hose • holder for sensors and adapter (not mounted on trolley)

Electric extraction and refuelling trolley Designation Electric extraction and refuelling trolley 95 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

100 x 56 x 48

23

10762

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

50 x 50 x 100

19.5

10090

Ø 35.5 x 65.5

4.8

5402

Pneumatic oil suction unit 80 l

Oil suction unit 90 l with heightadjustable eccentric collection hopper

Oil suction unit 65 l

Pneumatic oil suction unit 80 l, with collection hopper

Pneumatic oil suction units Designation Pneumatic oil suction unit, 65 l Pneumatic oil suction unit, 90 l, with collection hopper Pneumatic oil suction unit, 80 l Pneumatic oil suction unit, 80 l, with collection hopper

Electric oil suction unit The mobile oil suction unit meets the growing requirement for sucking waste oil directly out of a car engine via the oil dipstick seating. An integral 12 l reservoir container can hold the removed waste oil directly. The oil suction unit has a special self-priming centrifugal pump which can produce very high vacuum pressures. Technical data Mobile frame complete with: • self-priming centrifugal pump, 230 V, delivery rate 2 to 10 l/min

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 60 x 42 x 86 62 x 42 x 138 44 x 49 x 77 58 x 49 x 173

Weight approx. kg 26.9 38.2 24.5 27.5

Order no. 8726 10145 10690 10691

• vacuum gauge for checking the pump's operation and for successful emptying • suction hose with fast connection for the probes • 4 different suction probes (semi-rigid probe dia. 6 x 800 mm, semi-rigid probe dia. 8 x 800 mm, rigid probe dia. 8 x 650 mm, rigid probe dia. 9 x 650 mm) • removable probe holder with liquid-tight base for collection of any oil drops • removable transparent collection container 12 l • suitable for oils up to SAE 140

Mobile suction unit for fuels, 2 stroke mix, diesel and oil Unit suitable for vehicle and small tank extraction. Suitable for use in potentially explosive atmospheres. Compliant with the Occupational Safety Directive and the 1999/92/EG (ATEX 137) guide­ lines on workplace health and safety protection. • satisfies the Explosion Protection Directive ATEX 94/9 • 2 m extraction hose and 2 m drain hose • operation with compressed air, including pressure reducer and maintenance unit • bearing surface of the transport trolley suitable for existing canisters or tanks up to 60 kg • earth cable, 3 m with clip • with suction lances Ø 8 mm and Ø 12 mm • with adaptors for Ø 6 / 8 / 10 mm hoses

Mobile suction unit and accessories Designation Mobile suction unit for fuels, 2 stroke mix, diesel and oil Tight-head drum 60 l

Used oil collector

[PG4] Mobile used oil collector 80 l

Used oil collector Designation

Electric oil suction unit Designation Electric oil suction unit, 12 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 32 x 32 x 90

Weight approx. kg 19.5

Order no. 8253

Technical specifications subject to change.

168

Mobile used oil collector, 80 l, with collection hopper and fill level display. Emptied using compressed air. Safety valve.

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

44 x 49 x 173

25

10692

Technical specifications subject to change.

169

Collecting and transport container for hazardous materials (HazMat) [PG 4]

Mobile box

Mobile hazardous substance collector GS-MOBILE for flammable liquids with general construction inspection approval no. D/BAM 6744/31A (400 l, 600 l) and D/BAM 6743/31A (980 l) indefinite approval period The collection, storage and transport container for flammable liquids without a sump pallet (e.g. waste oil of unknown origin, solvents, thinners and many more, previously classed as AI, AII, AIII and B). The integrated forklift pallet enables easy and safe transport. An integrated funnel

Mobile box The stable design enables clean and safe storage of hazardous solid goods belonging to packing groups II or III and is also approved for transport according to ADR, RID and IMDG codes. The container (blue), with a capacity of 170 l or 250 l, and lid (coloured) are easy to handle, even when the container is full. The specially shaped lid enables storage in 2-layers. Up to 8 boxes can be safely stacked on a Euro pallet. The beading in the container wall enables emptying with a rotary forklift.

Ventilation pipe 2" can be removed for transport

with a dirt sieve and a fixed installed suction pipe with tanker coupling simplify filling and emptying. Can be used by anybody. Design: explosion shock-proof

400 l

Filling funnel dia. 300 mm

hazardous materials approved

[PG 9]

The mobile box is particularly suitable for the following applications: • collection container for waste and materials such as oil binding agents, paint residues, etc. • collection and transport container for recycling, cleaning cloths, etc. • collection container for flammable and polluting substances up to 8 containers on a Euro pallet, two layer stackable

GS-MOBILE for A I to A III and B Capacity, l

as described above

980 l

Dimensions, cm (l x w x h) with ventilation pipe 2" 96 x 96 x 310

Weight approx. kg 196

Order no.

400

Dimensions, cm (l x w x h) without ventilation pipe 96 x 96 x 114

600

96 x 96 x 141

96 x 96 x 300

250

7714

980

121 x 121 x 141

121 x 121 x 300

310

7715

7713

A I collection container [PG 9]

lid with PU seal, fire-classified, light and air-tight for moisture-sensitive material, red lid version

A collection and storage container for inflammable liquids (e.g. waste oil of unknown origin, solvents, thinners, etc., previously classed as AI, AII, AIII and B). The integrated forklift pallet enables easy and safe transport. An integrated funnel with a dirt sieve and a fixed installed suction pipe with tanker coupling simplify filling and emptying.

integrated filling funnel with protective strainer and permanently installed suction tube

hot-dip galvanised, double- walled steel container

200

Accessory Designation Padlock, galvanised

Diameter cm 70

Height in cm with open closed lid 169 108

Weight approx. kg 56

Order no. 6409* * Whilst stocks last.

Order no. 1490 Technical specifications subject to change.

170

Designation

Weight approx. kg

60 x 40 x 88 60 x 60 x 89

12 15

Mobile box 170 l Mobile box 250 l

%

170 l

250 l

blue lid version

Dimensions per packing unit cm (l x w x h)

Graduated price

A I collection container Capacity, l

green lid version

Mobile box

lockable mechanism with metal bracket and locking spring

Order no. / lid green 7719 8318

red 7718 7805

blue 7720 7806

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

quantity

quantity

Designation / Type Mobile box 170 l, red Mobile box 170 l, green Mobile box 170 l, blue

Order no. 7718 7719 7720

quantity 2 2 2

4 4 4

8 8 8

Mobile box 250 l, red Mobile box 250 l, green Mobile box 250 l, blue

7805 8318 7806

2 2 2

4 4 4

8 8 8

Technical specifications subject to change.

171

HazMat collection stations

PE Drum depot

[PG 9]

Hazardous substance collection stations from glass fibre reinforced plastic (GRP) offer central, safe storage for different containers and liquids. The GRP sump pallet with splash protection wall is suitable to store liquids of all the waterpolluting classes. The wide opening, l ockable lid with pneumatic springs enables easy loading/ unloading and allows outdoor use – station has galvanised floor frame with grating.

[PG 9]

PE Drum depot with general construction inspection approval no. Z-40.22-380 • approved for the storage of water-polluting and aggressive liquids • safe storage of 200 l drums indoors or outdoors • collection tray, perforated plate and hood in polyethylene (PE) • collection tray can be driven under on both sides • hood with four cut-outs for ground anchoring • two smooth-running, rugged, yet flexible PE blinds for access from both sides (opened either at the front or rear) • 2 storage compartments on the inside side walls • lockable (padlock not included in the scope of delivery) • high chemical resistance to aggressive media

Hazardous substance collection station with grated floor with general technical approval no. Z-40.12-228 granted by DIBt-Berlin

Type PE 250-4-GH with hood for storing up to four 200 l drums

Accessory: access ramp for PE drum depot 250-4-GH

PE Drum depot Designation

Collection volume l

Capacity

224 242

2 drums at 200l 4 drums at 200l

PE Drum depot 250-2-GH PE Drum depot 250-4-GH

Designation Access ramp for PE drum depot 250-2-GH Access ramp for PE drum depot 250-4-GH

Carrying capacity kg

Weight approx. kg 54 27

Order no.

8933 8934

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 250 x 75 x 45 175 x 75 x 30

500 500

10518 10519

Surface area cm (l x w)

Height cm

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

150 x 85

211

85

3412

150 x 85

138

60

5229

Hazardous substance station from sheet steel with design approval The hazardous substance collection station is approved for storage of all water­ polluting as well as flammable substances (previously classed as AI, AII, AIII and B). The robust, lockable construction and the variable internal equipment provides a universal solution. 100 mm ground clearance for safe transport.

Accessories for GRP hazardous substance collection station Designation

Hazardous substance station for outdoor installation

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

Discharge ball valve 1/2", nickel plated brass, angled 90° [PG 1]

1

3775

Discharge ball valve 3/4", nickel plated brass, angled 90° [PG 1]

1

3776

Retrofitting parts for hazardous substance collection stations: Hood, lockable, complete with fittings, suitable for order no. 3340 and 5229

3341

Exchangeable lock with individual lock

6655

Exchangeable lock with simultaneously locking lock

5643 Technical specifications subject to change.

172

Order no.

gas pressure springs for easy opening

GRP hazardous substance collection station Designation Collection station with gratetd floor for outdoor installation (with hood), with 200 l containment space Collection station with gratetd floor for indoor installation (without hood), with 200 l containment space

Weight approx. kg 111 157

Accessories for PE Drum depot

Hazardous substance collection station with roller floor for outdoor installation. Barrel stand as accessory (see page 143)

Hazardous substance collection station with grated floor for indoor installation without any hood. Barrel stand as accessory (see page 143)

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 156.5 x 99.5 x 211 156.5 x 162 x 211

Sheet steel hazardous substance station Designation EW2-GH/VbF painted, with 225 l containment volume for storing a maximum 2 x 225 l barrels

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Internal dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Loading kg

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

142 x 89 x 151

138 x 85 x 107

1000

212

7597

Technical specifications subject to change.

173

Funnels / collection trays [PG 9]

Collection containers

GRP funnel • with and without lid • for placing on tanks • safe seating • no risk of spillage

Battery disposal box optimal storage and transport system • high density PE plastic (HDPE) • mostly acid-proof • can be loaded up to 1 t, stacked up to 3 t • can be loaded up to 600 kg as individual box, up to 450 kg per box when stacked • up to 6 boxes can be stacked • for transporting old batteries (Rh 2807) in accordance with ADR 4.1.4.1 P801a • stackable and safe for transport • equipped with three runners • labeled with danger warnings

PE collection trays • with swash edge to prevent content spillage • pouring spout for transfilling • robust carrying handles • acid, chemical, oil and petrol resistant • sizes 15 l and 58 l sealable, provided with holder(s) for oil filters • sizes 58 l also mobile (wheels on one side) • sizes 20 l and 55 l with a 4-chamber system for safe transportation and for emptying using the 4 edges with spouts

e

for indoor storage [PG 9]

box 610 l

Battery disposal box

a

Capacity, l 610

External dimension cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

120 x 100 x 76

41

8322

External dimension cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

121.5 x 101.5 x 6

7

8086

Accessory for battery disposal box GRP funnel for drum use 60 l and 200 l

a

Capacity, l Lid for box 610 PE collection tray 20 l with GRP funnel without lid

d

f

Collection containers

for outdoor storage

[PG 9]

c

PE collection tray 18 l

b

GRP funnel with hinged lid

Vehicle battery disposal container • stable GRP model enables clean and safe storage for old vehicle batteries • approved for transport in accordance with ADR 4.1.4.1 P801a • two ventilation openings and a galvanised steel base frame for stable positioning • all fittings are stainless steel • inserted wooden grate forms a plain base surface • to prevent unauthorised access, the lid can be locked • labeled with danger warnings

PE collection tray 15 l, sealable

e

g

PE collection tray 20 l and 55 l

PE collection tray 58 l, sealable

GRP funnel and PE collection trays Designation a GRP funnel without lid for 200 l drum b GRP funnel with hinged lid for 200 l drum c GRP funnel without hinged lid for 60 l drum d PE collection tray 18 l e PE collection tray 20 l PE collection tray 55 l f PE collection tray sealable 15 l g PE collection tray sealable 58 l

Volume l 18,9 20 55 15.1 58

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type PE collection tray 18 l PE collection tray sealable 15 l

External dimension cm (l x w x h) Height 15, ø 56 Height 18, ø 56 Height 16, ø 39 61 x 46 x 16 69 x 44 x 10.5 101 x 73 x 12.5 51 x 44 x 15.5 92 x 60 x 25

Weight approx. kg 3 5 2.5 0.6 1.3 2.8 1.2 7.6

Order no. 3342 5348 5493 10841 6892 6891 10842 7908

Order no.

discount 3 % quantity

discount 5 % quantity

discount 8 % quantity

10841

4

8

12 12

10842

4

8

Technical specifications subject to change.

174

Outdo o Indoo r r

Vehicle battery disposal container Capacity, l

External dimension cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

89 x 59 x 81

23

3396

400

120 x 80 x 81

37

3397

700

134 x 99 x 110

50

3983

200

Technical specifications subject to change.

175

Cemsorb binders "Universal" and "Oil" [PG 9] Cemsorb binders are high-performance binders to absorb accidentally discharged or spilled hazardous substances without delay or to prevent them from spreading. Advantages: • Cemsorb binders absorb up to 18 times their own weight in fluids • Cemsorb binders are simple and easy to use. Simply place them on the spilled

fluid, and the fluid is quickly absorbed. The area of the accident or the workplace is soon ready to use again • thanks to their high calorific value, they are well suited for thermal utilisation by incineration Cemsorb binder "Universal" grey The Cemsorb binder "Universal" was devel- oped to absorb all types of fluids.

Cemsorb Emergency sets [PG 9]

We do not recommend using it on water surfaces. Please use the Cemsorb binder "Universal" to absorb small quantities of different technical fluids.

a

b

d

Cemsorb binder "Oil" blue Cemsorb binder "Oil" was developed to absorb oil and oil derivatives. Cemsorb oil binder is hydroscopic; it does not absorb water. Cemsorb emergency set

Cemsorb emergency box "Universal"

b c Use of the oil suction carpet from the Cemsorb emergency set Agrar

c

a

Cemsorb cloth roll "Oil"

Cemsorb cloths „Oil”

Multiple Cemsorb cloth rolls "Universal": both sides reinforced, lint-free and perforated

a

d Cemsorb carpet "Oil" Non-slip, dense, reinforced

strengthened surface

c

binding agent with high absorption capacity

Cemsorb emergency trolley

liquid-proof film protects the ground

Cemsorb emergency set Agrar

g

Cemsorb carpet

e

f Cemsorb snake „Oil” Cemsorb carpet Heavy weight Non-slip, dense, reinforced

Cemsorb drum cover "Universal" with reinforced and lint-free surface

Cemsorb binders Designation a Cemsorb cloths Heavy weight Perforated in width direction b Cemsorb cloth roll Heavy weight Transversely perforated c Cemsorb cloth roll Heavy weight Multiply perforated d Cemsorb carpet "Oil" Heavy weight Non-slip, dense, reinforced e Cemsorb carpet Heavy weight Non-slip, dense, reinforced f Cemsorb pillow filled with flakes g Cemsorb drum cover

Weight approx. oil (blue or white) universal (grey) kg / sales unit Order no. Order no.

Absorption in l / sales unit

Dimension cm

Area m²/ sales unit

Sales unit

113

40 x 50

20

100 cloths / carton

6

8793

8794

180

40 x 4000

32

2 rolls / carton

9.6

8795

8796

48

40 x 2500

10

1 roll / dispenser carton

3.5

-

8797

41.3

80 x 120

9.5

10 carpets / carton

4.4

10412

-

1 carpet / carton

103

80 x 3000

24

80

Ø 7.5 x 120

-

31.5

Ø 56

6.15

20 snakes / carton 25 items / plastic bag

10.9

-

8798

8

8799

8800

2.1

-

8803

Technical specifications subject to change.

176

Cemsorb Emergency sets Designation

Capacity

a Cemsorb 1 pair gloves, 2 disposal sacks, 22 Oil suction emergency cloths 30 x 30 cm white, 1 oil suction snake set Agrar white 1.20 m x 7.5 cm, 5 wiping cloths, 2 yellow universal cloths 40 x 50 cm, 1 dense oil suction carpet 60 x 80 cm (brown surface) b Cemsorb 1 pair gloves, 2 disposal sacks, emergency 32 cloths 30 x 30 cm, 1 snake set 1.20 m x 7.5 cm, 5 wiping cloths c Cemsorb 1 sturdy PE box (10133), emergency 100 item cloths Universal (8794), trolley 20 snakes Universal (8800), 1 item emergency set Universal (8805) d Cemsorb 1 sturdy PE box (8615), emergency 100 item cloths Universal (8794), box 20 snakes Universal (8800), 1 item emergency set Universal (8805)

Absorption in l / sales unit.

Dimension cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg / sales unit

20

32 x 32 x 16

2

10413

-

20

32 x 32 x 16

2

8804

8805

197

80 x 60 x 53

32

-

10014

197

120 x 60 x 54

35

-

8543

Oil (blue) Universal (grey) Order no. Order no.

Technical specifications subject to change.

177

Transport and storage containers

Technical specifications subject to change.

178

Technical specifications subject to change.

179

Load securing – Responsibility Experience shows that loads are often insufficiently or incorrectly secured. Securing the load properly makes a significant contribution to safety during transport, because insufficient load-securing measures cause damage to the cargo and may cause damage or injury to uninvolved third parties. It is therefore essential to know the relevant legal conditions and to be aware of the resulting responsibilities. This summary is intended to give an overview with regard to responsibilities in the area of securing loads. Under German law, the loader/sender (e.g. loadmaster of the sender), the haulier and the vehicle operator as well as the vehicle owner are assigned responsibilities in the area of securing loads. With regard to responsibility, a fundamental distinction must be made between civil responsibility and public responsibility.

1. Civil responsibility 1.1. Load made safe for conveyance (loader/sender): The loader/sender must place the goods on the load surface, and has the obligation to secure the goods (by means of lashing straps, chains, chocks or other suitable aids) and to stow (load) them so that the goods are secured against falling over and moving around on the load surface as a result of dynamic influences during transport (e.g. knocks, vibrations, braking manoeuvres) as well as against falling from the vehicle. 1.2. O  perationally secure loading (haulier): The haulier is to provide a suitable vehicle with appropriate devices for securing the load (e.g. lashing points) and to ensure that operational safety is not impeded and that the vehicle is fully functional at all times. Furthermore, the haulier is responsible for adhering to the dimensions, axle loads and total weight as well as the load distribution plan. IMPORTANT: If the haulier transfers the load to another vehicle during transport, the haulier shall be liable for this transfer. In this case, the haulier is liable for any insufficient securing of the load and possible loading errors that arise from the transfer procedure.

2. Public responsibility The provisions of StVZO [German Road Vehicle Registration Regulation] and StVO [German Road Traffic Regulation] are of importance for securing loads that are subject to statutory obligations. Anyone who does not wish to accept public responsibility in road traffic and does not comply with his/her duty to secure the load can be punished with fines or entries in the central register of traffic offenders and in the central commercial register. In case of negligence, or if regulations are intentionally ignored, criminal proceedings can also be initiated. This applies to the load / sender, haulier, vehicle operator and vehicle owner. Statutory regulation of load securing in the public domain: 2.1. Sec. 22 para. 1 StVO: Load The load, including equipment for securing the load and loading devices, are to be stowed and secured so that they are unable to slide, fall over, roll around or fall off, even under full braking or sudden swerving, or produce avoidable noise. The recognised rules of the technology are to be observed. Responsible: Loader/sender and vehicle operator. 2.2. S  ec. 23 para. 1 StVO: Other obligations of the vehicle operator The vehicle operator is responsible for ensuring that his view and hearing are not impeded by the occupants, animals, load, equipment or condition of the vehicle. He/ she must ensure that the vehicle, the tractor, the tractor-trailer combination and the load and the occupants are in compliance with regulations and that the road traffic safety of the vehicle is not impeded by the load or the occupants. He/she must also ensure that the prescribed labelling is always fully legible. Prescribed lighting equipment must be available on motor vehicles and their trailers as well as on bicycles, even during the day, and operationally ready, but otherwise only if it is anticipated that the vehicle is still in traffic when lighting is required (Sec. 17 para. 1). 2.3. S  ec. 30 para. 1 StVZO: Condition of the vehicles Vehicles must be manufactured and equipped so that a) their usual operation in traffic does not harm anyone or endanger, obstruct or impede anyone more than unavoidable.

Load securing – Importance for CEMO products b) the occupants, especially during accidents, are as well protected as possible against injury and that the extent and consequences of injuries are kept to a minimum. 2.4. S  ec. 31 para. 2 StVZO: Responsibility for operation of the vehicles The vehicle owner is not to arrange or permit operation of the vehicle if he is or is required to be aware that the vehicle operator is not suitable to operate the vehicle independently or that the vehicle, the tractor, the tractor-trailer combination, the load or the occupants are not in accordance with regulations or that the road traffic safety of the vehicle is impeded by the load or the occupants.

3. Summary The securing of loads is prescribed by Sec. 22 para. 1 StVO. A person who secures the load as a result of this is defined under civil law (see 1. Civil responsibility). Responsibility for securing the load is transferred to the vehicle operator by Sec. 23 para. 1 StVO. Pursuant to Sec. 30 para. 1 StVZO, the vehicle owner is to use a suitably equipped vehicle and to ensure (see 2.4. Principle Sec. § 31 para. 2 StVZO) that this equipment is sufficient for performing the transport in question. The acknowledged rules of the technology (Sec. 22 para. 1 StVO; e.g. VDI guidelines 2700 and DIN EN standards) are to be observed when securing loads. The actual measures for securing the load must be carried out on the basis of these rules. Anyone wishing to delegate public responsibility for securing the load through agreements or instructions (e.g.: to the haulier) must observe the following: - An explicit instruction / order must be available - The instructed individual must be professionally suitable and technically able - to perform random inspections in order to check the transferred obligations for proper execution. The inspections are to be documented. If safety defects are found, measures are to be taken to eliminate these.

Technical specifications subject to change.

180

Load securing – Importance for CEMO products The fundamental health and safety requirements for CEMO products put into circulation or transport are complied with. Attention is paid during design and subsequent production to ensuring that the products are equipped with suitable devices for load securing (e.g. transport packaging, lashing points, sufficiently dimensioned contact areas etc.). In this way, risks caused by falling or ejected objects, risks from surfaces, sharp corners and edges as well as risks from loss of stability (e.g. from small contact areas) are avoided. In this way, as long as the statutory conditions for securing loads are complied with, an uncontrolled change of position during transport and other general safety risks with regard to the conveyance are precluded.

1. Load securing for CEMO drums

For the purpose of supplementing the fixing methods in 1.1 and 1.3, the CEMO drum is to be additionally tied down with 2 lashing straps and fixed to the lashing points of the vehicle’s load surface on both sides. In principle, the number of lashing straps is based on the weight of the load and the measures used according to 1.1 and 1.3. 1.3. H  older for tension chain (positive fit through direct lashing) CEMO support rails are equipped as standard, or can be retrofitted, with holders for tension chains with a max. tensile force of 2000 daN. When using tension chains, the number of lashing straps can be reduced (see 1.2). 1.4. Locating surfaces (positive fit) If possible, locating surfaces are also to be used for securing loads. The forward load space limit (front wall) can be used in addition to installed blocking devices, taking into consideration their strength and the vehicle-specific load distribution plan.

1.5 V  DI (Association of German Engineers) guidelines The following guidelines for securing loads are to be observed: - VDI 2700 Securing loads on road vehicles - VDI 2700a Evidence of qualification to secure loads - VDI 2700 Sheet 1 Training and raining contents - VDI 2700 Sheet 2 Lashing forces - VDI 2700 Sheet 3.1 Instructions for using lashing equipment - VDI 2700 Sheet 3.2 Equipment and aids for securing loads - VDI 2700 Sheet 4 Load distribution plan Guideline VDI 2700 Securing loads on road vehicles is the standard work that presents the principles and proven methods for securing loads.

1.1. Anti-slip mat (frictional connection) Anti-slip mats are virtually standard these days as a means of securing loads. The frictional forces prevent the load from slipping and support all load securing measures. The coefficient of sliding friction µ is always less than 1. Example: The coefficient of sliding friction between metal and wet wood is generally about 0.2-0.25 µ. When using an anti-slip mat, the coefficient of friction increases to 0.6 µ. This corresponds to a load securing of 60% through friction alone! The consequence of this is that it may be possible to reduce the number of lashing straps. We recommend placing anti-slip mats under the support runners on each side when loading CEMO drums, in order to increase the friction coefficient. If several mats are used, they are to be arranged so that no parts of the support runners remain in contact with the vehicle load surface. 1.2. L  ashing straps (positive fit through lashing down) Lashing straps, ropes and chains must be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and discarded as necessary. In the case of lashing straps, the permissible tensile force of the strap material must not be confused with the pretension force of the ratchet when lashing down. The necessary indications on tensile force, manual force and clamping force can be found on the label of the lashing equipment.

Securing loads with antislip mats and lashing straps (lashing down) using the example of a 2000-litre mobile irrigation system

Technical specifications subject to change.

181

GRP Tanks CEMO tanks are manufactured from GRP (glass fibre reinforced plastic) using stateof-the-art technology. The vacuum injection method used enables rationalised manufacturing of widely varying sizes and tank shapes. The finished products have smooth sur-

faces on both sides and a uniform wall thickness. Both tank halves are joined together, by a smooth, absolutely leakfree laminate seam, into a single tank unit. CEMO tanks thus guarantee an optimum quality standard, for safe use over many years.

Individual attachment and integration components with a wide range of fittings

To ensure safer transport, CEMO tanks can also be equipped with baffles.

large filling dome for efficient filling and transportation

CEMO standard tanks are available in oval, trunk and box shapes for a very wide range of use. From 200 l - 15500 l.

CEMO pasture water tanks have special light protection to prevent algae growth. They have an opaque colour and are thus particularly UV-resistant .

resistant to chemicals, e.g. ammonia-nitrateurea solution, pesticides Intended specially for use on Unimog vehicles there are oval or trunk-shaped tanks of 1000 - 5000 l, high-speed versions with baffles also available.

smooth inner walls, therefore easy to clean

durable weather and corrosion resistant For municipal use, CEMO offers mobile irrigation systems of 1000 - 6000 l with a variety of attachment parts

translucent tank walls for easy level monitoring up to 70 % lighter than steel tanks GRP is easy to repair

The standard 3-hole flange enables problem-free mounting of a wide variety of fittings

Technical specifications subject to change.

182

Example of use: Sewage disposal from trains belonging to the Deutsche Bahn (German Railways)

Technical specifications subject to change.

183

GRP Tanks, oval

Trunk-shaped tanks

[PG 8]

Oval tanks made from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP • for zero-pressure operation • basic model: filling dome dia. 360 mm with quick closing lid or filling dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid • ventilation valves fitted in the lid • outlet opening with 3-hole flange connection • high-speed model: additional baffles in the top and bottom tank halves

Trunk-shaped tanks • made from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP • outlet opening with 3-hole flange connection • steel support runners Advantages of GRP tanks, trunk-shaped: • optimal utilization of the loading area • more transport volume for permissible total weight compared to steel tanks • remainder discharge

Tank with wooden runners Pasture water tank with 2 drinking bowls

Capacity l Oval tanks

[PG 8]

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) length incl. runners

Dome dia. mm

Weight approx. kg

137 x 92 x 91 165 x 92 x 91 215 x 92 x 91 146 x 122 x 104 146 x 122 x 117 201 x 122 x 104 166 x 150 x 138 190 x 143 x 138 190 x 143 x 138 190 x 143 x 138 266 x 122 x 104 276 x 143 x 138 366 x 143 x 138 366 x 154 x 152 343 x 179 x 170 400 x 179 x 170 430 x 188 x 182 500 x 188 x 182

360 360 360 360 420 360 420 420 420 420 360 420 420 420 420 420 420 420

40 45 56 57 85 82 117 100 99 126 105 130 173 218 280 401 470 538

600 750 1000 long 1000 short 1000 high-speed 1500 1600 high-speed 2000 short 2000 short, with recess 2000 short, high-speed with recess 2000 long 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8500 10000

Order no. / Dome front centre rear* 1001 1002 1003 1004 1073 1009 1076* 1824 1065* 1077 1010 1012* 1059 1060* 1061 1062* 1063 1064* 5101 5102* 1025 1026* 6674 6675* 3083 3120*

Tanks for Unimog, Multicar and Pfau: • filling dome dia. 420 mm and flap lid • compact shape with vaulted ends (top and bottom) • baffles in top and bottom tank halves • ventilation valves fitted onto the lid • Outlet opening with 3-hole flange connection • intersecting baffles

Tank 13500 l

Accessories for oval tanks (with 3-hole flange) see page 186-188

Pasture watering tanks, impermeable to light and coloured grey to prevent algae growth. Capacity l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) length incl. runners 137 x 92 x 91 165 x 92 x 91 215 x 92 x 91 201 x 122 x 104 266 x 122 x 104 276 x 143 x 138 366 x 143 x 138 366 x 154 x 152 343 x 179 x 170 400 x 179 x 170 430 x 188 x 182 500 x 188 x 182

600 750 1000 1500 2000 long 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8500 10000

Dome dia. mm 360 360 360 360 360 420 420 420 420 420 420 420

Weight approx. kg 40 45 56 82 105 130 173 218 280 401 470 538

front 1052 2250 2462 2463 5319 1722 6681 3189

Order no. / Dome centre rear* 1798 1049 1050 1051 1614* 2219* 2218* 1848* 5654* 3179* 6682* 3679*

* Custom version, manufactured to order

Accessories for pasture water tanks Designation Drinking bowl single Mounting flange for 2 drinking bowls

for outlet DN 75 for outlet DN 100

Order no. 1056 10771 5790

Technical specifications subject to change.

184

Trunk-shaped tanks Capacity l 300 400 500 long 500 short 600 700 with pump sump 1000 with pump sump 1800 Flap lid centrally mounted with baffles in upper and lower tank halves 2000 with baffles 3000 Flap lid centrally mounted with intersecting baffles 4000 Flap lid centrally mounted with intersecting baffles 5000 Flap lid displaced to the side, with intersecting baffles 13500 Storage tank without baffles 13500 Transport tank with baffles 15500 Storage and transport tank with baffles*

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) length incl. runners 102 x 62 x 72 133 x 62 x 72 162 x 62 x 72 105 x 95 x 71 131 x 63 x 102 146 x 101 x 80 147 x 101 x 99

Filling hole / Dome Filling hole dia. 190 mm with screw cap Dome dia. 380 mm with screw cap

154 x 148 x 128 194 189 191 231 506 506 506

x x x x x x x

102 186 188 198 220 220 220

x x x x x x x

153 124 153 169 195 195 222

Dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid

Weight approx. kg 24 28 35 41 45 54 58

Order no. 2854 2855 2856 5944 5910 2857 2858

115

7696

135 240 260 320 870 950 1,080

5115 10644 10645 6538 8008 8009 8270

Accessories for trunk-shaped tanks (with 3-hole flange) see page 186-188 Technical specifications subject to change.

185

Oval and trunk-shaped tanks

GRP Tanks, Oval and trunk-shaped

[PG 8]

Accessories for GRP tanks, oval and trunk-shaped and PE tanks, trunk-shaped Designation

Thread

Liquid manure spreader, for tanks without a recess

up to 1500 l

13500 l + 15500 l

Designation PE Tanks 600 l up 2000 l * to 1000 l *

dia. 80 mm

-

1300

-

-

-

-

dia. 100 mm

-

-

1301

-

-

-

Lock plate (blank flange) for 3-hole flange, stainless steel

Stainless steel flange plate with threaded nipple for 3-hole flange

Stainless steel flange plate special for 13500 l and 15500 l

Discharge valve, nickel-plated brass with stainless steel flange

Discharge valve, nickel-plated brass with s/s flange spec. for 13500 + 15500 l

PVC ball valve with stainless steel flange PP ball valve glass fibre reinforced, with stainless steel flange, (shatterproof version, recommended for liquid manure tanks) PVC ball valve with stainless steel flange specially for 13500 l and 15500 l PP ball valve with stainless steel flangespecially for 13500 l and 15500 l

ET = external thread

Accessories for GRP Tanks, oval and trunk-shaped

Order no. GRP Tanks 1600 l up to 10000 l

-

1367

1368

1368

1367

¾" ET 1" ET 1 ¼" ET 1 ½" ET 2" ET 3" ET 4" ET

5954 1384 1386 1388 1389 5614 -

5955 1385 1387 1542 1390 1391 1392

5955 1385 1387 1542 -

5954 1384 1386 1388 1389 -

5955 1385 1387 1542 1390 -

2" ET

-

-

8177

-

-

3" ET

-

-

8178

-

-

¾" IT 1" IT 1 ¼" IT 1 ½" IT 2" IT 3" IT 4" IT

1316 1318 1320 1322 1324 1325 -

1317 1319 1321 1323 1358 1326 6441

-

1316 1318 1320 1322 1324 -

1317 1319 1321 1323 1358 -

2" IT

-

-

8179

-

-

3" IT

-

-

8180

-

-

1" IT 1 ½" IT 2" IT 3" IT

6447 6449 6450 6451

6453 6455 6456 6457

-

6447 6449 6450 -

6453 6455 6456 -

1"IT

6442

6444

-

6442

6444

1 ½" IT

1346

1347

-

1346

1347

2" IT

1348

1349

-

1348

1349

2"IT

-

-

8181

-

-

3"IT

-

-

8182

-

-

2"IT

-

-

8183

-

-

Thread 1" 1 ½" 2"

Order no. 1527 1529 1530

2"

1355

1 ½"

1356

2"

1359

inside diameter 40 mm for male connection:

1 ½"

1357

inside diameter 60 mm for male connection:

2"

1360

for Kamlok coupling, for male connection:

1 ½"

5266

for Kamlok coupling, for male connection:

2"

1361

2"

1340

Double nipple (PVC) with external thread Threaded nipple (PVC) with hose nozzle for hose

dia. 60 mm

Kamlok coupling for valves male connection

1368 Kamlok coupling female connection with hose nozzle for hose

Kamlok sealing cap

Fire hose coupling C, for valves 2" ET

Valve combination with painted flange plate brass ¾" and brass 2" valve with C-coupling

-

1578

1579

-

1578

1579

* Installation kit for flange plate on 2000 l PE tank (additionally required)

-

-

-

-

8445

8445

Plastic hose with helical reinforcement

40 mm I.D.

1363

60 mm I.D.

1364

per m

Hose shut-off valve (plastic) for corrugated hose

60 mm I.D.

2"

1681

Ventilation cap PVC (sealing cap for screw in / screw through nipples)

1811

T-piece (PVC) with internal thread

1547

90° angle, galvanised, IT and ET

2"

1338

90° angle, PVC, IT

2"

1540

Pipe coupling (PVC) loose, with internal thread

2"

1535

¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2"

1752 1753 1754 1755 1756

Pipe coupling (PVC) laminated attachment, with internal thread

IT = inside thread Technical specifications subject to change.

186

[PG 8]

Technical specifications subject to change.

187

Oval and trunk-shaped tanks

PE Tanks

[PG 8]

Accessories for oval and trunk-shaped tanks Designation

Order no. C-filling coupling with free flowing path, complete with slider, including installation onto tank (factory made)

5689

Filling sieve with intermediate ring for dome dia. 420 mm

3080

Filling sieve with intermediate ring for dome dia. 360 mm

8241

Filling sieve for dome dia. 380 mm (suitable for GFK tanks trunk-shaped 700 l and 1000 l without baffles)

8628

neutral grey

1 kg repair pack pre-accelerated resin, hardener, glass fibre, brush

1619

Designation

DIN flange laminated PN 10/16 comprising pipe socket (laminated to the tank) and loose flange made of PVC

raw material PVC GRP GRP GRP GRP GRP GRP GRP GRP GRP GRP

Nominal width

Order no.

20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200

1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 2885 2897 2898

Steel support runners, galvanised for oval tanks, complete short long short long

3000 long 4000 + 5000 6000

Length 1460 2150 2000 1900 2660

Weight approx. kg 28 25 41 40 50

2755

53

3660 3485

64 81

Order no.

Designation PE beverage PE beverage PE beverage PE beverage PE beverage PE beverage

tank tank tank tank tank tank

Capacity l 60 100 150 200 300 500

60 100 150 200 300 500

Dimensions cm (l* x w x h*) 55 x 35 x 57 63 x 42 x 67 73 x 45 x 74 84 x 48 x 81 91 x 59 x 89 106 x 73 x 103

Designation

Graduated price

Weight approx. kg 3.5 5.5 8.5 11 13.5 21

Order no. 8886 8887 8888 8889 8890 8891

%

Designation / Typ PE beverage tank PE beverage tank PE beverage tank PE beverage tank

60 100 150 200

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

quantity

quantity

quantity

3 3 3 3

5 5 5 5

10 10 10 10

Order no. 8886 8887 8888 8889

Accessories and spare parts for PE beverage tanks Designation

Custom equipment for tanks is made to order

Order no. Screw cap, dia. 220 mm with sealing plug

8892

Sealing plug

8893

Outlet tap DN 18

8894

Adapter with 1" external thread

8895

Adapter with 1 ½" external thread

8896

Outlet tap brass, nickel-plated with 1" internal thread

1304

Outlet tap brass, nickel-plated with 1 ½" internal thread

1306

Order no.

Dome dia. 420 mm with screwed on flat lid (fitted ex. works) Baffles for fast vehicles in two tank halves

opposing dome dia. 360 mm surcharge in exchange for dome dia. 360 mm surcharge in exchange for dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid for sizes up to 5000 l (2 off)

surcharge

Dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid (installation factory-made) with 2 ventilation valves

for sizes 6000 - 7000 l (2 off) for sizes 8500 - 10000 l (4 off)

Custom versions Painting tanks in special colours (quote RAL no., colour similar to RAL, only for tanks manufactured in vacuum injection method)

surcharge on request Technical specifications subject to change.

188

PE beverage tanks

* Length with outlet tap, height with lid and sealing plug.

Dimensions mm Section U 100 x 50 x 5 U 70 x 50 x 4 U 100 x 50 x 5 U 100 x 50 x 5 U 100 x 50 x 5 U 100 x 50 x 5 (for order no. 1059, 1060, 2250, 2219) U 100 x 50 x 5 folded profile 3285 mm

surcharge

1000 1000 1500 2000 2000

PE beverage tanks • in food-safe PE • low outlet with tap DN 18 • with screw cap, diameter 220 mm • with 2 handles (for transporting when empty) • the sealing cap can be fitted instead of the outlet tap • optional adapter with 1" external thread or 1 ½" external thread (see accessory)

1617 5978

Polyester adhesive pack (1kg adhesive resin, hardener)

Model for tank size

[PG 8]

Technical specifications subject to change.

189

PE tanks, trunk-shaped • made of high quality, age-resistant and recyclable polyethylene. • manufactured in one piece using centrifugal moulding • space-saving, trunk-shaped design • low centre of gravity • standing surface for the 600 l tank matched to Euro-pallet dimensions • 2,000 l tank can still be fitted transversely on the Unimog flatbed

PE tanks, trunk-shaped

[PG 8]

• 2" internal thread connection with indentation on the end • 2" internal thread connection options on the long sides (only 2000 l tank) • option of installing the proven CEMO 3-hole flange onto the 2000 l tank • 1" internal thread fitting for complete drainage • 380 mm diametre dome with swash baffle and hinged cover

• ventilation valves installed on the hinged cover • handles and lugs for tensioning belts • integral securing flange for direct mounting on the vehicle flatbed

[PG 8]

Accessories for PE tanks, trunk-shaped Designation

Thread

Order no.

2" ET on ¾" ET

8406

2" x 1" ET

8407

2" x 1 ½" ET

8408

PP double male connector

2" ET

8409

PP plug

2" ET

8410

PP adapter set (PP reducing nipple + PP reduction)

PP reducing nipple

Dome with swash baffle and hinged cover

Filling sieve dia. 380 x h 330 mm

Drainage valve (brass, nickel plating) with inside thread on both sides

Mounting flange

Plastic ball valve (PVC) with inside thread

Valve available as an accessory

Plastic ball valve (polypropylene, fibreglass-reinforced) with inside thread

Stainless steel flange plate with threaded nipple (accessory see page 186)

2000 l

8628

¾" 1" 1 ½" 2" 1" 1 ½" 2" 1" 1 ½" 2"

1303 1304 1306 1307 6426 6428 6429 1310 1312 1313

Baffles, fully installed, for fast-moving vehicles

surcharge

for PE tank 600 l, trunk-shaped for PE tank 1000 l, trunk-shaped for PE tank 2000 l, trunk-shaped Additional accessories see page 186.

ET = external thread

IT = inside thread

Accessories for PE pasture watering tank 1" internal thread fitting for complete drainage

Double male connector, accessory

Designation PE pasture watering tank, trunk-shaped, impermeable to light and coloured green to prevent algae growth.

Order no.

Single attached drinking trough *

1056

Attachment flange for 2 drinking troughs *

5790

PE tanks, trunk-shaped, coloured yellow Designation / Capacity l PE tank, yellow, 600 l PE tank, yellow, 1000 l PE tank, yellow, 2000 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 120 x 90 x 90 145 x 114 x 100 190 x 135 x 117

Filling hole / Dome dia. mm dia. 380 with flap lid

Weight approx. kg 35 54 82

Order no. 8273 8274 8275

PE pasture watering tank, trunk-shaped Impermeable to light and coloured green to prevent algae growth Designation / Capacity l PE tank, green, 600 l PE tank, green, 1000 l PE tank, green, 2000 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 120 x 90 x 90 145 x 114 x 100 190 x 135 x 117

Filling hole / Dome dia. mm dia. 380 with flap lid

Weight approx. kg 35 54 82

Order no. 8884 8885 8381

* Accessory installation kit 8445 required (see page 186).

* Accessory installation kit 8445 required (see page 186). Technical specifications subject to change.

190

Example: In conjunction with the optional lateral outlet openings on the 2000 l PE tank, a maximum of 6 attached drinking troughs is possible with order no. 1056 and 5790. Subframe with the minimum dimensions 149 x 120 x 16 cm (l x w x h ) required (not included in the scope of supply).

Technical specifications subject to change.

191

Box-shaped tanks

Box-shaped tanks

[PG 8]

[PG 8]

Accessories for box-shaped tanks, GRP and PE

Box-shaped tanks made from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP. • flat bottom, so no support runners necessary • stable, all-round gripping rim

Designation

Thread

Screw through threaded connector (brass) with external thread, 2 lock nuts

Screw in threaded connector* (brass, nickel-plated) with external thread, food safe

Screw in threaded connector *** (plastic) with external thread

Box-shaped tank, GRP Designation / Capacity l Box-shaped tank, GRP, 200 l Box-shaped tank, GRP, 400 l Box-shaped tank, GRP, 600 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 87 x 57 x 57 122 x 62 x 72 118 x 70 x 106

Filling hole / Dome dia. in mm Filling hole dia. 190 mm with screw cap

Weight approx. kg 12 19 30

Order no. 1043 1045 7958

Screw in threaded connector* (plastic) with external and internal threads

Discharge valve (brass, nickel-plated) with internal thread at both ends

Tanks, trunk-shaped made from high-quality, hard-wearing, recyclable polyethylene • 125 l, 200 l, 450 l or 600 l • manufactured in one piece using centrifugal moulding • with S160 x 7 screw cap • screw cap with integrated ventilation and pressure relief • filling hole internal diameter 140 mm • integrated recesses for securing with ratchet lashing strap during transport • integral forklift slots and handles • integral sloshing baffle with 450 l and 600 l models • 2-tier stackable, with stacking cams • ideal dimensions for transportation

Plastic ball valve (PVC) internally threaded Plastic ball valve (polypropylene, glass fibre reinforced) internally threaded Spindle valves (plastic) with ET matched to screw in threaded connector Various sizes from 125 l to 450 l (600 l not illustrated) * Not for PE trunk-shaped tank 125 l

¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" ¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2" ¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2" ET 1" IT ½" ET 1 ¼" IT ¾" ET 1 ¼" IT 1" ET 2" IT 1 ½" ET 2 ¾" IT 2" ¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2" 1" 1 ½" 2" 3" 1" 1 ½" 2"

without installation Order no. 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1500 1501 10910 10911 10912 10913 10914 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 6426 6428 6429 6430 1310 1312 1313

½"

1314

¾"

1315

with installation on the tank Order no. 8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 10915 10916 10917 10918 10919 8852 8853 8854 8855 8856

ET = external thread

*** only for box-shaped tanks PE

IT = inside thread

Accessories for box-shaped tanks, GRP Designation

Order no. Screw cap dia. 190 mm compl. with screws (upgrade kit)

With outlet tap accessory Stackable, with stacking cams, integral forklift slots and handles

Box-shaped tank, PE, coloured yellow Designation / Capacity l Box-shaped tank, PE, 125 l Box-shaped tank, PE, 200 l Box-shaped tank, PE, 450 l Box-shaped tank, PE, 600 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 60 x 45 80 x 60 x 59 116 x 76 x 73 116 x 76 x 102

Weight approx. kg 15 16 35 43

Steel base frame, galvanised, for safe support

Steel base frame for size

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

200

10

7784

400

12

7785

600

12

7787

Order no. 10095 10096 10097 10098

Technical specifications subject to change.

192

Designation

6492

Technical specifications subject to change.

193

Mobile irrigation system BWS 500

Accessories for mobile irrigation system BWS 500

[PG 8]

[PG 8]

Accessories for mobile irrigation system BWS 500

Mobile irrigation system BWS 500 for platform vehicles or stationary operation

Designation

suitable for equipment tanks 1000 l Forklift pockets with supports at the front and rear. Insertion profile 160 x 70 mm, Distance 1500 l up to 5000 l Factory between rail centres 700 mm (empty tank) fitted 6000 l C-filling coupling with free flowing path, complete with slider for tank filling (fig. page 188) supplied PVC pressure hose, dia. 60 mm, length 3,5 m; unassem- C-coupling at both ends, can also be used to extend the suction hose bled PVC suction hose, dia. 60 mm, length 3,5 m; with strainer and C-coupling at one end

Oval tanks: • made from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP • with baffles above 4000 l • with extended steel runners • mounting console for pump installation • stainless steel flange plate with threaded nipple 2" • filling dome dia. 360 mm with quick closing lid, capacity up to 1500 l • filling dome dia. 420 mm with flap lid above 2000 l • ventilation valves fitted in the lid • Example application: Suitable for professional irrigation of large areas and parks and thus the ideal system for municipal or commercial users.

Mobile irrigation system BWS 130

Example: Foldable hose reel

Tanks, oval with extended steel runners and pump console Capacity l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) length incl. runners 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

206 270 247 325 418 418 395

x x x x x x x

122 122 143 143 143 154 179

x x x x x x x

Dome dia. mm

Weight approx. kg

Baffle quantity

360 360 420 420 420 420 420

160 190 205 267 310 356 410

2 2 2

104 104 138 138 138 155 170

without hose reel, without pump Order no. 7135 7136 7137 7468 7138 8624 7139 Special sizes on request

a

b

c

d

e

f

Dependent on the usage purpose, the equipment tanks can be assembled from the listed components. The equipment tank is supplied completely assembled. Further accessories see page 195 and 197. Designation a Motorized pump 500 l/min with petrol engine Integrated pump, with suction and pressure connections switchable using 3-way valves b Pump 100 to 350 l/min (not self-priming), with hydraulic motor including current control valve, permanently installed, with suction pressure connection, adjustable via 3-way valves c Electric pump up to 60 l/min, 24 V / 19 A / DC, with switch and plug DIN 9680, 3-pin, IP 54, pump permanently installed, with 1" suction and pressure connection, convertible via 3-way valve d Swivel-mounted hose reel, vertically adjustable 145 mm (with connection hose to the pump) for 80 m water-hose ¾" or 35 m water hose 1" * (accessory) e Automatic hose clasp with spring-loaded retraction Painted steel, swivelling (with connecting house to the pump), for 40 m water hose ¾" or for 30 m water hose 1" *(accessories) f Foldable hose reel for high vehicles (without hose) securely mounted; for 80 m water-hose ¾" or 35 m water hose 1" *

suitable for equipment tanks

Order no. 10540 10541

10861

10542

10862 10543

* Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose.

Mobile irrigation system BWS 130 600 750 1000 long 1000 short 1500 short 2000 short 2000 short with recess 2000 long 3000 short with recess 3000 4000 5000 * baffles see page 188

194

[PG 8]

complete with tank, add-on pump and hose reel

Overall dimensions cm (l x w x h) 207 x 92 x 96 235 x 92 x 96 285 x 92 x 96 216 x 122 x 104 271 x 122 x 104 260 x 143 x 138 260 x 143 x 138 336 x 122 x 104 301 x 154 x 152 346 x 143 x 138 436 x 143 x 138 436 x 154 x 152

Total weight approx. kg 115 120 131 132 157 175 174 180 255 205 248 296

Add-on pump consisting of: • Honda motorized pump (petrol engine), self-priming, flow rate approx. 130 l/ min, pump capacity up to 3.5 bar * • hose reel (without hose) • mounting console pre-assembled

Dimensions cm (l1 x w x h)

Total weight approx. kg

Order no.

70 x b2 x 96

75

7740

1

*P  lease note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose. Technical specifications subject to change.

Order no. without baffles* 7914 7915 7916 7917 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925

(for retrofitting existing tanks)

Designation

Other pumps on request. Technical specifications subject to change.

5775

Accessories see page 197.

Add-on pump with hose reel

all sizes

5774

Mobile irrigation system BWS 130 • light and robust construction • simple handling due to low weight • suitable for all oval tanks of 600 - 5000 l capacity (see page 184) • hose reel can be swivelled through some 135° (without hose) for 80 m water hose ¾" or 35 m water hose-1" • pre-assembled unit • Example application: Suitable for irrigating green spaces and parks. This system offers an optimum price-performance ratio for gardening and landscaping service providers as well as for many other service providers (e.g. building cleaning).

Capacity l

Add-on parts: Pumps and hose reels

Order no. 6814 7146 7147 5689

= increase in tank length

2

= maximum tank width

Accessories see page 197.

195

Mobile irrigation system BWS 130-PE The irrigation system enables: • Irrigation: circuit with a safety inlet valve before the pump • Tank can be filled at a standpipe by the 3-way tap system (7 m hose included in scope of delivery) • Mixing of optional additives possible using closed circuit in the tank (e.g. fertilisers, pesticides)

BWS 130-PE consisting of: • rails and supporting surface made from galvanised steel (with mounting fixtures) • motorised pump HONDA 130 l/min * • pivotable hose reel (without hose) for 80 m water hose ¾" or 35 m water hose 1" • pressure control valve to protect the motorised pump

Mobile irrigation systems [PG 8]

[PG 8]

• fastening belt • supporting surface with forklift slots installed on the side and at the front

Accessories for mobile irrigation system BWS 130, BWS 130-PE and BWS 500 (delivery without packing) Designation

Order no.

Information on GRP tanks with sloshing baffles for higher speeds is available on page 191.

Spraying lance with GEKA-coupling and hand lever valve

5826

Watering shower head with rubber edge R ¾", max. 80 l/min

10045

¾" 1" ¾" GEKA-coupling with hose nozzle 1" Hose clamp 25 - 40 mm, stainless steel

5889 5855 10765 10766 8249

Water hose per metre

Aqua-Caddy 60 l [PG 8]

135°

Aqua-Caddy 60 l • immersion pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, delivery rate 30 l/min (free flow*) • LiFePO4 battery with charger • quick-coupling with water stop for Gardena irrigation system • 6 m water hose ½" • spray lance with spray head

high-quality Gardena irrigation system and LiFePO4 battery with charger

Aqua-Caddy 60 l Designation Aqua-Caddy, as described above

Capacity l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

60

90 x 52 x 37

15

10847

BWS 130-PE, 1000 l

Mobile irrigation system BWS 30-PE Forklift slots at the front side (also back side)

Setup and securing of the fastening belt.

Forklift slots at the side

Motorised pump HONDA 130 l/min

Additional pumps, such as 24 V electric pump with battery, available upon request.

600 1,000 2,000

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 184 x 90 x 96 208 x 114 x 104 263 x 135 x 124

Filling hole / Dome dia. in mm dia. 380 with flap lid

Weight approx. kg 135 160 212

Order no. 8684 8685 8686

For the description of the trunk-shaped PE tank, see page 190.

Designation BWS 30-PE, 450 l BWS 30-PE, 600 l

Capacity l 450 600

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 116 x 76 x 73 116 x 76 x 102

* Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose. Technical specifications subject to change.

Weight approx. kg 37 45

Order no. 10596 10597

Accessories for Mobile irrigation system BWS 30-PE Designation Spraying lance with watering shower head

Accessories see page 197. Further pumps on request.

196

BWS 30-PE with submersible pump CENTRI SP 30 and quick coupling for Gardena irrigation system

Mobile irrigation system BWS 30-PE

Mobile irrigation system BWS 130-PE Capacity l

BWS 30-PE comprising: • PE tank box-shaped, with integrated baffles (see page 192) • submersible pump CENTRI SP 30, 12 V, flow rate 30 l/min (free flow) * • 4 m connection cable with terminal clamps • quick coupling with water stop BWS 30-PE, 450 l for Gardena irrigation system (Spraying lance see accessories) • 10 m water hose ½"

[PG 8]

Order no. 10598

* Please note that the pump output can fall sharply depending on the length and cross-sectional area of the hose. Technical specifications subject to change.

197

Polyethylene storage tanks • Storage tanks and large reservoirs: for above ground installation in the garden or for trade and industry • can be used as water butts for garden watering • protect the water against subsequent dirt collection • manufactured from high-quality polyethy­ lene and are resistant to acids and lyes

Storage tank 750 l with 3 x 2" connections and 1 flange connection

• the green containers are opaque algae growth is limited • can be completed by the addition of custom equipment so they fulfil particular purposes • can also be installed as a tank battery (except storage tank 5000 l).

Storage tank 1000 l with large inspection dome, 1 x 2" connection and 1 flange connection

Polyethylene storage tanks

[PG 8] • Storage tanks: food safe (except storage tanks 1000 l and 5000 l) meet the requirements of the German Environment Agency for plastics in drinking water • Large reservoirs : are primarily for commercial water use, e. g. in market gardens, washing installations and industrial concerns, but are also suited to rain water storage in the domestic market.

Storage tanks with large inspection dome, 2 x 2" connections and flange connection (1100, 1500 and 2000 l with bands)

Large reservoir with large inspection dome, 1 x 2" connection and 2 flange connections (2000 and 3000 l)

PE storage tanks Designation / Capacity l 750 1000 1100* Storage tanks 1500* 2000* 5000* 2000 Large reservoirs 3000

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 74 x 74 x 164 124 x 72 x 125 145 x 72 x 134 152 x 72 x 161 201 x 72 x 164 239 x 135 x 198 202 x 88 x 165 263 x 88 x 165

Inspection dome dia. mm 140 500 x 400 400 400 400 140 500 x 400 500 x 400

Accessories for storage tanks 750 l up to 2000 l and large reservoir Designation 750 l

suitable for Storage tanks 1000 l 1100 l 1500 l 2000 l

Flange with ball valve 1"

X

Mechanical filling level indicator

X

Screw connection for immersion pump

X

X

Connection line 2"

X

X

X

Floating discharge

Storage tank 5000 l with 3 x 2" connections and 1 connection S 160 x 7

Weight approx. kg 25 40 53 66 92 240 95 130

Order no. 7848 7649 8315 7650 7651 8317 7652 7653

[PG 8]

X

Large reservoir 2000 l 3000 l

Order no.

X

X

X

X

7654

X

X

X

X

7655

X

X

X

X

X

7656

X

X

X

X

X

7657

X

X

X

X

X

7658

Universal flange con. angle 1"

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7659

Universal flange con. T-piece 1"

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7660

Universal flange con. angle 2"

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7661

Universal flange con. T-piece 2"

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7662

Flange connection 1"

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7736

Flange connection 2"

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7737

Accessories for storage tank 5000 l on request.

* with bands Technical specifications subject to change.

198

Technical specifications subject to change.

199

Rectangular containers, GRP Rectangular containers made from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP. Wherever transport and storage containers with particularly high stability, low weight and extreme resistance to corrosion are required.

 sizes 100 l up to 4500 l  reinforced handling rim  corrosion resistant and extremely light  highly stable and rigid  stackable  UV-resistant  smooth inside and outside surfaces for easy cleaning  various transport equipment, foot and castor support

Flat lid GRP lids are available for each rectangular container ranging in size from 100 l to 4500 l. For large containers of 4500 l also with integrated locking lid with dia. 38 cm.

frame with centering lugs may be removable

Smooth surfaces and reinforced handling rim Less dirt thanks to smooth external walls (dirt not allowed to build up); no residues left behind after draining and easy to clean thanks to smooth internal walls in the container. The reinforced edge prevents any deformation and therefore a high-precision fit for the seal of the optional lid. It also guarantees excellent inherent stability, even with heavier contents.

Can be driven under Can be driven under with lift truck and forklift (200 l and 400 l).

Screw-in threaded connector Stackable "Sideways stackable" for spacesaving storage and easy separation.

Screw-in threaded connector and screw-through threaded connector as well as drain taps are available as accessories.

Can be stacked with closed stacking lid (200 l and 400 l).

Our PREMIUM product line GRP Due to the excellent material properties created by reinforcing the three-dimensionally meshed duroplastic material with glass fibres, GRP has been used for decades to make high-performance products that are expected to have a long service life in tough environments and at the same time ensure high levels of safety. GRP combines the positive properties of steel and plastic. Technical specifications subject to change.

200

Forklift pockets The forklift slots are mounted impervious to fluids and suitable for rotary forklifts.

Castor frame Accessory: Castor frame with centering lugs.

Steel base frame Accessory: steel base frame with centering lugs.

Technical specifications subject to change.

201

Rectangular containers

Rectangular containers

Containers with forklift pockets: • forklift pockets attached in a leak-tight manner using stainless steel coach bolts • suitable for rotary forklifts, insertion dimension of forklift pockets 160 x 70 mm

Accessory flat lid

[PG 8]

[PG 8]

Version for size

Large container: • container (grey) from GRP • for use as a storage and collection container • chemical-resistant • can be installed above ground as well as below ground level • hot dip galvanised external braces for above ground installation • stainless steel internal braces for installation in the ground

Flat lid for large container with inte­grated quick lock lid dia. 380 mm

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

100

89 x 59 x 4

2

1168

200 flat

123 x 64 x 4

2.5

1169

200 short

89 x 59 x 4

2

1168

300

120 x 72 x 4

3.5

1170

400

120 x 80 x 4

4

1171

500 flat

154 x 89 x 4

8

6956

550

134 x 98 x 6

5.5

1172

700

134 x 98 x 6

5.5

1172

1100

163 x 120 x 6

6.5

1173

1500 short

183 x 140 x 6

10.5

1174

2200

212 x 149 x 6

15

1175

3300

205 x 205 x 6

23

1979

4500 large container

453 x 113 x 11

30

7819

Accessory steel base frame (also for grit container) Version for size

Galvanised steel base frame for more secure support

Rectangular container, for example with castor frame (accessory)

Large container: hot dip galvanised external braces for above ground installation. Stainless steel internal braces for installation in the ground.

Rectangular containers GRP Capacity l 100 standard 200 flat standard 200 high standard 300 standard 300 with forklift pockets 400 standard 400 with forklift pockets 500 flat standard 550 standard 550 with forklift pockets 700 standard 700 with forklift pockets 1100 standard 1100 with forklift pockets 1500 short standard 1500 with forklift pockets 2200 standard 2200 with forklift pockets 3300 standard 4500 large container, above ground  4500 large container, below ground 

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

100

8

7784

200 flat

12

7785

200 high

10

7786

300

12

7787

400

12

7788

550

16

7789

700

16

7790

1100*

25

7591

1500

42

8010

2200

48

8011

* picture: see page 144

Accessory castor frame (castor = CA; also for grit container) Internal dimensions cm top (l x w x h)

External dimensions cm top (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

80 x 50 x 28 115 x 55 x 36 80 x 49 x 59 110 x 62 x 52 110 x 62 x 52 111 x 71 x 59 111 x 71 x 59 144 x 79 x 50 118 x 83 x 62 118 x 83 x 62 118 x 83 x 80 118 x 83 x 80 148 x 105 x 80 148 x 105 x 80 168 x 125 x 80 168 x 125 x 80 197 x 134 x 92 197 x 134 x 92 190 x 190 x 103

88 x 58 x 29 122 x 62 x 37 88 x 57 x 60 118 x 70 x 53 117 x 69 x 60 119 x 79 x 60 119 x 79 x 67 153 x 88 x 50 132 x 97 x 63 132 x 97 x 70 132 x 97 x 81 132 x 97 x 88 162 x 119 x 81 162 x 119 x 88 182 x 139 x 81 182 x 139 x 88 211 x 148 x 93 211 x 148 x 100 204 x 204 x 104 449 x 111 x 121 449 x 111 x 121

5 8 8 14 26 17 30 18 19 34 23 38 36 57 46 64 65 90 129 150 130

green 1142  1143 1144 1145 1204 1146 1205 1156 1147 1206 1148 1207 1150 1208 1151 1209 1152 1210 1153 -

Order no. grey 7165 5671 1160 1161 7178 1162 7179 7166 1163 7180 1164 2554 1165 2555 1166 2642 1167 7181 7168 7791 7792

Version for size blue 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7995 7996 7997 -

Galvanised castor frame for mobile use

2 castors with additional turning and steering stops

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

100

(CA dia. 100 mm)

PP

9

7812

200 flat

(CA dia. 100 mm)

PP

14

7813

200 high (CA dia. 100 mm)

PP

9

7814

300

(CA dia. 100 mm)

PP

14

7815

400

(CA dia. 100 mm)

PP

14

7816

550

(CA dia. 125 mm)

PP

18

7817

700

(CA dia. 125 mm)

PP

18

7818

1100

(CA dia. 150 mm)

PA

25

8012

1500

(CA dia. 200 mm)

PA

42

8013

2200

(CA dia. 250 mm)

PA

48

8014

Suitable steel feet or castor frame see page 203. Technical specifications subject to change.

202

Technical specifications subject to change.

203

Underride rectangular container

Rectangular containers

[PG 8]

[PG 8]

Accessories for rectangular containers Designation

Thread Screw through threaded connector (brass) with external thread, 2 lock nuts Screw in threaded connector (brass, nickel-plated) with external thread, food safe Screw in threaded connector (plastic) with external and internal threads

ET ET ET ET ET

¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" ¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2" 1" IT ½" 1 ¼" IT ¾" 1 ¼" IT 1" 2" IT 1 ½" 2 ¾" IT 2"

without installation Order no. 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1500 1501 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519

Designation

Underride rectangular container • with integratet forklift slots, suitable for lifting trucks and forklifts

Discharge valve (brass, nickel-plated) with internal thread at both ends

Can be stacked with closed lid (stacking lid as accessory)

Plastic ball valve (PVC) internally threaded Spindle valves (plastic) with ext. thread matched to screw in threaded connector

with installation on the tank Order no. 8843 8844 8845 8846 8847 8848 8849 8850 8851 8852 8853 8854 8855 8856 Thread

Order no.

¾" 1" 1 ¼" 1 ½" 2" 1" 1 ½" 2" 3"

1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 6426 6428 6429 6430

½"

1314

¾"

1315

neutral green

Order no. 1617 1618

Designation 1 kg repair pack pre-accelerated resin, hardener, glass fibre, brush Polyester adhesive pack (1 kg adhesive resin, hardener)

Can be driven under with lifting truck and forklift (stacking lid as accessory)

Underride rectangular container GRP Capacity l 200 high 400

1619

Internal dimensions cm top (l x w x h)

External dimensions cm top (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

80 x 50 x 54 112 x 72 x 50

87 x 57 x 64 119 x 79 x 60

9,7 15

Order no. green 10582 10583

grey 10584 10585

Accessory for underride rectangular container Designation

Version for size Stacking lid

External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Capacity kg

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

89 x 60 x 9

200

3

10586

121 x 82 x 11

400

6.3

10587

200 high

75 x 45 x 3

200

3

10739

400

107 x 67 x 3

400

5.4

10740

200 high 400

Insert plate

Technical specifications subject to change.

204

Technical specifications subject to change.

205

One CEMbox – many benefits When you store your goods in transit in a CEMbox you can rest assured that they are safe and protected against outside influences. The CEMbox – the small, smart container for goods in transit.

Video CEMbox

Stack-able All models are moulded with lugs and recesses that allow them to be stacked safely and securely.

Crane-able The 250 and 750 litre versions can be equipped with a special jig to allow them to be suspended and lifted around a work site using a crane.

Load-able The lid is double-walled, therefore particularly stable and robust, and sealed to provide effective protection against the elements.

Lock-able Adjustable tappet closures with padlock loops help prevent unwanted interference with the contents of your CEMbox.

Carry-able With a CEMbox you have everything in hand. Ergonomically moulded carry handles allow for comfortable lifting by one or two people.

Roll-able The trolley version of the 150 litre CEMbox provides a convenient solution for movement on site.

Access-able The 750 litre CEMbox with a side door offers easy and comfortable access from street level, when mounted on a vehicle.

Transport-able

Label-able

The CEMbox's robust design enables it to possess an impressive load bearing capacity of up to 400 kg. Except for the 150 litre box, moulded forklift recesses make handling easy. Technical specifications subject to change.

206

The 150 and 400 litre versions have a moulded recess to allow for marking and labelling.

Adapt-able A range of useful accessories allows the Cembox to be used in a variety of ways. Compartment dividers, installable and stackable trays, foam inserts and more provide for extensive individual adaptation.

Technical specifications subject to change.

207

CEMbox

CEMbox

[PG 8]

CEMbox, PE • grey/orange or yellow box made of high-grade PE • for transport and storage of tools and small parts • ideal length for shovels as well • side door optional (750 l box) • optimal dimensions for flatbed vehicles • stackable, with locking pins • forklift pockets (except 150 l box) • integrated handles • cover stop

• 3 toggle closures (750 l box) or 2 toggle closures (150 l, 250 l or 400 l box) made of stainless steel • space for label pocket (150 l and 400 l box) • water ingress prevented by integral seal around entire lid • partition that fits in the grooves of the toolbox as an accessory

• insert tray accessory for delicate tools (e.g. water level)

[PG 8]

Accessories for CEMbox 150 l and 250 l Designation

CEMbox suitable for use with cranes: • reinforced design with crane lugs and stable crane frame (250 l and 750 l box)

CEMbox 150 l Order no.

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Order no.

73 x 15 x 6

8955

113 x 15 x 6

8170

54 x 37

8956

54 x 38

8171

43 x 28 x 19

10016

43 x 28 x 19

10016

-

8666

–

8666

Insert of polyurethane foam, cube size: 22 x 22 x 50 mm

66 x 48 x 40

10048

–

–

Anti-slip mat, oil and weather-resistant

60 x 80

10166

80 x 120

10167

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Order no.

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Order no.

113 x 15 x 6

8170

160 x 15 x 6

8492

Insert, metal

-

-

67 x 74 x 17

8688

Rubber mat for metal insert

-

-

66 x 73

8689

73 x 40

8957

76 x 60

8493

-

10111

-

8494

80 x 120

10167

80 x 180

10166 + 10167

-

10250

-

10251

Insert for delicate tools, long, PE

Partition

Insert, stackable

Flatbed attachments

CEMbox 750 l, anthracite

CEMbox 250 l

Dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Accessories for CEMbox 400 l and 750 l Crane framework with pivoting crane eyelets (with CEMbox 750 l for use with cranes)

CEMbox 750 l for use with cranes

Designation

CEMbox 250 l, yellow (other special colors available for orders of 50 units or more)

CEMbox 400 l

CEMbox Designation

Capacity l

CEMbox 150, grey/orange

150

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 60 x 53

Internal Weight Individual Load-bearing Order dimensions approx. load-bearing capacity for double no. cm (l x w x h) kg capacity in kg stacking in kg 66 x 45 x 38 14 100 100 10330

CEMbox 150, yellow

150

80 x 60 x 53

66 x 45 x 38

14

100

100

10132

CEMbox Trolley 150, grey/orange

150

80 x 60 x 53

66 x 45 x 38

15

100

100

10331

CEMbox Trolley 150, yellow

150

80 x 60 x 53

66 x 45 x 38

15

100

100

10133

CEMbox 250, grey/orange

250

120 x 60 x 54 107 x 45 x 38

18

200

100

10332

CEMbox 250, yellow CEMbox 250, for use with cranes, grey/orange CEMbox 400, grey/orange

250

120 x 60 x 54 107 x 45 x 38

18

200

100

8615

250

124 x 60 x 57 107 x 45 x 38

33

100

100

10333

400

120 x 79 x 75 107 x 65 x 58

30

250

150

10334

CEMbox 750, anthracite

750

170 x 84 x 80 156 x 70 x 63

42

400

200

8490

CEMbox 750, grey/orange CEMbox 750, grey, /orange with side door 50 x 45 cm (w x h) CEMbox 750, for use with cranes, grey/orange CEMbox 750, for use with cranes, grey/orange, with side door 50 x 45 cm (w x h)

750

170 x 84 x 80 156 x 70 x 63

42

400

200

10335

750

170 x 84 x 80 154 x 70 x 63

43

400

200

10336

750

170 x 86 x 80 156 x 70 x 63

75

200

200

10337

750

170 x 86 x 80 154 x 70 x 63

76

200

200

10338

Available in additional colors for orders of 50 units or more.

Graduated price

%

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no.

quantity

quantity

quantity

CEMbox Trolley 150, grey/orange

10331

3

6

12

CEMbox 250, grey/orange

10332

3

6

12

CEMbox 400, grey/orange

10334

3

6

12

CEMbox 750, grey/orange

10335

3

6

12

Designation

Technical specifications subject to change.

208

Insert for delicate tools, long, PE

Partition

Flatbed attachments

Anti-slip mat, oil and weather-resistant Set of wheels, consisting of 4 solid rubber wheels (Ø 125 mm) with rotation stop and swivel lock, includes mounting accessories

CEMbox 750 l

Technical specifications subject to change.

209

Vehicle storage box

Steel toolbox [PG 8]

[PG 8]

• container grey made of polyethylen (PE) • for safe transport and storage of tools and building materials • lockable • stackable inside one another • can be handled using a forklift or crane grab • Example application: construction industry, landscaping and handcraft

• container made from 1.5 mm steel sheet, powder coated, grey, RAL 7004 • for transporting and storing tools and small parts • perfect size for pick-ups and plank-bed vehicles

• ideal length, even for shovels (800 l steel toolbox) • with robust handles • impermeable to spray water • lockable, with two safety locks • supplied in prefabricated assemblies

Easy loading and unloading with recesses for lifting forks

Scissors opening mechanism for lid

Lockable lid

Platform fastening (reinforcement)

Platform fastening

Secure storage of tools and building materials

Vehicle storage box Designation / Capacity l

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

184 x 74 x 94

40

7841

Vehicle storage box 750

Steel toolbox 500 l

Steel toolbox 800 l

Accessory for vehicle storage box Designation Platform fastening kit (for fastening on 2 corners)

Order no. 7883 Steel toolbox 300 l

General purpose box [PG 8] • container and lid are made from glass fibre reinforced plastic (GRP) • 100 % weather proof and durable • lockable • ideally suited for the storage of tools and small parts • can be driven under (with integrated forklift slots), suitable for lifting trucks and forklifts • can be stacked with closed lid • cover with gas pressure springs • level internal base thanks to insert plate

General purpose box Designation General purpose box 200 General purpose box 400

Supplied in prefabricated assemblies

Capacity l 200 400

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 89 x 60 x 69 121 x 82 x 68

Internal dimensions cm (l x w x h) 75 x 45 x 51 107 x 67 x 47

Weight approx. kg 16 27

Order no. 10737 10738

Accessories for generall purpose box Designation Padlock, galvanised

Order no. 1490 Technical specifications subject to change.

210

Safety lock

Robust handle

level internal base thanks to insert plate

Steel toolbox Designation Steel toolbox 300 l Steel toolbox 500 l Steel toolbox 800 l

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 110 x 61 x 70 110 x 80 x 80 170 x 80 x 80

Internal dimensions cm (l x w x h) 102 x 53 x 62 102 x 72 x 72 162 x 72 x 72

Weight approx. kg 60 70 80

Load-bearing capacity kg 300 500 500

Order no. 10724 10725 10726

Technical specifications subject to change.

211

Logistics box

PE Boot cleaner [PG 8]

[PG 8]

• made from high quality UV stabilised polyethylene • equipped with three fixed brushes and a hand brush with hose • water connection ½" • stainless steel fittings • integral tray to collect dirty water and enable disposal with 1 ½" connection • integral hand grips

• optimal storage and transport system • PE plastic high density (HDPE) • extremely acid-resistant • stackable and safe for transport • food safe Food-safe design: Container with foodstuff symbol as per Regulation (EU) No. 10/2011

integral tray to collect dirty water and enable disposal with 1 ½" connection

Accessory: Scraper grate for coarse dirt Logistics box 300 l

Logistics box 525 l

Designation PE Boot cleaner Accessory: Scraper grate for coarse dirt

Logistics box 610 l

Logistics box Designation / Capacity l Logistics box 300, with 4 feet Logistics box 525, with 2 runners Logistics box 610, with 3 runners

External dimensions Load-bearing capacity, max. boxes cm (l x w x h) individual, kg stacked 100 x 63.5 x 64.5 150 5 120 x 80 x 80 350 8 120 x 100 x 76 450 8

Load-bearing capacity Weight Order complete, stacked, kg approx. kg no. 750 14.3 10158 2800 32 8613 3600 41 8085

Accessory for logistics box Designation Lid for box 300 Lid for box 525 Lid for box 610

Go-Box

External dimensions cm (l x w x h) 103 x 65 x 7.5 121.5 x 81.5 x 6 121.5 x 101.5 x 6

Weight approx. kg 5 6 7

Order no. 10159 8614 8086

• for grit, sand, binding agent, etc. • for indoor and outdoor use and storage • sturdy rubber wheels • angled lid so that water runs off • user-friendly, ergonomic handle – side sections for pushing and central section for pulling • 75 l capacity • lid locks in a vertical position for loading / unloading • easy to handle thanks to sophisticated balance • easy to clean and stackable for cost-effective transportation • rubber seal and locking levers for optimal weather resistance (can be locked with a padlock, not included, see p. 219) • made from chemical-resistant PE – 100 % recyclable • good impact resistance down to - 40 °C

Go-Box 75

Order no. 10101 10741

Boot cleaner ECO Accessory: Scraper grate for coarse dirt

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 33 x 33 x 82 28 x 40 x 4

Weight approx. kg 5.6 1.1

Order no. 10588 10589

[PG 8]

Rinsing tray 75

• from highly resistant GRP • impact and scratch-proof, as well as resistant to high temperatures. • discharge with plug • 1 ¼" with discharge connection Designation / Capacity l Rinsing tray 75 Rinsing tray 100

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 80 x 55 x 30 105 x 55 x 30

Order no. 1086 1087

Rinsing tray 100

Accessories for rinsing tray Designation Wall bracket, galvanised, 46 cm wide Floor frame from galvanised steel tube Dimensions in cm (h x w x d)

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

107 x 59 x 43.5

11

10156

Technical specifications subject to change.

212

• frame made of stainless steel • equipped with three fixed brushes • ½" water connection (Gardena) • stainless steel lines • with holder

Rinsing tray

Go-Box 75 Designation / Capacity l

Weight approx. kg 15 5.2

Boot cleaner ECO [PG 8]

Designation Boot cleaner ECO Accessory: Scraper grate for coarse dirt

[PG 8]

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 52 x 47 x 90 43 x 60 x 14.5

Drainage hose plastic with screw connector

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) for rinsing tray  75 l for rinsing tray 100 l

83 x 56 x 81 108 x 56 x 81

Order no. 1088 1089 1090 1091

Technical specifications subject to change.

213

Winter service and spreaders

Technical specifications subject to change.

214

Technical specifications subject to change.

215

CEMO GRP Grit container

CEMO GRP Grit container Plus3

There are now plenty of different companies offering grit containers. But none of them gets even close to CEMO quality. Ensuring that your grit is well protected in all weathers and ready for action.

The new grit container generation Plus3 adds three further plus points to the benefits of our GRP grit containers in terms of handling and assembly.

 Material: GRP – durable, tough, rustproof, resistant to salt  20-year service life, 10-year warranty (!) mpact-resistant, able to withstand a blow  Ifrom a hammer, and inherently stable Temperatureand UV-resistant   Protected against water and humidity  Well-thought-out design for ease of use



The additional benefits of the Plus3 container:



A can be stacked with closed stacking lid B can be driven under C lid can be removed without using tools

Smooth surfaces Less dirt thanks to smooth external walls (dirt not allowed to build up); no residues left behind after draining and easy to clean thanks to smooth internal walls in the container.

Clean closing

A

Long-lasting, secure closure thanks to the moulded container edge and overhang which prevent the ingress of dirty water and moisture.

Stackable Can be stacked with closed stacking lid.

Video Grit container

B

Stackable "Sideways stackable" for space-saving storage and easy separation.

Anti-vandalism cover Extremely impact-resistant and inherently stable material ("hammer test"), plus increased wall strength (for 400, 550 and 700 l containers).

216

Lockable Easy to open from outside and inside with a self-locking stainlesssteel spring closure. Lockable with an additional padlock, which also make it childproof.

C

Tool-free removal The lid can be removed without tools. It can be locked simply using removable retaining straps. Technical specifications subject to change.

Can be driven under Can be driven under with lifting truck and forklift (version 200 l and 400 l).

Tool-free removal The lid can be removed without tools. It can be locked simply using removable support bar (400 l).

Technical specifications subject to change.

217

GRP Grit container Plus3 [PG 8] As the market leader for grit containers, we receive extensive feedback and a large number of requests. For many local authorities, simple use and handling are paramount. The ability to drive under and stack the containers makes it so much easier to move grit containers in and out of storage and saves time and space.

GRP Grit container [PG 8] Grit containers Plus3 The additional benefits of the Plus3 container: • can be driven under (optional) • can be stacked with closed lid (optionally lockable with padlock, for accessories see page 220) • lid can be removed without using tools • with support bar for lid (400 l) • strong and robust lid shape

In addition, the toolless assembly of the very stable lid has been significantly simplified. The new grit container generation Plus3 adds three further plus points to the benefits of long-life GRP grit containers in terms of handling and assembly.

•c  ontainer and lid from glass fibre reinforced plastic, GRP • GRP grit containers are 100 % corrosion- and weather-proof • stainless steel spring closure, self-closing • simple opening from the outside and inside • simple, safe handling • space and time-saving to store and remove from storage (stackable) • simple assembly, delivery unmounted condition • from 400 l - 700 l litres (additionally) with removable retaining straps for lids • from 1100 l to 2200 l (standard) with stainless steel lockable lid supports

Colour combination grey/orange with chute

Colour combination green/orange with chute

Colour combination yellow/yellow without chute

Grit container Capacity l

200 l

400 l with chute, can be driven under

Capacity l

Can be stacked with closed lid.

100 200 200 200 200 400 400 400 400

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

with or without chute

with or without forklift slots

Weight approx. kg

89 x 60 x 34 89 x 60 x 64 89 x 60 x 64 89 x 60 x 69 89 x 60 x 69 121 x 82 x 67 121 x 82 x 67 121 x 82 x 68 121 x 82 x 68

without without with without with without with without with

without without without with with without without with with

8,3 11,3 12,5 12,8 14 20,4 21,6 21,4 22,6

Weight approx. kg

200 400

89 x 59 x 67 120 x 80 x 72

550

134 x 99 x 78

700

134 x 99 x 96

1100

163 x 121 x 101

1500

184 x 143 x 104

2200

213 x 152 x 124

without without without with without with without with without with without with

12 22 26 28 30 32 50 52 70 72 92 94

Version for size External dimensions cm (l x w x h)

Container green lid orange Order no. 10837 10838 10839 10840 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446

Container grey lid orange Order no. 10564 10565 10566 10567 10568 10569 10570 10571 10572

Container green lid orange Order no. 10573 10574 10575 10576 10577 10578 10579 10580 10581

Capacity kg

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

200

75 x 45 x 3

200

3

10739

400

107 x 67 x 3

400

5.4

10740

Technical specifications subject to change.

Weight approx. kg 8 10 12 16 16 25 42 48

100 200 400 550 700 1100 1500 2200

Accessory castor frame galvanized, for mobile use Galvanized roller stand for mobile use, 2 castors with additional roller stop

Container yellow lid yellow Order no. 8622 8623 -

100 200 400 550 700 1100 1500 2200

(CA (CA (CA (CA (CA (CA (CA (CA

dia. dia. dia. dia. dia. dia. dia. dia.

100 100 100 125 125 150 200 250

mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm) mm)

Order no. 7784 7786 7788 7789 7790 7591 8010 8011

(castor = CA) [PG 8]

Version for size

Insert plate

218

Container grey lid orange Order no. -  -  10833 10834 10835 10836 7435  7436  7437 7438 7439 7440

Version for size

Capacity of the stacking lid see page 204.

Accessory for underride rectangular container Designation

with or without chute

Accessory steel base frame galvanized, for stable footing [PG 8]

Can be driven under with lifting truck and forklift.

GRP Grit container Plus3

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

PP PP PP PP PP PA PA PA

Weight approx. kg 9 9 14 18 18 25 42 48

Order no. 7812 7814 7816 7817 7818 8012 8013 8014

Technical specifications subject to change.

219

GRP Grit container [PG 8]

GRP Grit container handling [PG 8]

GRP Grit container "V" with anti-vandalism lid • particularly impact resistant and form-retaining material ("hammer test") • increased wall thickness (for container sizes 400, 550 and 700 l)

Loading frame for loading and emptying of filled GRP grit containers with a truck crane This innovative handling concept was developed in conjunction with the municipal authorities. Based on the grit container, it is now possible to make full use of the advantages (lid removable without tools). Using the hydraulic loading bracket, the grit container can now be picked up, emptied and stored by a single person. Thus reducing time, space and personnel costs to a minimum.

GRP Grit container "V" with anti-vandalism lid Capacity l

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h)

550

134 x 99 x 78

700

134 x 99 x 96

with or without chute without with without with

Weight approx. kg 27 29 31 33

Container grey, lid orange Order no. 10896 10897 10898 10899

Container green, lid orange Order no. 10900 10901 10902 10903

hydraulic loading bracket be picked up, emptied and stored by a single person reducing time, space and personnel costs to a minimum

Anti-vandalism lid for upgrading existing GRP grit containers with roof-shaped lid For container size 400 550 and 700

Order no. 8087 10904

A

Accessories for GRP Grit container [PG 8] Designation Padlock, galvanised Scissors opening mechanism, complete installation kit, for containers of 700 litres capacity. Note: lid can only be dismounted from container with tools.

Order no. 1490 3212 5 pcs 10 pcs

Sticker "Salt / Grit" (further language options upon request)

8625 GB 8626 GB

GRP Grit container "Compact" [PG 8] • slim, tall shape for minimal footprint • appealing design • can be installed anywhere • lockable lid with spring closure included

Engaging the loading frame from the side after removal of the removable lid (shown with 700 l grit container)

Lifting the container (shown with 200 l the grit container)

Tipping the grit out onto a truck platform (shown with 700 l the grit container)

Loading frame hydraulic, tilting with auxiliary frame, for grit container 200 l

B

GRP Grit container "Compact" Capacity l 130

Dimensions in cm (w x d x h) 72 x 45 x 58

Weight approx. kg 10.5

Order no. 7630 Loading frame hydraulic, tilting, for grit container 400 l

Go-Box [PG 8] Loading frame

• for grit, sand, binding agent, etc. • for indoor and outdoor use and storage • sturdy rubber wheels • lid locks in a vertical position for loading / unloading

Model

A

detailed description see catalogue page 212

B

Go-Box 75 BeschreibungCapacity Designation/ / Inhalt l l Maße in cm Dimensions (h x b x t) inGewicht cm (h x ca. w xkg d) Best.-Nr. Weight approx. E o. MwSt.** kg

Go-Box 75

107 x 59 x 43,5 107 x 59 x 43.5 11

10156

11

175,--

Versand Order s.no. S. 229

10156

Technical specifications subject to change.

220

C

Loading frame, hydraulic, tilting Auxiliary frame, for loading frame, hydraulic, tilting (7738) Loading frame, hydraulic, tilting Auxiliary frame, for loading frame, hydraulic, tilting (10728) Loading frame, rigid, non-tilting

for for for for for for for

grit grit grit grit grit grit grit

container container container container container container container

400, 550 and 700 l 200 l 400 l 200 l 200 l 400 l 550 and 700 l

Weight approx. kg 120 8 120 9 15 30 40

Order no. 7738 7739 10728 10729 1833 1832 2109

Technical specifications subject to change.

221

GRP snow shovel

Snow plough

[PG 8]

[PG 8]

With its moveable push bar, the snow plough lets you clear pavements and other areas of snow. • innovative snow clearing tool, "Made in Germany", with long service life • solid, powder-coated steel tube construction • corrugated stainless steel plough blade, cushioned with disc springs • air-filled wheels mounted on roller bearings, with lug tread dia. 260 mm • adjustable blade position • simple clearing angle adjustment without bending over

Control for three/five blade positions

Replaceable stainless steel scrape rail or PU edge strip (accessories)

Snow plough Designation Snow plough

Dimensions cm (l x w x h) 110 x 74 x 90

Weight approx. kg 12

Order no. 10743

Accessory for snow plough Designation

Order no. 10744

PU edge strip

GRP snow shovel • high-quality GRP snow shovel • solid aluminum edge • absolutely resistant to corrosion • smooth surface prevents adhesion of snow • high, strong raised sides • double-arced shaft with D handle for ergonomic and efficient use

PP shovels Easy-to-grip oval shaft

[PG 8]

Corrosion resistant PP shovels • corrosion resistant shovels made of polypropylene (PP) • ideal for handling corrosive materials such as grit used on the roads • low weight • high durability • non-adhesive surface • 100 % corrosion-resistant • UV-stabilised and virtually shatterproof material • used in agriculture, municipalities and the food industry.

Solid aluminum edge

PP01 PP02

PP03

PP04

Corrosion resistant PP shovels Designation

GRP snow shovel with D handle Designation GRP snow shovel

Length with shaft cm 161

Graduated price

%

Dimensions of shovel cm (w x h) 56 x 36

Order no. 10064

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 12 %

quantity

quantity

Designation / Type

Order no.

quantity

GRP snow shovel

10064

3

5

-

10 pcs. per package GRP snow shovel 10064

10066

-

-

1 x 10*

* 10 snow shovel blades and 10 snow shovel handles, each packed in a separate carton Technical specifications subject to change.

222

Hand scoop medium PP01 Hand scoop large PP02 General purpose shovel D-grip standard PP03 General purpose shovel D-grip medium PP04

Graduated price

%

Designation / Type PP01 PP02 PP03 PP04

Shovel dimension cm (l x w x h) 19 x 14 x 7.5

Overall length cm 31

Weight approx. kg 0.2

Order no.

23 x 17 x 9 31.5 x 25 x 4 35 x 26 x 8

36 98 105

0.3 1.1 1.4

7965 7966 7967

7964

discount 3 %

discount 5 %

discount 8 %

Order no. 7964 7965 7966

quantity

quantity

quantity

5 5 5

10 10 10

15 15 15

7967

5

10

15

Technical specifications subject to change.

223

Grit spreaders [PG 8] Spreader with composite frame The use of new composite plastics enables the integration of many functions into a single component. • for use in private and commercial areas • durable design • composite frame and PE container • stainless steel axles • rugged transmission • collapsible support foot • spreading quantity adjustable with fixed stop • supplied in prefabricated assemblies

Grit spreaders [PG 8]

Spreader SW 20-C and SW 35-C • for use in tough winter conditions • for different spreading materials • with robust agitator finger • stainless steel push rod, three length settings • with adjustable spread width limiter • with strainer insert • air-filled rubber tyres with winter tread

Spreader SW 20-light • for seeds and fertiliser • galvanised steel push rod, three length settings • plastic wheels

Spreader SW 50-E • for commercial and private use • suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths • quick and easy assembly • robust construction • stainless steel axles • stainless steel frame • handle has three length adjustments and continuously adjustable in height • hinged pedestal • wheel shutoff

Switching lever and adjustable driving rod

SW 50-E

Cover

Hinged pedestal

(accessory)

SW 35-C

SW 20-light

Collapsible support foot

Filling strainer

Spreading quantity adjustable with fixed stop

Push rod, three length settings

Adjustable spread width limiter at SW 20-C and SW 35-C

Spreader with composite frame and PE container Designation SW 20-light for medium spreading areas SW 20-C for medium spreading areas SW 35-C for medium spreading areas

Capacity l

Spreading width m

Spread. steps

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

20 20 35

1 up to 4 1 up to 4 1 up to 4

6 6 6

9 10 11

10718 10642 10643

Accessories for spreader with composite frame and PE container Designation

Order no. Cover for SW 20-C and SW 20-light

7884

Cover for SW 35-C

7885

Spreading width limiter for SW 20-light

10720 Technical specifications subject to change.

224

Additional anti-compression assembly

Wheel shutoff

Drop spreader KS 35-E • for private and commercial use • for various types of spreading material such as salt, grit, sand, oil binding agents, seed or fertilizer • robust stainless steel agitator shaft with interlocked teeth • accurate spread width of 60 cm • quantity to be spread can be precisely and continuously adjusted via the eccentric disk • fast, easy assembly • all parts that come into contact with media are made from stainless steel or plastic • hopper made of corrosion-resistant polyethylene • powder-coated steel frame • collapsible support foot • adjustable-length push rod • air-filled rubber tyres with winter or rough terrain treads • axle divided in the middle, moves around corners easily

Spreaders

Adjustable-length push rod, large operating lever

Uniform scatter, accurate spread width

Rugged agitator shaft, axle divided in the middle

Eccentric disk

Designation SW 50-E, for medium spreading areas, 6 spreading steps, yellow plastic hopper, stainless steel tubular frame, pneumatic rubber tyres with winter tread, robust gearing, spreading quantity regulator, adjustable handle, additional anti-compression assembly, axle bearing suitable for lubrication and wheel shutoff . Supplied as pre-assembled modules. KS 35-E drop spreader

Cover (accessory) Capacity l 50

Spreading width m 1 up to 4

Weight approx. kg 14

Order no. 10742

35

0.6

16.5

8487

Accessories for spreaders Designation Cover for SW 50-E Cover for KS 35-E

Order no. 10021 8495

Technical specifications subject to change.

225

60 l Spray caddy [PG 8]

Grit spreaders [PG 8]

60 l spray caddy for liquid de-icing products • electric pump 12 V, approx. 6 l/min • LiFePO4 battery with charger • 8 m spiral hose • spray lance with flat jet nozzle • suitable for commercially available liquid, water-based de-icing products

Spreader SW 200 and SW 300 with PE hopper • for commercial and private use • suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths • robust construction • gearbox with aluminum housing, can be disabled • sturdy, greasable wheel bearings • s tainless steel frame • all parts that come into contact with the media are stainless steel or plastic • spreading amount, spreading direction and spreading width can all be set as required • 16 x 6.5 wheels with pneumatic rubber tyres, winter profile • parallel height-adjustable drawbar • lighting with 7-pin plug • supplied as pre-assembled modules

Spiral hose, electric pump and battery with charger

60 l Spray caddy Designation

Capacity l

60 l Spray caddy

60

Dimensions in cm (l x w x h) 90 x 52 x 37

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

15

10863

Grit spreader [PG 8] Grit spreader SW 130 with PE hopper • for commercial and private use • suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths • quick and easy assembly • robust construction

SW 200 Additional anti-compression

Spreading quantity control

Disengageable gear

stainless steel spreader disc, adjustable

robust dragging wheel bearing

Rugged transmission with aluminum housing

Accessory remote control

SW 130

Disengageable gear

SW 300

Spreaders SW 200 and SW 300

Spreader SW 130 Designation SW 130 for large spreading areas, incl. gearing more robust with aluminum casing, yellow plastic hopper with robust flap lid, painted tubular steel frame, pneumatic rubber tyres, spreading regulator. Supplied as pre-assembled modules. Drawbar parallel adjustable for height included. Gearing disengageable. Max. speed 6 km/h.

Capacity l

Spreading width in m

Spreading steps

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

130

up to 5

10

39

10063

Designation

Order no. Spreading width limiter for SW 130

7291

Drawbar with ball coupling for SW 130

8621

Length from operating lever m

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

2.0

3.0

8289

Technical specifications subject to change.

226

Capacity l 200 300

Spreading width in m up to 5 up to 5

Spreading steps 10 10

Weight approx. kg 80 85

Order no. 10205 10206

Accessories for spreaders SW 200 and SW 300 Designation

Accessories for spreaders

Designation Remote control for spreader SW 130

Designation SW 200 for large spreading areas SW 300 for large spreading areas

Order no. Spreading width limiter adjustable, galvanised, for SW 200 and SW 300

10207

Remote control for spreaders SW 200 and SW 300 length from bowden cable: 2.0 m

10208

Cover for SW 200 and SW 300

10210

Ball coupling 2", galvanised, for SW 200 and SW 300

10209

Technical specifications subject to change.

227

Mounted spreaders [PG 8]

Terms of sale and delivery

Mounted spreader SA 130 with PE hopper • for large spreading areas • yellow plastic hopper with rigid flap lid • painted tubular steel frame • with three point attachment (A = 410 / 526 mm, B = dia. 22 mm) • driven using a power take-off shaft (supplied)

The general terms of sales and delivery for the plastics processing industry apply to all transactions. You will receive these terms when we confirm your order and they are also available at www.cemo.de "General sales terms". Warranty

SA 130

Mounted spreader SA 130 Designation

Capacity l

Spreading width in m

Spreading steps

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

130

up to 5

10

35

8173

SA 130 for large spreading areas

Accessories for mounted spreader SA 130 Designation

We provide a guarantee for material and processing defects within the limits of our warranty conditions in accordance with the legal provisions. We provide an extended guarantee when used appropriately. The precise conditions are given in the guarantee documents. Our GRP diesel and lubricant tanks come with a 25-year warranty covering resistance of the material. Excluded from the warranty provisions are fittings and accessories made from materials other than GRP.

Order no. Spreading width limiter for SA 130

7291

Remote control for mounted spreader SA 130, length from bowden cable: 1.6 m, weight: 2.5 kg

8290

Mounted spreader SA 260 • for large spreading areas • base hopper made from painted steel • hopper attachment made of plastic • powder-coated steel tube frame • 3-point attachment, category 0 + 1 • driven via power takeoff shaft (supplied as standard)

Disposal of old electrical appliances Our manufacturer registration number is WEEE-Reg.-Nr. DE 91438011. We are bound to comply with the German Electrical and Electronic Equipment Act (ElektroG) § 6 (2). You can take your old electrical equipment back to your local waste disposal site. Alternatively, if you first ensure that it has been emptied of any liquids, you can send it free-of-charge to the address shown on the right. We will then dispose of it in the proper way on your behalf. Small order surcharge A surcharge of 10 € is added to any orders below 50 € net.

Order numbers When ordering, please always use our full order numbers. NOTE ! Goods may only be returned in their original packaging and RMA to the following address: CEMO GmbH Kappelweg 2 Industriegebiet Süd D - 91625 Schnelldorf If delivery involves a special journey beyond our established routes, then shipping costs will be agreed on an individual basis. For steel tanks see page 31.

** Technical specifications subject to change.

SA 260

Mounted spreader SA 260 Designation

Capacity l

Spreading width in m

Spreading steps

Weight approx. kg

Order no.

260

up to 5

10

54

10278

SA 260 for large spreading areas

Accessories for mounted spreader SA 260 Designation

Order no. Spreading width limiter for SA 260

10279

Cover for SA 260

10280

Filling sieve for SA 260

10281

Technical specifications subject to change.

228

Technical specifications subject to change.

229

Index – products from A to L A A I collection container Access control system Access ramp Adhesive label set Anti-slip mat Anti-vandalism lid Aqua-Caddy ASS fitting B Baffles Battery systems Barrel supports Beverage tanks PE Binders Bluefill PRO Bluetroll Car PRO Blue-Mobile Easy Boot cleaner C Cable reel Caddy for screenwash and radiator antifreeze Caddy Can holder Canister Canister filling stand Canister rack system Castor frame Cembox Cemsorb binders CENTRI SP 30 pump Charger Collection container Collection containers for batteries Collection stations Collection trays / funnels Collection trays for racks COMBI tanks diesel/AdBlue® Compact lubricant systems Compressed air pump Convector heater Converter Cover for spreaders Crank pump CUBE-Tank for AdBlue® (DEF) CUBE-Dieseltank CUBE-Tank for lubricants CUBE-Waste oil tank D Data transfer set Digital flow metre Diesel-Transfer-Set Drawbar for spreaders Diesel trolley Dispensers Dome lid Double canister Drop spreader Drum and IBC pumps Drum cabinet Drum depot Drum racks Drum supports DWT-Tank

170 111 138, 147 45, 53, 57, 62 45, 79, 209 220 197 32

188, 191 46-47 143, 157 189 176-177 93 96 94-95 213

109 97 144, 146, 154 64 140 137 203, 219 206-209 176-177 112-113 46-47, 79, 93, 95 170, 171, 175 175 172-173 140, 174 140 44, 50-54 72-73, 75 119-121 161 102, 105 224-228 115, 124 84-86 10-17 70 71

16, 86, 112 20, 86, 90, 91, 93, 95, 97, 108, 110, 114, 117 107 226-227 38-39 101-102 23, 24, 27, 28, 77 64 225 113-114, 122-123 166 173 149-154 154 25-28

Index – products from M to Z

E Emergency sets Environmental/HazMat cabinets Environmental/HazMat racks Environmental protection, basic legal conditions Exhaust air fan ExO canister F Filling attachment Filling hose Filling funnels Filling sieve for spreaders Filling sieve for tanks Filling station PE Fill-level indicator Filter Fireproof storage F-SAFE Flange plates Floor support Folding tray Fuel dispensing areas Fuel trolley G General purpose box Go-Box Grating PE Grating steel Grit container Ground protection systems GT-Tank H Hand pumps Hazardous material storage, basic legal conditions HazMat collection stations Heater, Heating fabric Hopper with water separator Hose reel I IBC bunds Insert plate K Key set / Key reader KS-Mobile KS-Mobile Easy L Labory trays Lamps Large containers Li-Power-Block Limit indicator Lithium batteries storage Loading frame Loading rails Load securing Logistic boxes Lubricant mobile Easy Lubricant trolley

177 156-157 155 128-129 166 64

145 20, 62, 88, 102, 105, 108, 110, 112, 118 75, 77 224, 228 188, 191 137 20, 75 16, 63, 102, 110, 112, 116, 117 162-167 186 27, 77 141 32-34 65

210 212, 220 136-139 133-134, 136-137, 140, 144, 154 216-221 147-148 21-24

115, 124 128-129 172-173 20, 23, 27, 77, 86, 161 63 16, 70, 86, 109, 121, 194-196

144-146 204, 210, 218

16, 86, 102, 105, 112 62-64 65

139 161 202-203 46, 79, 95, 114 23, 53 162-165 221 134 180-181 212 79 78

N Nozzles O Overfill protection P Padlock Pasture watering tank Perforated plates Petrol pumps Petrol transfer set Pipe coupling Pneumatic pumps PROFI-Tank Pump cabinets Pump console Pump hoods Pumps Pumps for biodiesel Pumps for chemicals Pumps for diesel Pumps for lubricants Pumps for vegetable oil Pumps for water PVC translucent sheet R Rectangular containers Remote control for spreaders Repair pack for GRP Rinsing tray Rotating roller support S Safety storage containers Screw cap Screw in threaded connector Sealing surface elements R1 Secure cabinets / F-SAFE SelfService Management Set of wheels CEMbox Shovels PP Signal horn Small container / laboratory trays

16, 86, 102, 105, 112 16, 20, 23, 27, 45, 53, 57, 58 171 80-97 194-197 35-58 170 60-67 75, 78-79 168-169 132-133, 136, 140 117, 194-195 228

62, 88, 108, 117, 118, 120

71, 75, 77, 89

77, 170, 210, 220 184, 190-191 138, 139, 145, 156 116-117 116 77, 187 72 76-77 57, 62, 88 20, 108 23, 27, 57 98-125 57, 58, 101-115 122-125 101-115 115, 118-121 57, 58, 101, 118 114, 117 161

200-205 226-228 188, 205 213 154

158-161 189, 193 193, 205 22-23 164-165 102-103 209 223 27, 75, 77 139

Spindle valves 193, 205 Spray caddy for liquid de-icing 226 Spreaders 224-228 Spreading width limiter 224, 226-228 Snow plough 223 Snow shovel GRP 222 Software SelfService Management 102-103 Stacking lid 204, 217-218 Steel base frame 193, 203, 219 Steel gratings 133-134, 136-137, 140, 144, 154 Step 77 Storage tanks PE 198-199 Suction pipe 75, 91, 121 88, 105, 108, 112, 117, Suction hose 118, 120, 195 Suction unit 168-169 Sumps 128-143 Sumps GRP 131-134 Sumps PE 135-141 Sumps steel 142-143 Surface protection trays PE 141 T Tank data management Tank heater Tanker connection / tanker coupling Tank stations for AdBlue®  (DEF) Tank systems for petrol Tank systems for diesel, stationary Tank systems for diesel, mobile Tanks for chemicals Tanks for lubricants Tanks steel Tank systems for diesel, stationary Tensioning belt Threaded nipple / double nipple Tool boxes Trolley Trolley for AdBlue® (DEF) U Ultrasonic fill-level indicator Underground safety tank Used oil collector mobile User key V Vacuum leakage detection device Vehicle storage box Ventilation cap Ventilation system Ventilator Viscotroll W Water separator Water tanks Watering shower head Winter service

16, 17, 86, 111 20, 23, 27, 77, 86 20, 75, 77, 88 80-97 59-67 10-34 35-58 170 68-79 30-31 10-34 57 187 206-209 38-39, 65, 78, 92-93, 96-97, 169, 197, 226 92-93, 96

20, 75 10 169 16, 86, 102, 105, 112

27, 28, 77 206-210 187 38, 41, 166 161 75

16, 63, 102, 111, 116 184-185, 189-193, 198-199 197 214-228

AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the German Automotive Industry Association.

Technical specifications subject to change.

230

M Master key Metre Mobile box Mobile AdBlue® (DEF) tank stations Mobile irrigation systems Mobile diesel tank stations Mobile collecting container Mobile fuel tank systems Mobile lubricant tanks Mobile oil suction units Mobile sump pallets Motorized pumps Mounted spreaders

Technical specifications subject to change.

231

000.5000.604 - 05.17/18 GB

CEMO GmbH In den Backenländern 5 D-71384 Weinstadt Tel. +49 7151 9636-0 Fax +49 7151 9636-98 www.cemo.de [email protected]